Episode 258: The Business Focus Framework – with April Beach

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Join the 2022 Sales, Marketing and Calendar Fill Up Event

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    Established entrepreneurs in all phases of business development.


    There’s a key to success that you’ve heard before, but it’s harder to implement than it sounds. This key is “simplicity”. When you’re able to clarify and simplify the punch list that needs to be done in your business, your implementation will be faster, you’ll be less overwhelmed and you’ll make your life as an entrepreneur much happier. 
    This week on the show, I’m sharing the simple framework I give to our clients, to get fast clarity and immediate results. When you what to focus on, when to apply that focus, and how… you’ll make massive business gains. 

    At the end of this episode you will:

    1. Get April Beach’s secret framework for focus and success
    2. Know how to think about business focus in a new and faster way
    3. Understand what you need to do to implement this framework and start taking action in your business

    Resources Mentioned:

    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:

    Episode 243: How To Make The Most Of Your Time On Clubhouse – with April Beach and Annabelle Bayhan

    Annabelle Bayhan SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Grab Annabelle’s FREE Clubhouse Productivity Planner!

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    This is a great show for entrepreneurs with limited time, who are looking to grow a warm audience with Clubhouse. 


    Clubhouse is an amazing platform to grow your audience, but most of our listeners have limited time and you want to be strategic about how you spend it. So, in this week’s episode, we dive in with Annabelle Bayhan, Clubhouse marketing expert, to clarify 3 strategic objectives that can save you time and make you money while using the app. We also pull back the curtains on our Clubhouse to Masterclass sales funnel, and tell you exactly how to increase sales with decreased time.

    At the end of this episode you will:

    1. Know the 3 money making activities on Clubhouse
    2. Know the 3 secondary strategies that will lead to money down the road
    3. See our complete Clubhouse sales funnel

    Resources Mentioned:


    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:

    You’re listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, April Beach. Hi guys. And welcome back to the show. This is episode number 243, and I am April beach host here and founder of the Sweetlife company, where we help coaches, consultants and niche experts,

    launch and scale your company online through proven strategies with decades of business success. And here on this podcast, it’s our extension where you can get business trainings that you can bank on. So welcome to the show today. We’re talking about how to make the most of your time on clubhouse. Now, this is a really important topic because if you’ve been listening to the show for a while,

    you know that I am a big clubhouse fan. We dove in headfirst into clubhouse last December, and it’s been a really great special platform to build relationships. And for us to grow our list as a business, we’ve had multiple clubhouse episodes that we’ve recorded. You are welcome to search those on how to get started on clubhouse and how to grow your club.

    But today we’re talking about kind of the elephant in the room here in that is how to make the most of your time on clubhouse, because we like many people dove in to clubhouse, but we have also taken the last three months off of the app for the summertime for us to travel in. So have the majority of leaders that we moderate rooms with,

    they have taken time off the app as well, but as seasons change, everybody’s diving back into clubhouse. Now, as we go into September and October and the end of 2021. And so the real question is how do you make the most of your time? What are the activities that you can be doing in order to make money in a limited amount of time and be really strategic about what you’re doing on clubhouse in a way that really aligns with your business.

    And so this particular episode is great for those of you guys who do have a limited time, and you’re looking to grow your warm audience and increase sales using clubhouse. This is also great for you guys in any phase of my lifestyle, entrepreneur business roadmap, if you are not sure what phase of business you’re in, you can go take a little quiz and I’ll tell you exactly where you are and what stage of business and give you a checklist of what you should be focusing on to grow your business to the next profit stage.

    You can grab that anytime by going to sweet life co.com forward slash quiz. So now let’s go ahead and talk about what you can expect from hanging out with us here today. This is the deal, you know, clubhouse is an amazing platform to grow your audience, but most of you guys have really limited time and you want to be strategic about how you spend it.

    So in today’s episode, we’re going to dive in with Annabel by hand. Now she is a friend I met on clubhouse. She’s one of the many amazing business friends that I have met on the app. And she’s a clubhouse marketing expert in today’s show. We’re going to talk about three different strategic objectives that can save you time and make you money while using the app.

    We’re also talking about three other secondary activities that are also great to do on the app, based on your goals, that you are setting your strategic objectives for the time that you spend there. And then at the end of this show, I actually pull back the curtain and you can totally hack our funnel. I lay out our entire clubhouse list, growth to sales funnel into our,

    your signature offer masterclass, how we did it at the beginning of this year and how we’re actually about to start it again right now. So I just give you everything and I lay it out there for you, so you can see how we’re doing it because it works really well. And when things are working really well, we want you to be able to apply those strategies in your business too.

    So at the end of this episode, you’re going to know the three moneymaking activities to do on clubhouse. You’re going to know the three secondary strategies. You can also do that lead to money, just not immediate money in your pocket, but there are also good activities to do on the app. And you are going to understand and know our complete clubhouse sales funnel and that’s ours at the Sweetlife life company.

    So I frankly just give you all of that. I try to give you so much here on the show and just lay it all out there for you. So let’s talk about our expert and our guests. So first of all, I met Anabel on clubhouse. And when you spend any time on clubhouse, you can just tell the people you want to hang out with and the people that you want to get to know more.

    And she’s really one of those people where I had my eye on her in the beginning, and she kind of shares her story about how she has risen as a clubhouse marketing expert, which that in itself is a really amazing lesson about just diving in, even when people around you think that maybe that’s not such a great idea. And so you’ll get to hear her story.

    And she is the founder of clubhouse for bosses in the business and digital marketing strategists for coaches and consultants who want to increase their influence income and impact using clubhouse prior to becoming a business and marketing coach Annabel worked with digital marketing for over a decade. And you can learn more about Anabel by visiting Annabel bay han.com. And of course, we will go ahead and link to that in this show.

    She also gives you her whole entire clubhouse productivity strategy workbook. And so you’re really getting a ton out of this episode. So I hope you stick with us if you want to grow your business on clubhouse and you have very limited time. Like I do, like Annabelle does, like most of our clients do. Then this is a really important episode for you to listen to in order to get all of the loaded and free things that Annabel has for you and all the notes for this show,

    you can visit Sweetlife co.com simply click on the podcast button. And this is episode number 243, and Annabel will be live with us because we are just kicking off our wave makers, mastermind rooms again on Tuesday night after our three months off. We’re so excited. We had a room this evening in there and it was just so great to see so many faces and people we haven’t spoken to in a long time.

    So we hope that you join us Annabel. We’ll be live in clubhouse with us in the wave makers club, talking about the same things we’re talking about here on the podcast and taking your questions. So make sure you’re following Annabel. You’re following me at April beach on clubhouse so that we can connect with you and help you grow your business further through clubhouse and other proven online business strategies.

    Okay, let’s go ahead and dive by then. All right. Hi, you guys. We are so excited to be talking again today about clubhouse. Yes. My new favorite. I have my friend Annabel here with us today and I asked her to come because of the fact that she has really become the clubhouse guru when it comes to building your business on clubhouse.

    And whereas I totally went Mia and took three months off of clubhouse this summer. You have people like Anabel who have been consistently on this app, understanding the ins and the outs and the strategies of business, and really being faithful to watching this app grow and helping you grow in your business. So I’m so excited to invite Annabel today, to come and talk to us about the realities of how to use clubhouse as a strategy,

    but also for people like me and probably most of our listeners, how to actually fit this into your life and your time and your business. So welcome to this Wheatland entrepreneur podcast and about, we are so glad that you are here. Thank you for having me. I love your whole entire kind of transition into being the marketing guru, the business guru of clubhouse.

    Can you just briefly tell everybody a little bit about your business and how you help entrepreneurs? Yeah, So I am the founder of clubhouse for buses it’s to my knowledge, one of the very first business coaching programs using clubhouse. Before that I’ve worked behind the scenes with a lot of small businesses growing their businesses. Many of them being, you know, people who work on Instagram and they teach people how to use Instagram to grow their business.

    And so I was very familiar with the model and actually very interested in doing it for myself. And so when I noticed that clubhouse was something that’s up and coming there was nobody working like this in this space yet. I thought, okay, this is my chance to be a very early adopter of this app and teach people what I know about growing businesses from,

    you know, Facebook and Instagram and LinkedIn. It’s all very similar model with a different basically funnel head, I guess you could say, or a marketing positioning. And so I decided to just dive right in, like right when I had 300 followers, which was really intimidating and I would go into rooms and tell people that like I was a clubhouse for a business coach and they would laugh at me,

    but now seven months later that has worked really well because I positioned myself very well to be somebody that people turn to for this information. But like I said, I took like about 10 years of experience growing companies, whether corporate or small business, all in my overbroad company called scalability, marketing and coaching, where I’m now taking those principles and those concepts,

    but I’m making them applicable to clubhouse specifically. Well, I love that you dive right in. Okay. So let’s just take a pause for any of our listeners. Like this is the story of growth and success. You guys, it goes with diving in, even when other people might be like, oh, what is she doing? Or who does she think she is to do that?

    So like, this is a perfect example of how you only need to focus on your vision, what, you know, you’re supposed to be doing and just like race, horse blinders on and dive fully in. So take Annabel’s experience, apply it to wherever you are, if you are afraid to die fully into something, but you know, you should be and you want to be,

    go for it. So that’s a whole entire separate podcast episode. I love that you share that. So let’s go ahead and roll into what we’re going to talk about today. So here are the problems that we know entrepreneurs experience on the app definitely burn out for sure, from being on clubhouse in the middle of December, I think is when I joined clubhouse and fashion,

    I don’t even know how many of there, a couple of thousand, maybe at the most. And it was so exciting to be on there in the beginning. And I remember like we don’t fully in, and I loved having these amazing, authentic conversations. And I know that other entrepreneurs felt the same way because basically we had been so disconnected in the world with what has happened until we’re craving these amazing conversations.

    And then I discovered something that I know you’re going to talk about today, which is the goal of professional and personal development. And I was able to literally sit at the feet of people like Myron golden and go through total masterclasses on live virtual events with people like Barry and blue. I mean, and really be in these spaces with these leaders that I otherwise never could have had an opportunity to become connected with and now become,

    you know, business professional friends with. And so it was really amazing in the beginning. But then as a mom of three kids, I owned five companies. All of a sudden I really started feeling that fatigue as well, especially as we got into our summer travel season. And I know that so many other businesses feel that way. And so it’s so important what you teach and your expertise because I love clubhouse,

    you know, we’re back on it. Jose, I think I was telling you that behind the scenes, before we started recording we’re back on it tonight, launching our regular weekly wave makers mastermind room, which is so much fun. And I’ve really missed everybody, but man alive, we have to have a strategy behind this in order. It’s like not a sprint,

    it’s a marathon for sure. Can you talk about some of the things that you have noticed are problems with businesses in having a long-term strategy for this and maybe some of the stuff that you’ve even experienced yourself and being consistent on clubhouse. Yeah. Yeah. So I’m going to tell you three places. You could spend your time on clubhouse that won’t pay your bills.

    So let’s start with that. And one big mistake that I think people make right from the beginning is not being clear about why they’re on clubhouse, what they’re there to do and who they want to be known as on clubhouse. And this is the same for every single social media network, right? If you go on social media and your purpose, there is either.

    So here’s the first one, your own personal development, although it’s great. It won’t pay your bills unless you turn it into something else and give yourself that time to implement it, your own entertainment, right? You can go on Instagram all day and take talk and watch them all day long, but they won’t pay your bills. And the last one really is something that’s more of a long-term strategy,

    which is networking, right? It’s great to network with people, but if you aren’t getting yourself positioned and your brand position to actually convert people when you’re just meeting people, it’s all fluffy. It’s all nice. You might be developing. You might feel really good. But you know, when we think about burnout and we think about business owners is that it feels really good until it really doesn’t.

    And so you start asking yourself, like, I’ve actually invested a bunch of time on this app and all of a sudden, now I’m asking myself, why did I just do that? Like, it felt really good. I was lonely. I made some friends, but now, okay, I’m six months in and I spent 20 hours a week on an app.

    What does this actually mean for me and my future? And this is the point that I think a lot of clubhouse users are coming to. And a point that I want to maybe help people avoid if they’re just getting on the app or just building a strategy around how to use it, because it’s real, right? Because here’s the thing. Unlike Facebook or Instagram or LinkedIn,

    really, where you could pay someone else to actually engage for you, get in front of your audiences, you can pay ads. You can’t do that on clubhouse. It’s you in a room talking to people. Now the power of it is that when you’re in a room, talking to people, you build relationships, you build networks, you get yourself in front of prospective clients,

    but if you’re not in the right place and you’re not talking and you’re not in the right positioning, and you’re not clear about what you want to do, all of that is literally just wasting time. And you have to decide, like, there are moments of my day where I want to scroll tech talk because it’s stress relief for me, it’s fun.

    But if I do that every day, I’m not going to reach my goals. So I think what it comes down to is like to avoid burnout in the first place. What do you really want in your life? What is that driving force? What is that life that, that you want to design? And then as we kind of like get behind that,

    we can then say, okay, how can we use clubhouse to create that? And that’s what I’m really passionate about. I think that, you know, something that a lot of people don’t know is that like underneath every single thing that I do it’s to empower women, to have more decision making power, because they’re able to create and monetize the lives that they love.

    Like every single thing that I do clubhouse is just the tool that I use to do that. And so for me, that’s why I drive that message so clear. And that’s the best way to avoid burnout is know what you want, if you know what you want. It’s so easy to say, like, is the action that I’m taking right now getting me what I want.

    And then when you say, no, it’s very easy to not do that thing. So yeah, that’s what I wanted to say, Writing down your quotes and like writing them down here and I’m going to go make these quotes and put them out on it. You are so, right, right. So like, understanding why are we doing this? How does this play a role in the bigger part of this?

    And that’s why I’m so excited to have you here on this show. Because as you know, like that’s everything we talk about, it’s reverse engineering, the lifestyle, and then we build the business to get you there. So love everything you’re saying, of course, which is why I love you. So let’s talk about the ways that do make you money on clubhouse.

    And let’s kind of hone in on those business trainings. There are three primary ways that you teach entrepreneurs and small businesses to interact into function on the clubhouse app. And so can you dive into, let’s start with number one, what is the first money-making way for somebody to spend their time on this app? So it’s awareness, right? It’s building visibility around who you are.

    If nobody knows you on the app, nobody’s coming to your room is going to be very hard to then take them down the rest of the journey. This is something that I actually see a lot of people getting in the awareness trap, right? It’s very addicting. Especially for entrepreneurs. We get a little bit mixed up with like, oh, I can grow here.

    And so we come to this point where we have to decide how much exposure do I actually want before I try to then take people along a journey to actually sell something to them. And that’s also a very personal question. How much time do you have, right? How much time does your business have before you need to drive leads before you need to turn this traffic into leads and what would best serve the people that you’re generating awareness around.

    Right? If you kind of like go on a clubhouse stage and you’re talking about something that people could really use more information on that they could use more of a transformational journey, and you’re not providing that, just be rest assured that your competition will, right, but you might be the person to like create the awareness around it. You might be the person to let those people know that they have their problem,

    right? Those are like kind of two things to really think about, like how much time do you want to spend as simply building your account, building up your social media profiles. That’s more of like an influencer strategy, but also every single brand, every single business needs people to know that they exist. And so the ways that you really do that on clubhouse is by either being on other people’s stages within other people’s clubs,

    opening up rooms within other people’s clubs. And of course, opening up your own rooms with other mud squads and you know, that type of thing. And the whole goal of this awareness strategy is really to get in front of as many new people as possible and have them remember you for what you do, right? So you want to make sure that your bio set up,

    you want to make sure that you have a clear introduction. You want to make sure that the rooms that you’re going to are going to make sense with, you know, the topics that you open up when you open up a room, you know, you don’t want to be like in a music room talking about how you like create business strategy, right?

    It probably would not make as much sense, but people literally do this. Like you want to be in a place where you can get in front of an audience that needs what you do. So the first question you want to yourself is, you know, from my ideal client, from the person that I want to be on clubhouse, whether or not you’re becoming it,

    you’re it, whatever it may be, where are the people that you could serve the most sitting on clubhouse right now and showing up in those places in the biggest way possible. That is what the awareness phase looks like is getting people to really know who you are, Where are the people that you can serve the most on clubhouse right now. And so for those people that are new and they haven’t actually dove into clubhouse,

    let’s give them a hack. How would they find those people? What are some of the ways they can use the app to actually find their people that they want to be in front of? Yeah. So something really cool is happening right now on clubhouse, where they’re using interests, that’s to tie in people and clubs together. So the first thing you can do is really make sure that your interests match the interests of the ideal client that you’re trying to actually attract.

    So for business owners, when they’re setting up their clubhouse profile, I recommend that you try to show up in the places where your ideal customer is going to be. And then you can add in a couple of your own interests, but for now I think that’s very smart to make sure that that’s niche down to your category. So that clubhouse begins to recommend you in the places that matter most.

    So clubhouse did not use to recommend people based off their interests, but they’re about to, so I want everybody to set up their interests. The next is to make sure that you show up in keyword search for your industry. So whatever that ideal client might be searching for, make sure that you show up in your bio and your entire clubhouse bio is searchable.

    So just make sure that those keywords and you can use a lot of them are all there, but also reverse engineer that right? If we know that people are putting keywords in their profiles, we can also go out and find the community leaders, the thought leaders, the people that might want in our network, the people we might want to be on stages with the people who have already collected the community.

    We can go through and follow some of those people so that we start to see their rooms in our hallway. And then the last way is really using that keyword search in a similar way, but for clubs and I think clubs, they work very much like Facebook groups. There’s something that we’re all, you know, intuitively aware of, but maybe not everybody is as strategic about it.

    When they first joined, they probably think, what clubs do I want to be in. But then we’re always asking the question, which club does my ICA most likely spend time in. Right? And so those are the things that you want to ask yourself, because what this is going to do is basically open up the content and the communities that are already being created with your ideal client already in it.

    It’s going to accelerate your growth because when you show up in those places, when you’re like, okay, I want to become aware of there’s a room of like 100 to 200 people that are all within my ICA set. I’m going to get up. I’m going to talk, I’m going to build awareness. It becomes very easy, but all we have to do is make sure that we’re showing up in the right places.

    And the best way to do that is really through keyword search to start from there though, what’s really cool about clubhouse. And I don’t know if this level of visibility is going to always be available, but if you find somebody that’s a thought leader in your space, you find somebody that maybe is serving your ICA. Maybe they’re complimentary to you. You can go through their entire network.

    You can go through every club that they’re in, you can everything. So if you want to take this to the next level, the next thing to do is once you have your clubs set up, is that you go in and you see if there’s anything that you maybe didn’t think about that somebody else did. And so that’s what I would do. I think that’s the most strategic approach to really set yourself up for maximum awareness.

    Oh my gosh. That is so great. Thank you so much for all of that wisdom. Quick question. Before we go into money-making strategy, number two, because I have been off clubhouse for the last two, three months traveling, and I know this is always something we were trying to figure out before, but I’m wondering if it’s become clearer. Are there now proven better times here for those of us in the USA,

    when certain audiences are on the app, are we starting to see that like the business people are usually primarily using the app during the daytime? Are we starting to really have been on this app now for now a year, almost a year, it’s starting to see those flows in those trends and when are people active on that? Is that becoming clearer? Yeah.

    Yeah, it is. So most people are on in the morning. And the reason why is because you have, you know, India in the evening, you have Europe, you have us up. And so maximum times are really at the top and bottom of our time zone. So I’m in Pacific standard time zone. And so was clubhouse HQ. So it tends to be like anything like 8:00 AM and before,

    and like 5:00 PM. And after there seems to be a lot of people on the app. But if you think about your ideal audience, right? When are they on the app, if it’s an entrepreneur or maybe it’s during work day of your hours, the trend that I’m seeing is that, or the trend that clubhouse has talked about is that all the rooms are going to start getting bigger because fewer people are creating more people are listening.

    So I would say like the number one thing to worry about would be when is the best time for you and your business, right? So that you could do this sustainably over time in the future. And this was a big question I had for myself. Okay. What is the absolute best time that I can do this for a long time? So I had to ask myself that question,

    but on top of that, what you can do is you can go in the app and you can see how many members are on the app and in certain clubs at every single hour. And you can start to think, okay, you know, I have two different time slots I could do on a Tuesday. Let me see which one of those might have the maximum potential.

    Let me also see who is doing regular rooms during that time slot. So I can see what if I have a competitive advantage or a competitive, you know, situation here where there might be other rooms that are pulling people in the same direction for the same topic. So I think that that is a little bit individualistic, but I will say that there’s more people on the app in a global sense in the mornings and at night,

    but that might not matter for everybody. For instance, I coach people mostly in the U S right. So I’m okay with hitting people in the U S but just know that as people go back to work, you want to set yourself up for success for thinking, you know, when our people that my ideal client, if it’s somebody that’s working, when will they most likely be on a social media app?

    So those are the questions we want to ask them. Great advice. Great advice. Yeah. And that’s exactly what you were saying. So we picked Tuesday night for our wave makers mastermind room, because I know I’m usually not on an airplane. I know that sounds silly, but like, when I’m traveling to see my kids, I’m on an airplane,

    like Friday to Monday, right. I knew that there was no way I was going to be able to be there every single Tuesday night. So as we roll back into the fall, I never have to wonder about a Tuesday night because I’m always there. And so I love that you said that, and then I have so many questions for you clearly.

    Hopefully all of our listeners are getting value out of the questions. I’m asking you as well for our Australia participants. Are we starting to see more of a growth in Australian participation on clubhouse than we were in the beginning? Yeah. Yeah, we are. And I think it had to do with like more lockdowns, more like of the pandemic actually grew the user base.

    So we do think that there’s more people from Australia. I’m meeting them. They’re a little bit of an opposite time zone for me. So I don’t meet as many of them, but there’s growth in that side of the world has accelerated a lot, like all the way from India to Asia, to Australia. Europe has also grown a lot too. I think that us kind of had a strong user base before you left,

    but that side of the world, I mean, they’re, they’re creating communities and the app just continues to grow. Like it really only has like a few million people on, like the growth potential is still in the billions for the app. So it’s something to really think about. It’s still a baby. Yeah. You guys are all a drop in the bucket.

    So this is why we love clubhouse so much. You know what Annabel was saying? Like, she’s an early adopter, even you who would be on this app now would be an early adopter. So you are not late on the upswing on that at all. Thank you so much. And those were kind of very specific questions, but these are questions.

    I knew that our clients and our audience is asking, we have a huge client base in Australia and yes, it’s like three to five o’clock, you know, in the afternoon here in mountain time. When, when, when it is there tomorrow morning. And so there are some, some different times in there. Okay. So way to build your business and be productive with your time is number one awareness and everything we just talked about can fit kind of into that awareness category.

    What is the second way to make money off of clubhouse and be strategic about your time? Yeah. And these next two, I think, are things that I told you, a lot of people are getting in the awareness trap. They’re just building awareness, building awareness, building awareness. Okay. Let’s think about the human beings, right? That we’re meeting,

    we’re building relationships with and the fact that we’re going to see them again, because here’s the thing on clubhouse. We’re all clustered together. Everybody that’s interested in business development. We are in a cluster. As people follow more people in your social graph, you are going to be more visible to them, especially now. So going back to what you said,

    where this is a great time for people to be an early adopter. Yeah. Because discoverability just started right before the rest of us were kind of like, I hope you see me over here. You can’t really find me by my keywords unless you’re being super strategic, like that doesn’t exist anymore. So here’s the thing is that if you are setting yourself up to get to know people really well,

    you’re treating them well. You’re giving them a ton of value in that awareness phase. They’re going to like and want to maybe see you again. But as we know with the business buying cycle, people don’t necessarily buy from you the first day they meet from you. So I think what a lot of people need to do is nurture their audience, right?

    You are literally building a community on the app. There’s something called clubs on the app, which we talked about a little bit, but you could have your own, right? Most people when you’ve been active for like maybe a week, you could start your own club if it’s aligned with your brand even better, but that’s basically your hub, right? You can take people also,

    I just want to put this out there into a community of your own. Like maybe you have a Facebook group, something like that. You can take people, but the level of readiness for them to take that journey with you is going to depend on how you treat them and how you bring them into your world. So, one thing that I think is really important to do is through that awareness phase,

    bring people onto your email list so that they can see even more value from you. See if you can get them to take the journey over to Instagram and follow you there so that you have more touch points. These touch points are so important in like developing that trust. When you see somebody on video and you also heard their voice, you’re going to trust them a lot more.

    And also what this also informs is that I know that there’s people who are aware of me, but they don’t know me that well. And my content, I need to nurture them on clubhouse, right? I need to create rooms that maybe are not the big, bold, like huge rooms where everybody sees me that are nurturing people in specific needs. So if somebody comes up in a clubhouse room and they ask a specific question,

    I may create a room about that specific question to best serve them. If I think it’s going to, you know, serve the community that I have, because I want to nurture that community and help them with their needs and give them a chance to get to know me in a smaller setting. And so that’s really nurture is like kind of moving people along,

    getting them to like you more, giving them more resources, maybe engaging with them on social media. So you can hit them in more ways. It just depends on how robust you want to be. But at the very minimum form, it’s, you know, you might meet me in a room with other people on a stage. You might like me,

    you might follow me. Now, I’m going to take you into a container where you can really learn from me specifically, have an incredibly clear idea about who I am and know my style, know what I have to offer. And so that’s, the second part is nurture. I love that level of that. Okay. And then number three, the third way to make money,

    grow your business and be very productive and strategic of your time on clubhouse. Yeah. This is the one that almost nobody is doing and it’s conversion. It’s converting straight from the stage. So what I’ve noticed is that people can sell anything from an SLO or a very low ticket offer all the way up to something that’s a few thousand dollars. Sometimes even more from the stage,

    like you don’t even have to like get them into a fancy funnel, but if you have one, it does help support you, but it’s having those rooms and being in that position where you are literally by yourself, hosting a room. And the whole intent is to get your super fans into the room. The people who are the hottest that know you the most and basically drive them down a sales sequence.

    So that content might look like why you need an email list to build your business. Then you would sell to them like some sort of email list building service at the end of the day. But having something that’s like very coherent with the room to what you are selling and selling it directly from the stage. And in order to do that in the way that has the highest integrity,

    in my opinion is to really be the only moderator to not have any conflict between offers and to have that be a very small niche down room that, you know, like, okay, somebody came into a clubhouse room and awareness phase. They asked the question, I did a nurture room on that. And then, you know, maybe, you know,

    as I’ve, I’ve warmed them up, I’ve gotten to know them on socials. I’m now going to sell them something that answers that. But it’s me as part of the solution. And so bringing people down those journeys on clubhouse, it’s really, really working well, but people have to do it. They have to be okay with being in a room with one or two people that said,

    heck yes to them. And sometimes it’s more than that. Right. I noticed that as you grow, it’s more than that. But this conversion content is really, I think what makes or breaks businesses as being okay, sitting there and saying like, by myself, do you like me? Do you like what I have to offer? Are you interested in taking a further journey and then offering that to them in a way that’s like,

    of course of service. And so those are the three types of content to grow your business on club. Yes. Okay. So I want to give an example of that. I always try to pull the curtain back on what we do in our business. So this is a strategy that we’ve used on clubhouse since the beginning of January. So let me reverse engineer for you guys,

    because some of you guys have actually been in this strategy who are listening and we’re about to do it again. Okay. So I’m going to tell you here on the podcast, and then you will be able to go and watch us do this. Okay. So we have a masterclass. So we only hold a couple of times a year called your signature offer.

    Right? So where we teach everybody how to build out their industry, leading signature online course and program mastermind coaching program. So that is starting here in October. We were talking about that behind the scenes, right? So before that we have a challenge like creating your industry, leading offer challenge, right? What we do is we host clubhouse rooms for three weeks leading up to that on the B primary questions that are answered in the beginning parts of our masterclass and in our challenge.

    So the rooms are going to be like how to create your leading signature framework or method, you know, how to choose a signature offer. That’s right. For you, you know, is launching a course, right? For you, like all of those questions that people are asking. So that’s, I’m just telling you guys exactly how we do it,

    and you’re going to see us doing it on clubhouse here over the next couple of weeks towards the end of September and October, because that’s leading that up. And that’s exactly like Annabel was showing you that when you do this, that conversions are incredible because you’ve been able to have conversations with people. They know that, you know, what the heck you’re talking about.

    They know that you actually can, that you are proven to give them the results they’re looking for. They know that you understand their frustrations and their pain points, and you are like the golden arrow to the problem they’ve been probably trying to solve for a very long time. It’s full of integrity. It’s very straightforward. There’s nothing hidden or tricky about it.

    It just goes from a conversation to a smaller solution to our masterclass and those people that want it, they totally want it, right. They’re like, yes, please let me do this. I need this industry leading and signature program. And so that’s just sharing with you guys and just laying it all out there on the table. Exactly how we do this strategy.

    And, you know, it’s interesting that you said something in there, you know, as long as you’re okay, being on being on stage and being like the one. Totally. And I think that makes people scared. Right? I think the reason why some people get scared of that is because they aren’t so sure about their solution about their signature program and offer.

    If you aren’t sure about your solution, then, then that’s a problem we need to solve for you. Right. But I think that they are not so sure about themselves. And so that’s how they, you know, don’t want to do that. Some people that are just shy, what we have seen people do in the past is bringing in. So instead of it just being them on the stage,

    bringing in affiliates and friends or clients who have actually experienced their services, and I will have some people ask a question, I’m like, Hey, you know what, that’s a better question for, you know, Nicole or somebody else to answer it because Nicole has actually been in our class and we’re always very upfront. We sell the solution to this. We’re never,

    you know, like cryptic about it. We’re like we actually sell the solution to this. And so I just wanted to share that with you guys, as we’re talking about it. So as Annabel’s teaching you the structure of it, that you will also have like set example of it in action as well. And it does work really well. And I’m really surprised that you say that more people aren’t necessarily doing that.

    Why do you think that they aren’t doing that so much? Yeah. You know, I think it’s because they don’t have a business. Like they don’t have an offer exactly what you’re saying. They got on the app. Now they have all the awareness. They know people like them. They know they like their ideas. They probably know the problems they could solve,

    but at the end of the day, they don’t really have either that confidence or that flow. So there’s some people that like, maybe they start with, okay, you can get on a discovery call with me and I’ll try to sell you coaching. Right? Like that’s probably the level that they’re at with their funnel, but they don’t really realize that you could do a masterclass or you could have like freebies to build your email list or you could have some sort of launch sequence.

    And so I think that all of that’s really important, but at the end of the day, you have to know what it is that you’re offering people so that you can then back that up and say, okay, what’s the bridge between you knowing who I am in a clubhouse room, me actually make an offer to you and you actually buying the thing.

    Right. So people kind of need to know that bridge. And so I think that it’s a little bit like a happy surprise for many people that they grew group, they got all this awareness. They have all these people that like the thing is about a clubhouse is if people are interested in you, they’re going to come to your inbox and say, can I work with you?

    And then if you don’t have an offer, you’re like, Hmm, yes, you can. Let me just like, create something for you right now. Like, let me just, if you want that, yes, I’ll do it. But we want to get people into a model that’s really scalable, right. Something that they could do over and over again,

    just like you are like, you know, that it works, you’ve measured. It, you practice it. You know, that like if people go from clubhouse room to masterclass to challenge, they’re going to buy the product. Right. And so that’s kind of the thing that we want to build for everyone is just knowing that that conversion content will always work for you on a consistent basis because your offer matters.

    It’s something that people want. It’s something that they will take that journey on with you. And so that’s why I think it is, is that a lot of people are disliked kind of like in that development phase. And it’s totally okay. I think that’s awesome. Yeah. And we have actually had multiple clients come to us for that exact reason. Like,

    I don’t have an offer. I don’t know what I’m selling any of my signature offer. I help them out. So totally. Yeah. A hundred percent. All right. So today we talked about how to be really wise on your time, but we actually didn’t talk about the numbers of time in itself, but I know everybody’s different. So before there’s my children calling in my emergency breakthrough listeners,

    there’s another child podcast listeners calling for more lunch money, probably for our listeners that are really kind of wondering how much time do I actually need to spend on this in order for it to actually be worth my while. Is there at least a minimum time or is it a cadence or a consistency that you recommend? Yeah. Okay. So I would say that like,

    you’re probably not going to move the needle a lot if you’re not willing to spend at least four hours a week on an app and at least one of those hours being you having your own room. So I think that that’s something that’s really important. It’s a time intensive app, but here’s the other side is that the sky’s the limit with influence awareness and all of that.

    So to me, the real question is what do you actually want? Do you want to build something that’s more evergreen? When we talk about the offer, when we talk about the funnel, do you want to build something where it’s like, you can be on the, in the conversations? Do you enjoy them? Does clubhouse let you up? There’s a lot of people that are like,

    I love it. I just love it here. I just want to spend all day every day. Okay, great. Let’s build the model that lets you do that and be profitable. So that’s kind of like the question that goes to my mind. But at the same time, there’s people like Janet who does Pinterest marketing and she’s made a ton of money on the app.

    And she does her two regular rooms every single week. And in her free time outside of her business, she goes into other rooms and she creates awareness around who she is. And her funnel is really strong, but it’s a service based funnel, right? She has coaching. She has her courses. She has a little bit of a mix. She’s made a lot of money on the app to spending around four hours a week.

    So the sky’s the limit for you. If you’re somebody that has the desire to build your personal brand and build your social media, and maybe you are starting at zero and you have a lot of time use the time to grow that, build that. I think it will serve you for years to come. If you’re somebody that’s super busy, you have a great funnel already in place.

    Maybe you have a Facebook funnel or something that’s already existing. Maybe you want to add a little bit more. You want to actually use clubhouse to nurture your community or get in front of some new eyeballs or be an expert guests. That’s great position yourself for that. I really think that anytime, but I would say the minimum is around four a week.

    And I think most people could probably figure out four hours a week. Right. And it’s worth it. We love being on the app. I love the app so much and I get to meet amazing people like you. So thank you so much for being on the show. So you actually have a guide that you’re going to give to our listeners, a clubhouse productivity guide,

    just share what is in that. And then we’re going to make sure it’s in the show notes of this episode so everybody can grab it for free. Yeah. Yeah. So this guide really came out of the question of so many people say like is clubhouse worth my time. And so it’s literally your answer to that. So we go over the six different places where you can show up on clubhouse effectively.

    But then we also asked the very hard question is like, what is your ideal life and week actually like, right. Take the time to actually do the worksheet in order. I tell you my winning formula, how to use awareness, how to use, you know, nurture how to use, you know, conversion. You can do all of that,

    but none of that matters to me unless it fits into your ideal day and week. And that is going to help you to decide, okay, what are the hours that I might spend on clubhouse? Why is it worth it to me? Because I want you to define what you want. Right? What makes it worth your time to show up in a clubhouse room,

    do the scary thing, add some value, get in front of people, build your brand, do the work around clarity. Like what is it that gets you to actually do that? And then once you do that, then it’s like, okay, so what time am I going to do it like that? That’s where I want to get you. And that’s how I designed the guy Love.

    That sounds so awesome. I know our listeners really appreciate it. And I really appreciate you sharing that with everybody. This is episode number 243, and all of our listeners can find you and how to connect with you@theshownotesatsweetlifeco.com, just click on the podcast button. It’s episode number 243. But before we go, what is your clubhouse handled? So everybody can follow you.

    Yeah. At Annabel, by Han. And then if you went to follow my club, it’s now the club under clubhouse mastermind. And so you could follow me in both places and that will get you right into the content that you want to see. It has mastermind. I love that. Okay. Well we’ll for sure be jumping in your rooms from your club too.

    I appreciate your expertise and your time so much. Thank you so much. And Thank you for having me.

    Episode 237: How To Grow An Online Empire Without Paid Ads – with April Beach and Lorraine Dallmeier

    Lorraine Dallmeier SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Discover your business growth phase by taking the SweetLife Entrepreneur Self Assessment

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    This is a great show for those of you who want to build a global brand or international empire without paid ads.


    Today we’re diving into the actual, step by step, proven process of building a global empire organically without paid ads.  Following Lorraine Dallmeier’s proven process, you’ll not only be inspired but  leave this show with tactical marketing you can apply to your brand right now, even if you have no marketing team or little marketing experience. 

    At the end of this episode you will:

    1. Know the 6 steps to create a global empire
    2. Be inspired that little marketing skills are required to grow a loyal following 
    3. Understand the power of brand protection and how to apply this to your company
    4. Learn about “edu-tainment” and how to apply this to your content marketing 
    5. Have yet another confirmation that consistency is king

    Resources Mentioned:


    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:

    You’re listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Hi guys, and welcome to episode number 237. Here it is the end of July, 2021. And we are so glad you’re listening to this episode. I’m April beach host here at the Sweetlife entrepreneur and business podcast and founder and CEO of the Sweetlife company,

    where we help entrepreneurs did not design launch and scale a business for high profit, deep impact lifestyle. Freedom today’s episode is really special. You’re going to love this guest. She is an absolute delight, and we’re talking about the actual proven step-by-step process to build a global empire. This woman did it starting only 11 years ago with a baby on her hip.

    And she is breaking down her exact formulation for how she did it without running high cost ads and really in a way that creates brand consistency and gets her message across. And so I’m very excited to introduce you to our guests today, and if you’re new to the show and you have never listened, thank you so much for tuning in. There are a lot of really amazing podcast episodes out there from different hosts all over the world.

    And I’m so appreciative that you are here hanging out with us today. All of the show notes, everything we do as a company, to help you design, launch and scale your coaching business, your consulting business, or your expert focused business can be found by visiting us@sweetlifeco.com as well as all of the show notes and all of the resources we have available for you.

    Let’s go ahead and dive into today’s episode. I am pleased to introduce you to Lorraine doll Meyer. She is absolutely literally an amazing woman. You’re going to be so inspired. She’s an award-winning CEO of formula. Botanica the organic cosmetic formulation and business school, which has trained over 13,000 organic cosmetic formulators and ND beauty entrepreneurs in 177 countries. And probably counting.

    She’s voted the most influential person in natural beauty for 2020 and awarded the digital achiever of the year for the cosmetics industry by Google. Lorraine is on a mission to teach the world to formulate and in this process and you’ll hear her story. It is so cool. She’s going to break down what it was like moving from an employee role, becoming a mother,

    realizing that that isn’t what she wanted and that she just had so much more that she wanted to do. And you are going to leave this episode, understanding the exact six pieces. I should say, being six steps to her formulation. She breaks it down very, very clearly her six step formula on how she created this global empire. So the end of this episode,

    you’re going to know her exact six step formula. And it doesn’t matter if you’re in the beauty industry or whatever you’re in. If you were in the education industry, if you were a coach or consultant, this is the level of business that you want to design. You’re going to walk away knowing her step-by-step process. And you’re also going to realize that you can absolutely do this yourself.

    So I’m so excited to dive in today’s episode. It is episode number 237. So all of the show notes, everything we’re talking about can be found by visiting Sweetlife co.com simply click on the podcast. And this is episode number 2, 3 7. All right, let’s dive into the show. Hi everybody. I am so excited to be joined by my new friend,

    Lorraine Domar and she is going to blow your mind. You are literally going to be inspired just by the little chat that we have done behind the scenes here to get ready for what she is going to teach on this show. I am taking crazy notes and you are going to absolutely love this woman and be incredibly inspired and learn so much from this show today.

    Lorraine, welcome to the show. Can you give everybody an introduction, share who you are, how you started out and all about this amazing online empire that you have built. Awesome. Well, thank you so much for having me on the show April. It is amazing to be here and I can’t wait for our chat. So I’m Lorraine. I run formula Botanica,

    I’m a biologist, I’m a chartered environmentalist and I am on a mission to teach the world to formulate. So I run formula Botanica the online organic cosmetic formulation at school, and we train people how to make their own natural skincare and haircare using botanical ingredients are we are taking the world by storm with what we’re doing at the moment. It has been phenomenal.

    So I’ve been running the school for almost eight years now, I guess. And I have 40 staff. We have over 13,000 students and graduates for in 177 countries. It has been a roller coaster to get here, but it wasn’t always like that. So just to give you a short intro into how I got here, I was on maternity leave with my eldest son who will be 11 in a few weeks.

    And I decided that I couldn’t go back to my day job anymore. I had to work for myself. You know, I’d had really good jobs, but I just couldn’t handle working for other people anymore. And having listened to a few podcasts with you now, April, I think you probably heard that vaping quite well. So I decided I was going to start my own business.

    I was watching the BBC’s apprentice. I was sitting there on the sofa with breastfeeding, my son. And I like, if these idiots can do it then, so can I, so that’s, I guess where it started. And then by the time I was on my second maternity leave, I had my business up and running. I was teaching people online already.

    I had an app, I was teaching people how to make simple beauty products. And then I had the chance to actually buy formula Botanica in its infancy. It was a one woman side hustle. At that point I was, as I said, I had my second baby with me at that point. And I thought, you know what? This could be a fun hobby project.

    And then I went back from attentively for a second time and my employer has ghosted me entirely. And so I thought I got to make this work and I have, so that’s like a potted history of, of how I got to where I am today. I guess You said something to me before we were recording. You know, you said I went from being this,

    you know, mom would just a baby on my hip to having this global empire in 117, a hundred. How many different countries? It’s insane. Saudi 777 different countries, friends. Okay. This amazing woman has done this. And you literally have a formula just like you teach people how to formulate natural beauty products on their own. And I want to,

    I want you to share your mission because I think that’s incredibly important. But what you’re going to share today on the podcast is the act is the actual formula from how you went from a mom with the baby on your hip, to where you are right now. But I think it’s important to know that for people to know, like, why are you doing this?

    You shared this a bit with me before. Why are you so particularly passionate about what you teach women to do? Well, I love formulation because it takes us right back to our roots. It’s a skill that we’ve lost, that we’ve forgotten. And yet everyone used to do it. Like they’ve even found like fossilized face creams from Roman times. You know,

    this is not something new and we can all formulate. Cause formulation is fun. It’s easy, it’s empowering. And most importantly, it disrupts the mainstream beauty industry because they want you to go and buy that product for 150 years. They’ve been telling us we’re not good enough. We don’t look right. We don’t smell right. We don’t conform to that.

    Blonde stick thin what teeth person that they put, all the adverts, you know, everyone is different and we can embrace our own beauty by reclaiming that power from the beauty industry and learning how to formulate ourselves. And that is so incredibly empowering because then not only can you make your own skincare and haircare and even makeup whenever you need it. But it’s also more sustainable because the beauty industry produces over 120 billion units of packaging a year with that is just staggering.

    And most of that ends up in landfill or in our oceans. And we can do better than that. And we can do that by learning how to formulate for ourselves and making things as in when we need them. So I am on a mission to make formulation as commonplace cookery and the entire world had to do it. And thankfully the world is very receptive,

    which is a good thing. And you’re doing a very Good job out of that. You are doing an incredible job. And so thank you for sharing that. So before we even go into these six steps to how you have built this online empire in hearing these six steps, and I know our listeners after they hear them are going to be like, wow,

    I can absolutely do this as well. I want to point something out. You are so incredibly deeply fiercely fire, really passionate about what you do. And you are very clearly leading with that determination. It’s not leading with the money because you want to build an empire to take over the world. You want to change and you want to create a transformation for women and disrupt an industry that needs to be disrupted.

    So I say that. So as our listeners are listening to understand that underneath all of these things that we’re going to talk about in content marketing and all the other strategies to build literally a global empire with your online courses and your education business, that under that all is a fierce passion and conviction for what you are doing. And I think that in order to be successful,

    frankly, anything, unless you just want to make a lot of money and not have a deeply purposeful company. I believe that that’s a requirement. And so I just wanted to point that out to our listeners and our listeners and pick up on that anyway, they’d be like, wow, this, you know, this, this woman’s amazing. She loves what she does diving into,

    you know, history and, and the history of what she’s doing. So let’s transition. Let’s dive into that a little bit. How on earth did you go from this mom who was kind of working kind of decided she wanted to stay home, had an app, bought a company, having another baby to where you are now. You literally have a formula for this as well Through it.

    Well, first of all, thank you for all those lovely things you said as well. I mean, yes, you have to drive forward with that passion, but then there are various steps that as you say, anyone can do. And the first one for me and I live in a brief there, so I absolutely love this is content marketing. Now I have been a prolific content creator since I was 15 years old.

    And I badgered my parents to get the internet at the home. We were one of the first adopters of the internet where I lived. Everyone was like, why do you have the internet? I didn’t know what to write to, you know, web pages that really had anything of use for me. But I started blogging when I was 15. I started designing websites then,

    and that has stuck with me ever since. So a big, big part of what we do is putting out content and I call it edutainment, which is a slightly pretentious word. I mean, you’re mixing education entertainment, but it says what it does on the 10 basically. And so we write, we film, we record content every single week that our followers want to read,

    want to listen to what to watch. And a lot of people say to me, well, how’d, you know what to record? And I’m like, well, I go to ask people, you know, because they tell me what they want to know. And we put that content out there and that has been so, so successful for us because by showing up every week,

    it doesn’t matter if it’s raining. It doesn’t matter if I’m on holiday, it doesn’t matter. What’s happening. That content will go out. And that means that our followers become dependent on it. They want to read it. And actually as a result of that, we’ve become like a publication as well as an online school. And we get more visitors now than the many of the sort of mainstream publications in,

    on niche as well, which has been phenomenal. So let me ask you, where do you distribute the majority of your content? I know our listeners are thinking, okay, well, they’re doing this content. What are your, I know every industry is different. What are your primary social channels or content distribution channels that seem to have worked for you?

    Well, social does well for us, but I have to say the main channel has been email. I mean, it’s all in the list, right? And I’m sure everyone listening who wants to do this understands you have to have a list. And I started off at 300 people on my list. I now have 125,000 and we clean that list rigorously.

    Let me boot people off all the time because they don’t open our emails. Otherwise we’d have hundreds of thousands of peoples out there. So that is the primary outlet for content because people then sign up and they know they’re going to receive value in that inbox every single week. And that is so powerful because it means they stay subscribed as well. So you guys send a weekly email.

    Yep, absolutely. We’re thinking of making that bi-weekly, but at the moment it’s just weekly and yet then the rest goes out on social. I mean our main channels, I suppose, are Instagram. I mean, we have, we’ll have over a hundred thousand followers by the time this episode ads, which quite exciting Facebook, we have big groups on Facebook.

    I have a big networking group there with 47,000 people, which is free. So those are the main channels ready, but email first and foremost. And then, and I suppose that’s 0.2 and the sort of six step process. It’s all about the SEO as well. And I’ve only recently hired someone for the first time to do that before that it was just me writing lots of really good content,

    then hiring people to write really good content. And I’ve always believed that rather than delving into what Google says about its algorithm, the best thing you can do is to just write top notch content, make sure it’s a good length and make sure people want to keep coming back to read it basically. So, you know, one of the things you said to me behind the scenes as well before we started recording this with that,

    and I think this is important for people to know that you have been consistently hitting the pavement with content and putting content out for seven years. I think that’s important for people to know that consistency is king here. And I’d love also how you say that you clean your list. And I think people are afraid to do that as well. You know, get people that have an open things off their list.

    I think people are really afraid to do that. And I love that you said that because we want a vibrant list of people that are actually absorbing your content in and really love what you’re doing rather than a dead list. And when people really don’t, who wants to talk to people that don’t want to listen. And so I love that you said that as well,

    but I feel like one of the important things to say here about this number two is that you were just out there posting, like you said, rain or shine for seven years, and this is organic growth. You guys, we aren’t buying a hundred thousand people to end up on the reins list. This is, you know, fully putting amazing content out there that people want to absorb and organic growth.

    And so I’m really admire how hard you’ve worked at doing this. And I just want to commend you for that. People want to shortcut all the time and it’s not that you can’t be successful fast, but there is, there’s much more to the iceberg underneath the water, for Sure. Absolutely. And I’ve seen so many people sort of try to shortcut or get bored of doing it.

    And then if it doesn’t work within three months, they’re like, oh, I’ll do something else. And so many of the entrepreneurs who started in my sort of year group, I suppose, when I got going, they’re all doing something different now and I’m sitting there going why? And they’re like, I’m really impressed. You kept going with like, well,

    yeah. And look at what I’ve achieved by just plugging away at the same thing every single day. It’s been amazing. Wow. Well that alone, what a great testimony and just a great amount of encouragement. That’s exactly right. And I think that we get so afraid that maybe we’re doing the right things, or we need a confirmation faster in that trust in what you’re doing and what you’re creating and the consistency in doing it.

    And that’s a whole podcast episode on itself. So I just want to highlight that. And I just think that’s incredibly powerful. So we talked about step number one and then step number two is just really being out there consistently posting SEO, you know, really diving into that. And then step number three is one of my favorites in people. It’s not that I think that entrepreneurs don’t want to do that.

    They all do, but I don’t necessarily believe that there are many entrepreneurs that fully understand how to fiercely protect their brand. So let’s talk about number three. Yeah. So three is all about the brand and I’ve created a really, really strong brand around formula Botanica. And when I look at a lot of digital marketers online, they often bypass that step.

    They just go straight for the ads, the shortcut, as we said, and actually building that strong brand is something that has made the company so unshakeable. So rock solid that if something terrible happened to us, we would weather it because the brand is so strong. And I protect that brand fiercely. Now I have brand guidelines. I make people read them all the time.

    I, I tweak little, you know, the very fact that I’m sat here in a green top, in a green office, it’s just all part of the brand. I live in every single components of it. And that comes down to how we speak the tone we use in the emails that go out, even in our help desk, the way we support people,

    the way the courses are put together, the way we show up for events, just literally every little detail is overlooked by that brand. And people often come to me and they’re like, can I say this? And I’ll go, ah, let’s rejig it slightly. So it looks like that. And this is the reason behind it. So I’m constantly trying to educate my team as well so that they can live and breathe that with me because no one can take that away from you.

    You know, if your ads bomb or if no one comes to a website, oh, you know, if something goes horribly wrong on social media, your brand is still there. And that is a thing of beauty that I think, yeah, as you said, lots of people overlooked, but yet it’s the core components to growing an online empire. Wow.

    That is so powerful as I have my, my wave mug and my, my way of wall. And it’s what we do. If you guys are watching behind the scenes in the video, you have to, you have to go to the YouTube channel. You have to see Lorraine behind the scenes and see all her great. It’s fabulous. And this is an example of that,

    but I also love what you said with the language and the tone and the brand personality. And I think that that is so incredibly important as well. So thank you for that. I love number three. So what’s number four. What was a fourth thing? What’s a fourth step in your formulation for building this online empire. So we’ve got the content,

    we’ve got the distribution, we’ve got the brand step. Number four is all about the community. I mean, it’s the people who sits at the heart of all of this in some respects, they should be step number one, but I thought let’s walk through all of them in sequential order. So I’ve built a really strong community around formula Botanica as has my team as well.

    And these are people who we know we love, even though we have over 13,000, almost 14,000 students and graduates. We know so many of them and we get really excited by them because we know what they’re doing. You know, I have, if you’re watching the video, I have all of that products behind me. I sit here with them on my desk.

    I’m always sort of holding them up, going, oh, this is so-and-so. She lives in Denmark. And this is so and so she lives in India and you know, the community is what makes us who we are. We wouldn’t be where we are without these incredible people. And I’ve met so many of them over the years. I know their stories.

    I’ve become friends with so many of them as well. And they inspire me to do better as well, because that constantly out there changing the world, being part of this global green beauty movement that we’re spearheading and yeah, they’re helping us drive it forward. So to do that, we’ve used social media. We use Facebook groups. It sounds really simple.

    And it is in a way, and in the beginning I would be in that and I would show up all the time for our students and graduates. And that was how we built this incredible heartwarming community where are really kind and generous to each other. And that still exist today. Even though we have, I think about 10,000 students in our online classroom,

    it’s got huge, but still that, that really heartwarming aspect is that. And if someone posts and says, I’m having a bad day, you know, there are hundreds of comments from people just going, we’ve got your back. And most of the people who go through our courses and launch a brand, go, I love the courses I learnt so much.

    I can formulate, you know, you’ve empowered me, but oh my goodness, the community, I wouldn’t have got to where I am without my, my sisterhood, basically, because as you can imagine, it is mostly women who go through our courses and that has just been heartwarming and incredible to watch. So that’s step number four. And Question about that.

    You have both a free, and so we’re talking, you know, we’re talking about business modeling, restructuring for our listeners. You have both a free and paid community, Correct? Yeah. We have a big free networking group as well, which has almost 50,000 members. And that’s incredible too. And now I have a community manager, but not just that.

    We also have a whole team of people around the world, our student mentors, so that we have 24 7 coverage in our groups because otherwise, you know, it is like a groups. You have to be there to sort of support, to help, to moderate sometimes as well. And so I have staff members literally around the globe so that there is always someone on and they have a rotor.

    So they’re going through the groups all the time. And that has been incredible actually. So the community is everything to her. I love that. I love that. And Facebook makes sense, you know, the global community Facebook makes sense. And, you know, it’s when we talk about structure and tech and enabling what you want to do and the experience that that does,

    you know, it’s really completely make sense. Okay. So then number five, what is the fifth step to your formulation to building a global empire? So stage, you’ve got your ducks in a row and now you have to start really putting yourself out into the world. And so step number five is very much that I’ve made sure that we are viewed as thought leaders in our space.

    And again, that can sound like quite a pretentious word. You know, what is a thought leader? It’s someone who has an opinion, the other people readily take on board and follow. And we have that. Now people follow us because we teach them all viewpoints and all sorts of what natural means and what green beauty means and what clean beauty means.

    You know, we’ve redefined a lot of these concepts and we’re regularly tagged in social media posts where people go, I listened to this podcast from formula Botanica and I now understand that the three or four shades of natural, and I’m going to show you have made my own little infographic. And I finally understand these concepts and I’ve learned them from these guides. And we do that thought leadership through,

    I have my own podcast as well called green beauty conversations, which is all about green and sustainable beauty and the science and indie beauty. But I’m also constantly on summits, on podcasts, giving interviews, speaking to journalists, you know, I out that all the time as is my team. And that means that people view us as the people to follow because we hold opinions on things.

    We share those opinions. I make sure that they’re always balanced. They fit with the brand. They’re very sort of rational and scientific and the heartwarming and friendly and natural and people buy into that. So you have to have opinions when you’re running a business. And I see a lot of people really struggle with this because they don’t want to put themselves out there,

    but it is. Yeah. Step number five, for reason, it’s been a huge part of our growth in becoming this global empire. It is so important. And I understand that. And I, I think that there is a, there is a fear about not having everybody agree with you, but that’s also part of the destruction and the part of leadership and,

    and most leaders don’t have, you know, everybody that loves them. I mean, that’s the way it is when we’re doing works. That work, that really matters. It means it’s work, that’s different. And to do work that’s different. It means that you’re probably going against the grain on the way that the commonplace has been. And so I really love that.

    You said that. And I think that that is, that’s just very encouraging for some of our listeners to hear. Okay. And then step number six, what is this final icing on the cake to bring it all together? So following on, from what I said about putting yourself out there, now you have to go and form a network. And that means getting to know people,

    big players, small players, any players, really people who also hold opinions and who are active in your world in your sector. And we now have partnerships with NBC brands, with our graduates, with bloggers, with influences, but also with the mainstream beauty industry. You know, I have stood on major stages in front of the big players, the L’Oreals,

    the Unilevers, the Proctor and gambles, but also the indie players at the same time. And I’m trying to bring people into our world so that they understand that we’re the bridge that brings everything together. So for instance, we are, we’re the formal NDBC partner for the world’s largest cosmetic ingredients exhibition. They have 12,000 visitors a year. You know, they tour around Europe.

    It’s like going into three aircraft hangers. You know, when you go and visit these trade shows and we’re there in DVC part in that. Now I have spoken at major industry events because of a lot of the work that we’ve done and the networking that we’ve done. And because of that, that’s opened the door whereby people don’t do formula Botanica as Lorraine’s little side hustle with her baby on their hip anymore.

    They view us as a big accredited award-winning online institution. And obviously that’s all part of the seven years of just showing up every week and just putting yourself at that. But you have to make a network and you have to invest in that network and be kind and really give back because it will come back to you tenfold every single time. And that’s certainly what I’ve found over the years.

    That’s Incredible. And so let’s recap these six steps, and then I have one last question for you. So Lorraine’s formula to build a global empire, but not just any global empower you guys that really matters. It’s really, really making a change in this space are your six steps. Okay? Step number one, content creation, educate and entertain your followers at the same time.

    Step to constantly promote that content, put it at that great SEO, social media outreach, but most importantly, your list, you need one step, number three, build a strong brand that you fiercely protect and build. And you’re constantly growing it. Step number four, create a thriving and happy community. Make sure that the people around you know, that you love them because they’re your biggest assets,

    your biggest fans, they’re everything. Step number five, be viewed as a thought leader, have opinions and put those opinions out there and make sure that people buy into those opinions and hear you. And step number six, build a network and build a strong network that you pour your love and heart into because it will come back to you. Tenfold, how I Love that.

    I love that. Thank you so much for sharing all this wisdom. This is an amazing lesson. You guys hear that you are hearing and I’m taking notes and listening right along, right along with you. And so I have one last question for you. And I don’t ask this. Isn’t like a set question. I ask all the guests. I just really,

    I would love to know this answer from you. What have you learned about yourself along the way through this process? What do you believe about your, I know I didn’t even prepare you for, this is such a tough question, right? Sorry. You know, like what, what do you know and believe about yourself that only could have come through your tenacity,

    your resilience, your consistency. What have you learned about yourself in this process? That is a great question. So before I took them formula Botanica I worked all over the world. I lived in multiple countries. I worked in high-powered jobs. You know, I ran all sorts of fantastic projects, but I kept coming up against this massive glass ceiling everywhere I went.

    You’re too young. You’re too inexperienced. Lorraine. It’s too scary, too outspoken too. In your face, you voice your opinions too much. I do that. And it got to the point that it started to chip away at me because you start to internalize a lot of what you hear. And when you’re constantly told you need to tone it down,

    you need to be less outspoken. Yeah. You need to put your opinions out there less. You start to do that. And I now know that the only way I think for women to achieve true gender equality in the workplace is by building something like this for themselves and driving it forward. And I know myself that I am more confident and more able,

    and I believe in myself more than I ever have before because of the work that I’ve done here over the last seven years. And no one can take that away from me and I will never walk into a workplace ever again, where someone will tell me I’m too scary because I will eat them alive. Thank you so much for everything that you have shared.

    I know our listeners just like Marriott, we just want to eat up everything you’re giving to us. So, you know, and just absorb from you. So this is, I’m just so honored to meet you. Thank you so much for applying to be on this show and wanting to come here and share your story with this audience. It’s incredibly powerful and proven and you know,

    that’s what we, that’s what we do. We bring in experts like you, that have created their expertise through resilience and, and determination. And, and I’m just so glad that you’re here. So how can people find you? How can they connect with you? All of you join your, your formulation school. If we have listeners that want to start doing their own thing and they haven’t done it yet,

    or go and follow you to learn and watch and observe how you are building and how you’re continuing to grow your empire, where can we find you? So wherever formula botanica.com, where we have a free online organic cosmetic formulation course that anyone can take Instagram is the biggest platform for formula Botanica as well. But I am also on Instagram and on Facebook where you can follow me.

    And I talk more about the business side of things, the sustainability side of things. Cause that’s my bag. And I just want to say, thank you so much April for having this amazing podcast and for welcoming me onto it, because it’s fantastic to talk to you. And it’s a real honor to be here. It’s such A pleasure and Lorraine and I will be live in clubhouse.

    You guys. So this is episode number 237. It will be episode number 237 when it drops. So Lorraine and I are going to be here to talk to you. And you guys get to come in, ask Lorraine all of your questions, whether it’s about formulations or how she went from baby on the hip to literal global empire creator through online business.

    These steps work. This process works with consistency. And so we’re going to be live in clubhouse on July 28th at 12 o’clock Eastern time. Please come join us there. We’ll make sure all of the links to where you can connect with us in clubhouse are found in the show notes of this episode@sweetlifeco.com. Ryan, thank you so much. We really, really appreciate it.

    Thank you. It’s been awesome.

    Episode 226: How To Use Clubhouse To Grow Your Business – with April Beach

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Download the Ultimate Guide To Online Business Models

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    This is a great show for entrepreneurs and companies who want to understand Clubhouse.


    Clubhouse is a social audio app that enables conversations. It’s a great place to show your expertise by lending valuable information to live conversations. Clubhouse is also a great place to learn from others, network, build your brand, curate collaborations and simply connect with like-minded people with similar interests. Clubhouse is also a perfect place to find your ideal clients, and this is what we’re discussing on today’s show. 

    At the end of this episode you will:

    1. Understand how to increase brand awareness on Clubhouse
    2. Understand how to write your Clubhouse bio as a multi-passionate entrepreneur
    3. Know how to funnel people off Clubhouse and into your business

    Resources Mentioned:


    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:


    You’re listening to the suede life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator a probate. Hi everybody. I’m so excited to have another conversation with you about clubhouse. In today’s episode, we’re talking about how to use clubhouse to grow your business. And I’m going to give you some examples of how you can dive in on the app,


    whether you’re building a personal brand or a company brand, or whether you’re just not exactly sure what direction and what positioning you want to take professionally using the clubhouse app. So today this is what we’re going to cover. We are going to cover the fact that clubhouse is the place to be. I am not joking you the place to be, to build your personal and business brand,


    to connect with amazing people and really how to understand how you can use this app. It’s a great place to show your expertise by lending valuable information to live conversations. But I also know, and fully understand that it’s kind of confusing for some businesses, depending on what niche you’re in, or maybe it’s even a little overwhelming. Now, even though the app is still in beta mode,


    beta testing at the time I recorded this episode for you, you know, you go in there sometimes and you’re in rooms with couple thousand people. That can be a little intimidating. So I’m here to help you onboard. This is an extension of the last podcast episode we did for you. Episode number two Oh nine, if you have not yet listened to episode number two Oh nine,


    about how to get started on clubhouse. Take just a second. Go listen to that episode first and then come back here. This is episode 226. So if you’ve not listened to two Oh nine and you’re just getting started from scratch on clubhouse, go listen to two Oh nine first and then come back and reconnect with me here. I will be here waiting for you.


    Those of you guys who are ready to dive in more and know how to use clubhouse to build your business, to increase sales. This is what you can expect at the end of today’s episode. You can expect to understand how to increase your brand awareness on clubhouse, understand how to write your clubhouse bio, especially for those of you guys that are multi-passionate entrepreneurs.


    We’re going to dive into that and just jam on that a little bit. So I can give you some direction and clarity, and you’re going to know how to funnel people off of clubhouse and into your business. This podcast episode is for those of you in any phase of my sweet life business roadmap, that start to scale up system that tells you what phase of business you’re in.


    So regardless of where you are, this is a great episode for those of you in every phase of business growth and development, all the show notes and everything we’re talking about today, of course can be found by visiting Sweetlife co.com. And this is episode two 26. And before we dive into the meat and potatoes here, I have a very special bonus to this episode.


    If you have not grabbed it yet, it is the ultimate guide to choose the online business model. That is right for you. It’s an amazing guide. There’s over 15 pages in there that break out the difference between memberships and courses and masterminds. And I break out and explain to you how watching each one of those will affect your life. What the lifestyle side of it looks like.


    So if you haven’t yet grabbed it, definitely pause this episode and very simply just go to April beach.com forward slash guide. And you’re going to get taken directly to the page where you can download that and access that right away. So it’s a really special bonus episode that is with today’s show. So if you’re ready to know how to grow your business by using clubhouse,


    let’s go ahead and dive into today’s episode. Okay. So let’s first start talking about what is clubhouse, right. Again, if you haven’t listened to episode number two Oh nine, please go do so. Otherwise let’s keep going. Clubhouse is a social audio app that enables conversations. It’s a great place. And I mean, a great place to show your expertise by lending valuable information to live conversations is also an incredible place to learn from others network,


    build your brand curate collaborations, and simply connect with other people that are like-minded. They have similar interests as you do. And clubhouse is also a perfect place to find your ideal clients. And this is what we’re talking about on today’s show. So let’s go ahead and do just a little teeny recap of episode two Oh nine, to make sure that we are all on the same level base information of what we’re talking about.


    So the thing with clubhouse is clubhouse enables human level conversations, human connection. It is a place to have actual real life, real time live conversations. So I want you to imagine being on clubhouse as if you have gone to an in-person networking event and you’re having amazing conversations, you’re sharing what you do. You’re listening from other people who are sharing their magic.


    Usually there’s probably somebody who is the host of that networking event. And they’re kind of orchestrating that event. That is what it’s like to be in a clubhouse room. You show up to this networking event. There’s one person who’s usually the primary host of that particular one room. And they have other people that are there helping them moderate. They are leaders in creating the great networking environment.


    That is what it’s like being on clubhouse. It’s an excellent way to build relationships with people you have never met before. And it is rare time right now at the recording of this show, where I was in a room last week, listening to MC hammer. And there was only 50 people in that room. So there’s an amazing opportunity to really connect with people in a very real level.


    And I understand if you’re listening to this and it might feel a little frustrating if you aren’t on clubhouse yet, even if you’re, you know, especially if you’re an Android user, but we do have great news to you that they are rolling out beta testing for Android right now. So all of us are going to get to hang out there together on clubhouse very,


    very soon. So when we’re talking about clubhouse, I want you to understand that clubhouse creates an instant warm connection with you and somebody else. You have just had a conversation with somebody else, or somebody just listened to you speak. That is a very important thing as a business leader or an expert. We want the opportunity to get in front of people that we can serve and help.


    And that’s what clubhouse does. So today I’m going to share three different tips, three different steps to build your business on clubhouse. And I’m going to do them in somewhat of a sequential order. So first I want you to do one thing and then the next, and then the next, and I’m also going to show you the flow of how we get people off the clubhouse app in,


    into your business. How do we take them from that company to a client? Cause that’s what, that’s what you’re here for in this episode. So I want to make sure you know, that this is how I’m going to take you through this today. So step number one, what’s talk about your clubhouse, bio unwell, like other social media platforms,


    where you really can’t say much about yourself. Clubhouse gives you generous space to share your expertise, who you help, what your intentions are for being there on the app. And your bio gives other people an opportunity to connect with you right there in your bio. You have a generous space of information and the top two lines are the most important part of that.


    Because as nobody’s looking at your bio, they’re only able to see a short preview. It’s like, it’s almost similar to the same thing. We call it above the fold on a website there’s above the fold on your clubhouse bio. And it’s just first couple of lines. Not only that, those first couple of lines are also searchable. So what you put in there is very important for how you want people to find you and what you want them to know about you and getting them to trigger whether or not they want to keep reading on to read your bio more as an example,


    the top couple of lines in my bio, the very first three words, our online business strategist. And so when you search me and clubhouse, I’m coming up all the way at the top when you search online business strategists, because I’ve been really yes, pun intended strategic about those words. That’s how I want to be found because that is what I do.


    And so, as you’re writing your bio, I want you to know that it is really a piece of it content. So I want you to treat it accordingly. And I want you to go through outline what you do on the top and give people some really fun, special things to know about you. Also in the top couple, you know, lines of my bio currently in there,


    it says lifelong lifestyle entrepreneur. That’s something that’s unique about me and a little bit different. And so I also include that in the top part of my bio. So your bio is a generous piece of space and you need to use it accordingly. It is truly a piece of content. Now, one of the questions that I often get actually all the time in clubhouse rooms is how do I share my bio?


    If I have a lot of things going on, if I have a ton of different things that I’m working on and a ton of different things I’ve done, you know, what do I, what do I put in my out? Well, let me give you an example between my husband and myself, we own four different companies and I’m a nonprofit founder and I’m a mom of boys and I’m an author.


    And, and, and you’re the same way. And I’m a podcast host. And so you want to be very good about using that space. Now here’s tip number one. You want to choose the primary business or service that you want to be known for. We’re on clubhouse, both here in your bio and how you show up speaking in rooms. That’d be very clear about what you do and who you help primarily,


    but clubhouse is an amazing opportunity to share multiple things that you’ve done. Share your street, credibility, share the projects that you’re working on and share other fun things about you. So, as an example, in my clubhouse bio, you’ll find my expertise on top and some interesting, kind of funny quirky facts about me. You’ll find a statement of the exact problem that I solve and who I solve it for.


    And some further street, credibility press different ways to connect with me, but also in my bio, you’ll find a list of funny things. Like I love taking fermented mushrooms and I’ve lived on my own since I was 13 years old. Those are the things that you’ll find. And so your bio should be a place where you can establish your expertise, but also a place where you can list other things that are very special about you that make you human.


    And that is why this is such a powerful opportunity that clubhouse gives you. So please don’t overlook, creating an amazing bio. And with this said, I’m going to put a link in the show notes for this episode. My friend Mario Armstrong is like the bio King. He’s the one that taught me how to write my bio. And he has an amazing bio and furthermore,


    she’s always updating it. So with that being said, I’m going to put a link to Mario Armstrong, and I want you to follow him on clubhouse. If you’re on the app and you are there already, or soon as you get on clubhouse, because he will always have this top notch example of how you write your bio on this app and create connections.


    I also learned something very powerful from him that didn’t come from me. So I want to make sure, you know, it came from him and I’m just sharing it with you on today’s show. One of the things that he does it recommends for people to do is if you have very, very different companies, you run very, very different things that he actually writes up his bio and a note pad on his phone in when he enters different rooms,


    he can very quickly copy and paste and change out his bios, according to the room that he is in. So that is a great tip from him. I have not done that. I’ll be honest. I have not personally done that, but I have, I know that he does that and I know that other people do that. So I wanted to share that tip with you on this show as well.


    So step number one is updating your clubhouse bio step number two, connect your Instagram to it. And it should be your business. Instagram, if you have a personal Instagram, but yet you have a business clubhouse works in tandem with Instagram. So it highly recommends you connect your business Instagram. Or if you don’t have one, upgrade your Instagram to a business account conversations that happen on clubhouse,


    get taken off clubhouse and they become conversations that happen on Instagram or Twitter. I’m going to talk and dive into the Instagram aspect of it because most people use Instagram and connection with clubhouse. Currently. Now this is what is important about this. When somebody meets you or hears you speak on clubhouse, or maybe they just are standing next to you in a room and you aren’t even speaking on a stage and they,


    because there’s nothing else for them to look at, see your amazing profile picture, click on it. And then they go and they click from your bio. There’s a direct LinkedIn. They’re going to check you out. One of the things that’s important is your Instagram should back up what you say in your clubhouse bio. And it should back up what you speak about on clubhouse stages.


    Your Instagram is an extension of who you are and how you show up on the clubhouse app. So what happens when you do this well is your Instagram starts to grow as well because people will follow you on Instagram from clubhouse. So it’s very important that you understand that the conversations that happen on clubhouse, then get taken off the app on to Instagram. And here are some tips of how you convert people from clubhouse.


    Even when you’re speaking live on the stage, send them over to their Instagram, to book or buy for you from you. One of the most important things that you can do if, and when you are a hosting room in have an opportunity to share how to work with you is to give very clear instructions on what people should do. I’ve seen it done a million different ways that are not clear.


    And I want you to know the clear way to do it. As you were speaking on stage, I want you to give clear instructions to what somebody should do when they get to your Instagram account. You don’t want to just say, Oh yeah, just shoot me a message on Instagram, because then what we’re asking somebody’s brain to do is come up with what they want to say in that message to you instead,


    make it very, very easy. I want you to come up with one key word and I want you to say, and if you were here in this room and you would like to connect with me more regarding what we’re talking about, or if you would like to download the piece of content, the lead magnet that I’m talking about, or read the article,


    or, you know, join my, my event that I’m having. We’re going to talk about that here in just a sec, pick one word. So in rooms that I’m in, when I’m talking about how to create your suite of offers, I will say DM me the word guide right now, go to my Instagram. As I’m speaking, as we’re hanging out here in this clubhouse room and very simply DME,


    the word guide, just one word, and I will send you the link on how you can grab my guide, see how easy that works. Instead of me saying, Hey, by the way, go send me a message and then I’ll send you the guide. So we want to make it super simple for them. Another tip that many people do as well is instead of sending you a DM,


    they make a comment on your first post on Instagram. So if you want to increase the SEO in your Instagram and have people comment on your Instagram posts, you can very simply say to them, go to the first picture on my Instagram profile in DME, the word guide, and I will ping you directly and send you the link. So there’s a couple of different ways to go about doing that.


    It’s very important that you connect your Instagram to clubhouse in that you have a system, a very clear system with very clear instructions. So people don’t even have to think you’ve made it so easy for them. And you’ve picked one key word, and that’s how we get them from the clubhouse app into a relationship with you. And then here is step number three,


    step number three is answering the question. What happens next? How do I then get them from Instagram to a converted client? And so here are these tips. First one is have an open next step call to immediately available. Here’s some examples of what that could be. Number one, you can have an online scheduler, always sitting ready and waiting in the bio in the link tree or associate tab or link on your website where you share links from Instagram.


    Totally ready to go. So there’s always a way to get people then from Instagram to have a conversation with you, you also should have links in your bio that lead to buying now or register now or download now. So the things that you’re talking about in your clubhouse rooms, you want to make sure they’re also live links in your Instagram for people to connect and grab right away.


    You can say, and I will say it’s worked really, really well and beautifully for our followers. Who’ve taken off clubhouse into our Instagram is I do say sometimes, Hey, just go to the link in my bio and you can download this guide so they don’t have to DM me. And oftentimes I will actually get two different calls to action. Both of those have been very successful for us.


    And so I wanted to make sure that I am sharing that with you. I will tell you, and you’ve, you’ve hung out here with me for a long time till the end of the show. So I want to tell you something and it’s a secret, but not so secret. In our first 11 days on clubhouse, we invoiced out $27,000 in business coaching.


    And that’s really important to know, because I want you to know that what I’m telling you in today’s episode is not just me pulling this out of, you know, where this is, how we’ve built so many amazing relationships on club house, and started to be able to work with so many more clients that we would never have been able to reach. If it wasn’t through showing about then typically giving first and building relationships with the right people,


    knowing who you serve is a very important part of enabling your leverage on this app, being true to who you are, understanding how to communicate the end results you provide. And if you do that, I promise you it will pay off in your business. And I want to see that happen to, for you, to you and for you. So just to recap today,


    we talked about how to grow your business, your clubhouse, this isn’t some big funnel strategy. It’s common sense. That’s why it’s worked for us in so many people because it’s natural, it’s authentic. And it’s just common sense. If somebody loves what you have to say in a room they’re of course going to want to connect with you more in this as a process in which we do it.


    So number one is making sure your bio is amazing. It’s very clear what you do, but also share some unique and funny and quirky things about you. That show that you are a human number two, make sure your Instagram is connected. And how do you communicate going to Instagram? Make sure you have a strategy of, of a word of a keyword that you can say when you’re speaking in rooms to have somebody download your lead magnet,


    or they could perhaps just share the word to type the word schedule. And then the third thing is a conversion that happens in the next step. The third step is off Instagram. How do you get people then off Instagram and into a sales call with you into a webinar funnel or a live event? What does that next step of taking them off Instagram so that they can connect with you deeper and become a lifelong client?


    If you’ve done a good job of building out your client journey services and a raving fan. And that’s what we’re talking about on today’s show. Thank you so much for hanging out with me. I absolutely love connecting with you as you know, thanks for being a faithful listener, especially those of you guys. Who’ve been listening to this show for over four and a half years.


    And if you aren’t yet following me on clubhouse, I want to connect with you. I am very simply found it at April beach. And of course we have two brand new, amazing clubs that I want you to connect with. First of all, we have our podcast club, which is sweet life entrepreneurs and every single Wednesday at noon, Eastern time,


    I host a room where we are rolling up our sleeves and talking about all these strategies. So if you’re listening to this live and you’re a subscriber to the show, join me at noon Eastern on Wednesday, and we will roll up our sleeves and help you work on your clubhouse strategy with you. Also, if you’ve never spoken in a clubhouse room before,


    maybe you’re a little nervous to come to stage. Those are the rooms we host and that’s why I make a safe space for you. So please plan to join me on Wednesday. I can’t wait to get to know you. And then the other club that we have is our wave makers club wave makers is all about designing transformational, predictable measurable online services,


    signature programs, and a suite of offers for high profit and deep purpose. Tuesday nights. Currently we are hosting wave makers rooms. So make sure you’re also following the wave makers club so that you can get access to those rooms. And I will, of course share all of this in the show notes for today, it’s show, which can be found by visiting Sweetlife co.com.


    This is episode number 226 and left talking to you have an awesome day and I’ll talk to you on clubhouse.

    Episode 217: How To Create A Quiz To Generate Leads For Your Business – with April Beach

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Entrepreneurs in all stages of my business growth roadmap. To find out where you are, please visit www.sweetlifeco.com/quiz.

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    Small business owners and entrepreneurs looking to grow your list of leads using intelligent online marketing and business design.


    If you’re a small business owner or entrepreneur looking to grow your list of leads using intelligent online marketing, then this is the show for you. In this episode, we’re diving into how to use a quiz or self-assessment to grow your list of ideal clients and discard those who aren’t a perfect fit for your company. 
    We’re also diving into the steps to create the content, outcomes and questions of your quiz and wrapping it all up with the software we love and use for assessment creation.

    At the end of this episode you will:

    1. Have the strategy of quiz list growth well understood
    2. Know if you should be using this strategy in your business
    3. Learn the exact process to design your quiz content

    Resources Mentioned:

    Text keyword QUIZHELP to the number 805-254-0880 for the link

    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:


    You’re listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator April Beach. Hi, everybody. Welcome to episode number 217 here on this feet, life entrepreneur and business podcast. My name is April Beach and I am your host here on the show. Half of these shows are just you and I rolling up our sleeves together,


    working on online business strategies and the other half of our shows. We have amazing guests. So thank you so much for tuning in here. And today we are talking about how to create a quiz to generate leads for your business. It’s going to be a power packed episode, and it’s going to be pretty quick and short. And here is why I have a huge,


    really cool extra bonus with this podcast episode for you, I am including totally free a one hour video training and a worksheet that goes along with this episode that tells you exactly step-by-step in depth, how to create a quiz or an assessment to generate leads for your company. And you can totally get that. No strings attached completely free. I’ll tell you this right away.


    Here are two different ways. You can get it. You can go to sweet life co.com forward slash how to create a quiz, or you can text the word quiz help. That’s all one word quiz help to the number (805) 254-0880. And that’s going to be a link where you can access this training right away. Why am I super passionate about this and giving you a bunch of stuff or it’s really highly valued because I know it works.


    We’ve had quizzes in our business for years, and they’re a powerful way for you to generate leads in your company. They’re also a really great opportunity for your clients, your potential clients. And so it’s a win-win situation for everybody. So here’s what we’re talking about today. This episode is great for those of you who are ready to generate leads for your small business.


    That means you are in either phase two or three of my start to scale up system. It’s my business growth roadmap. And of course I have a quiz that you can take that tells you exactly where you are in the process of growing your business. Again, I’m a huge advocate for this type of list growth, and you can take my quiz, our quiz,


    if you haven’t yet, by visiting Sweetlife co.com forward slash quiz. Now this episode is for those of you guys who are looking to grow your list, but you want to know how to do so in a mindful way, we’re going to, into the steps to create the content of your quiz, the outcomes of your quiz and the questions within your quiz.


    And we’re wrapping it all up today, talking about software recommendations for where you can build your quiz. So the end of this episode, you’re going to have a strategy of whether or not quiz list growth is right for you. You’re going to know how you want to use this strategy in your business. Your wheels are totally going to be spinning here and about the next five minutes in a really good way.


    And you’re going to learn the exact process to design a quiz and the content within your quiz. So if you’re ready, let’s go ahead and dive in<inaudible> Today. We’re talking about the power of quizzes. So when you engineer a quiz or a self-assessment correctly, it’s a very powerful tool for both you and your audience. Quizzes, give you an amazing amount of insight into where your clients are right now and what they need right now,


    and also to where your marketing is landing. So we’ll talk about that here in just a sec, but with the knowledge that you get based on where people land and the results of your quiz, you can segment your list. You can decide to add more services. So how people are falling in the outcomes of your quiz is going to give you insight to whether or not you want to add more services or solutions or products for these people.


    And you can hyper focus on those that truly, truly need your services and your solutions. And what’s also amazing about this is with this type of lead generation. You can move people to other places. You can create a journey for people through your products and through your offers, and you can move them to other places in your business through the knowledge that you’re receiving from the outcomes of their quiz.


    Or of course you can completely remove clients all together. So based on your quiz results, you can disqualify those people that aren’t the perfect people for your business, and that is equally as powerful for you. And for them, we don’t want to waste their time if they’re not the right fit clients. And we certainly don’t want to waste your is either.


    So quiz a quiz really, really does this. So let me take you behind the scenes. I know if you’re a listener you’ve been listening to the show for a long time, you have heard of my sweet life entrepreneur roadmap. I created this roadmap about eight years ago, and we have two names for it. I’ll be really honest who I call it.


    In-house it’s a sweet life entrepreneur, a roadmap. The technical term is called the start to scale up system. Okay. So you might’ve heard it being called different names, you know, whichever one you like, it’s the same thing. Let me explain to you the quiz process of how we use this. So first of all, what it is is it is five phases of business growth starting from phase one.


    When somebody’s just thinking about launching a company all the way to phase five, which is a social entrepreneur. So it’s a company that has hit the financial benchmarks they want to hit, and they’re doing so well. They’re making a huge impact. Basically, they’re making a ton of money to give a ton of money away or to free up the founder’s time to go start a new company.


    So we have five phases in this literally roadmap to building a life first business. And within each one of these phases, there are different things that a company needs to focus on. So phase one is just figuring out starting phase two is launch phase three is scale. Phase four is also scale, but it’s a nix level scaling. There’s a difference between the first time you scale.


    And when you continue to scale as a business and then phase five is impact. And so we have this quiz that I share with you at the beginning of every single episode, because we actually tag our episodes here on the podcast, based on what we’re talking about in what part, what phase of outcome this episode is appropriate, because also that’s a benefit.


    I don’t want you hanging out here with me. If I’m talking about something that really only pertains to those entrepreneurs in phase five, and you’re in phase two, that’s how we get really overwhelmed in business and that whole shiny object syndrome. So that is our quiz. You can take it, you can find out exactly what phase of business development you’re in.


    So I’ve just shared with you how we use that even on the podcast. But now let’s go a little bit further behind the scenes based on the outcomes of where someone lands in our quiz, we have certain business programs. So we are able to strategically design business coaching and strategy programs and services and courses and offers and communities and masterminds based on the phase of business that somebody is in.


    So it’s helpful to me on the business side, because I know where the majority of our marketing is landing. For example, if we have marketing strategy and I put the quiz out there and the majority of people are, are in phase one, they’re just starting up. Whether they’re not our ideal clients, our ideal clients are businesses that are really ready to scale,


    or they’re going through from offline to online to scale. They’re launching their first online business, or they have been in online business are really ready to develop their signature offers and have scaled strategy in. So it’s really important that I know whether or not our marketing is hitting the right people are perfect clients. So that’s, what’s really cool for us on the back end.


    Now let’s also talk about, what’s really cool for the users of our quiz when they take our quiz. And again, if you’ve taken our quiz, you know, this, they get an entire list of exactly what they should be working on right now in their business. They get a summary that explains the phase of business that they’re in the highs and lows that pitfalls in the victories.


    And they get a very thorough checklist of exactly what they should be focusing on. Right, right now. So even if they aren’t one of our ideal clients to join our mastermind or to join our next level signature offer program, they’re still getting amazing value based on where they are in business. So it’s a win-win for us as a company. Again, we have insight into who is coming into our marketing funnels and who’s coming into our,


    our marketing efforts. We know exactly where entrepreneurs are. And so therefore we’re only going to offer entrepreneurs. The resources based on the phase of business are in, I’m not going to send an email to every single person about joining a program. That’s really only appropriate for those people and maybe phases four or five. So see how cool that is for us.


    We have amazing insights. We have amazing intelligence into what people need from us, and we’re giving it to them exactly based on where they are in business. And they are getting exactly what they need based on where they are in business. So now let’s turn this, you, what is it that you do? What is it that need to know about your clients or what type of clients,


    or maybe even phase of clients in their journey, do you serve quizzes, going to give you great insight into where your clients are and what they need? And with this knowledge, just like we do, you can segment your list. You can decide to add more offers or services, and you can hyper focus on those people that are coming your way.


    It is an amazing opportunity for you. And it’s really, really a win-win, there’s a lot of lead magnets that we can create out there. Obviously we always want them to be a win-win, but I honestly don’t think any are as powerful as a self-assessment or a quiz. And I’m just speaking from our experience. And so the users get the amazing results.


    You get the amazing results and it’s a win-win for everybody. So now let’s kind of dive in here for a minute and let’s talk about actually, how to create the content for you, your quiz. This is where people get stuck. They’re like, Oh yeah, I want to create a quiz. And then it’s like, they totally stop because yeah,


    think it’s easy, but it’s actually easier said than done. So just like everything else. Yes we do in your business. We want to give them a transformation, even in your quiz, in your lead magnet strategy and a call with you, everything okay. In. So I want to make sure we’re taking them from one place before they’ve taken their quiz to knowledge or a different place in the end.


    So the first thing that you want to ask yourself when you’re figuring out this kind of strategy of, okay, what’s my quiz on, like, what do I want to do here? What’s going to be awesome for everybody is what you know, really, what is the main topic of your quiz? How does your quiz relate to, or confirm your area of expertise?


    So how can you create a quiz that relates to what you have sick skills at, what your company is amazing at, in really think about that instead of just throwing a quiz out there. And literally the next question I really want you to ask yourself is what is going to be helpful to you? What insight is going to be helpful to you as the business owner to understand about your audience.


    For me, I need to know what phase of business somebody is in. When I know that I can deliver them pinpointed, perfect business coaching programs, to keep growing and scaling their company for you. What do you need to know about the people that are coming into your business to truly line them up in a perfect way for your services or your programs?


    And then the next question is what is the quiz going to tell your users about themselves? What can you share with them that they don’t already know? Or what can you confirm to them that they might’ve had a feeling about? They might’ve had a suspicion about already, but nobody ever made it that clear. Here’s the deal when somebody takes your quiz and the outcome that they receive is so right on,


    it blows their mind. They’re like, Oh my gosh, this person was in my head. I love them. They know more about me than I know about myself. I love this business. Like we’re creating super fans here when your quiz does this. So what do you need to know about the outcome of the quiz for your business and what do the users need to know about themselves or their situation.


    That is what creates a powerful quiz. It’s so good. You’re going to love it. You’re going to get, you’re going to have people. I have people emailing me being like, Oh my gosh, April, this is right on. And thank you so much. And that’s what I want for you as well. So now we’re going to dive into just a little bit about actually how to create the quiz itself.


    You know, me, I’m a program builder, I’m a service and it in a content course builder. So I have to teach you this side because this is where everybody gets stuck. I’m going to share with you the first three steps here. And then this is what the hour long training that is totally free with this podcast episode gets. And so it’s super duper important that if this is an area that you want to use in your business,


    go take that training. Like there’s no strings attached. It’s not even a whole hour. I think it’s like 53 minutes. And I dive in, in depth and help you strategize the answers to these things we’re talking about, but this is how to create your quiz content. So, number one, you start with the end in mind. If you’ve tried to create a quiz and you’re starting with the questions,


    you’ve probably struggled greatly. Instead, we want to start with the outcomes. Okay? So first you wanted to create the clear outcomes and give them unique names, give them names that people understand, but they’re unique names. You know, so our outcome is like phase one, planning phase two, launch phase three scale phase four, purpose phase five impact.


    So they’re clear words, you know, we want to get fancy, but not too fancy. Just make sure there are very clear outcomes that people understand. So the first thing you’re going to do is really define the end results and define your outcomes. Step number two is then write each outcome of your quiz in paragraph form. And this is really important.


    This is what’s going to go to them by email or what they’re going to find on a Results page on your website. You want to write it out. You want to say, Hey, listen, this is where you are. I hear you. I’ve got you. Like, that’s what this paragraph says. And you want to take your time to write out the response or the result for that outcome.


    And you want to include any sort of details that are necessary and you sort of specific outcome knowledge or whether it is psychological or whether it’s physical or whether it’s, you know, strategic, any of those things you want to include in this outcome, including tips and steps and actions and recommendations. And then the third part is going in and then creating the statements or the questions that lead to each one of those outcomes.


    And so that is a step-by-step process. Those are three of the six steps that we use to create an amazing quiz that converts and converts to the right people and just wows them. Even if they aren’t your right clients, we’re still going to wow them, right? Because you know what, they’re your right clients. Now. They might be a right clients next year.


    And that’s a really important thing to remember. And so those are the three steps to actually go through and create the content within your quiz. And again, that’s really high level. You guys here on the podcast to be very efficient and making sure I’m giving you great information in a short period of time. But if you want to access that free video training,


    all you have to do is go to Sweetlife co.com forward slash how to create a quiz, you know, all squished together to make it URL friendly. And then I’m also going to make sure that we put the links for how to access this free training. And it comes with a worksheet as well into the show notes of this podcast episode. If you’ve never visited our podcast website,


    it’s like a whole entire business resource center. You can actually search anything by keyword and it’ll bring up exactly where we’ve taught that for the last four years on the show. This is podcast number 217. So that means the quick link to get to the show notes for this episode, all you have to do is go to sweet life podcast.com forward slash two 17.


    So if that’s easier for you, then whatever’s easier. I want to make sure we’re getting the resources in your hand. Okay. So we talked about the importance of a quiz, the power of a quiz, showing you behind the scenes, on how we use our quiz and how we have for years and why we love it. And hopefully if you’ve taken our quiz before,


    that’s going to really make it even clearer for you. I love showing you guys behind the scenes on things you’ve already used, because I think those are the best examples that we can have as we’re learning and as we’re growing. So now let’s kind of talk a little bit about tech. Okay? So we use a software called interact. I love these guys.


    I love the software. I love the flow. I will go ahead and make sure that there’s a link or interact quiz boulders in the show notes of this episode. So if you’re wondering what we use, those are the guys we like we’ve been with them for years, but there are other places where you can create quizzes as well. Google forms is X for as an example,


    creates quizzes type form creates great assessments. And even Kajabi has an assessment tool. I would say we haven’t recommended that highly quite yet, even though is, you know, we’re big Kajabi fans. I just find that there’s some other software out there that’s giving a better user experience with quizzes. So I’ll go ahead and drop some of those tech links down here for you in the show notes as well of this episode,


    basically, here’s the deal I love self-assessments. I love quizzes are great for your business or a great lead generator. They’re highly valuable to those people that are either new to your list or already on your list. I mean, we have people coming back all the time in retaking our quiz to see where they are in this whole entire, you know, sweet life business roadmap in.


    So that’s what I want for you. I want you to be able to create a lead generating list, growth quiz. That’s going to be highly valuable for your new people, for your established people and for you as a business owner. So that’s a wrap today. We talked again all about quizzes showed you behind the scenes in ours. We dove into the first three of six steps in order to create a powerful quiz.


    And I gave you the tools and resources to access the free one hour training or a 52 minute training. It’s so good. You guys, it’s really helpful. If you’re serious about creating a quiz, it’s totally free. It’s on me. It’s my gift to you. I want you to be awesome at this. So go grab it again. You can grab it by visiting the show notes for this episode,


    which are@sweetlifepodcast.com forward slash two 17. That’s where we’ll have all the tech links and everything as well. And if you just want to go directly to the place where you can get the training right away, you can go to sweet life co.com forward slash how to create a quiz. All right, you guys, I love chatting with you. Thank you for being a listener of this show.


    Again, I’m April beach. If we haven’t spoken before, come cruise over and hang out with me on clubhouse. I know it’s hard. Not everybody can get there quite yet, but it’s the place where we hang out every single Wednesday at 12 o’clock Eastern time, we dive in deeper to entrepreneur business strategies. It’s a room that I host and I would love to meet you there.


    If you’re on clubhouse, follow me at April beach, come into that room on Wednesday and just say, Hey, April, I listened to your podcast and you are also welcome to ask me any questions about any of the business trainings that we drop here on the podcast, in that clubhouse room. So if you’re going through these business trainings and you’re using our podcasts,


    like a course, which is what it’s designed to be used for, and you have any questions cruise over, hanging out with me on clubhouse. That’s where I am every single week. And I would love to meet you all right. Have an incredible day. And I will talk to you guys next week.

    Episode 216: The Untapped Power of a Thank You Page – with April Beach

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Get Kajabi free for 14 days to generate perfect funnel pipelines with ease – www.aprilbeach.com/kajabi

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    New online entrepreneurs who are new to building high-converting funnels or offline businesses newly tapping into online marketing. 


    There’s much to learn about tech when you’re launching your business and terms like “funnels”, “lead magnets”, and “email automation” are common topics of discussion. Many of these topics we cover extensively on this show. But, on this week’s podcast episode we’re talking about one specific component that is often overlooked when creating a new lead’s journey into a relationship with your business; the Thank You Page.  
    Many companies overlook the power of what a well designed “Thank You Page” can do for your business. But not you… because in this episode we’re covering the role of “Thank You Page”, what should be included in yours, specific uses for “Thank You Pages”, and the two primary “Thank You Pages” that every company needs! 

    At the end of this episode you will:

    1. Know the two “Thank You Pages” every business needs
    2. Understand the purpose of a well designed “Thank You Page”
    3. Have your wheels spinning for what should be on your “Thank You Pages” to make them awesome.

    Resources Mentioned:

    Get Kajabi free for 14 days to generate perfect funnel pipelines with ease – www.aprilbeach.com/kajabi

    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:


    You’re listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate, you guys are welcome Back to the show. This is Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, episode number 216. And today we’re diving into the untapped power of a thank you page. This episode is really great for those of you guys who are in phase two of my start to scale up system also called the sweet life entrepreneur roadmap.


    This basically means that you are in the launch phase, and if you aren’t sure what phase of business design launch growth and development you’re in, you can cruise and take a quiz a really short one, but it’s going to give you a lot of insight by visiting Sweetlife co.com forward slash quiz. So today’s show is for those of you guys who are in phase two.


    So if you’re a new online entrepreneur or you are new, so you’re going offline and coming online and you’re tapping into online marketing. This is a really great show for you because here’s the deal. There is so much to learn about the tech when you’re launching a business in terms like funnels and lead magnets and email automation are common topics of discussion. If you’re new and you haven’t noticed that yet,


    those are terms you’re going to hear quite often. And many of these topics, we actually cover extensively here on this show. But on this week’s podcast episode, we’re talking about one specific component that’s often overlooked when creating a new leads journey into a relationship with your business. And that is the welcome. Thank you page many companies actually overlook this, having a well-designed thank you page can do crazy,


    powerful things for your business. And so I want to make sure that we are covering the power or the untapped power soon to be power of your thank you page. And here’s what you can expect from this show. At the end of this episode, you’re going to know the two primary, thank you pages that every single business needs. You’re going to understand the purpose of a well-designed thank you page.


    And you’re going to have your wheels spinning with what should be on your thank you pages to make them super awesome. So if you’re ready to dive in with me, let’s go ahead and talk about, thank you pages. You guys. Okay. Let’s go ahead and start chatting all about thank you pages. So all of the show notes and everything we’re discussing today can be found by visiting Sweetlife co.com


    simply click on podcast. This is episode number 216, and if you haven’t actually cruise to our podcast website, yet, it’s really powerful. You can actually search by any key phrase or any business topic. And our website will pull up the exact place in the exact episode from four years of podcasting, where we talk about whatever it is you’re looking for.


    So of course the show notes from today’s show are going to be in there, but it is also a really powerful business library that we have for you over there. So cruise to Sweetlife code.com and just click on podcast and all of that’s there for you. Okay? So in today’s show, we are talking all about thank you pages. A thank you.


    Page is one of the most underused tools to convert cold leads to super fans. Seriously, most businesses have no idea how powerful thank you page could be. And so they don’t even include them in their funnel. Most businesses overlook. Thank you pages altogether, but not you. And that’s why we’re here having this conversation today. So if you’re here, you’re still listening to me.


    It means you are a new online entrepreneur or you’re an established business, and you’re looking to tap into online marketing and funnel strategy. So welcome. I’m super glad that we’re connected here on today’s show. You’re definitely in the right place. So let’s go ahead and start with some basics. First of all, where is this? Thank you page located, you know,


    where is the thank you page live that we’re talking about? So this particular thank you page that we’re referencing on today’s episode lives after someone enters their name and email to receive your lead magnet. So on last week’s show, we talked all about lead magnets. So if you’re unfamiliar with what a lead magnet is, lead magnet strategies actually stop listening to me right now.


    Please turn me off, shut this episode down and go back to episode number 215, and I will be waiting right here for you actually at, even the spot we paused for you to tap back into this episode after you listened to two 15, but I want to make sure that we’re building upon the online marketing foundations. And so if you aren’t familiar with lead magnets,


    please turn me off, pause this episode and go listen to last week’s episode number 215. If you know exactly what I’m talking about with lead magnets, let’s carry on. So here is the flow or the journey of how people get to this specific, thank you page that we’re speaking of here today. So the very first stop to get to this. Thank you.


    Page is actually your landing page, your landing pages, the short page that you design that talks about your lead magnet or whatever it is that you are giving away for free on that landing page, there is a form and your cold lead we’re talking specifically about, well, they could be a little bit warm leads, but people that really don’t know who you are yet lands on this page.


    They decide that they’re going to trust you, that they’re going to give you their contact information, which is really, really powerful to share their contact information with you in order to receive whatever it is you’re giving away for free or low cost or paid costs, which we’re going to kind of get into that a little bit later, they fill out your form and then what happens.


    So most businesses, when they fill out this form, we’ll just have like a little button that pops up that says she thinks form submitted, or go check your email, or we got ya. And then maybe it’ll even keep them right there on that same page, but not you. This thank you page that we are speaking of should live after that form has been submitted.


    And it is a free standing thank you page that we want to send people to next. Okay. So the first thing is where is the thank-you page located? Following that journey? We just talked about, it goes landing page form filled out. Thank you page. All right. Are you with me now? Let’s just take a little squirrel moment here.


    If you’re wondering how to build this easily and well, we love Kajabi. Kajabi builds these pages and sews them all together for you. And if you’d like a good job, you free trial with a whole bunch of business boosters, then just simply go to April beach.com forward slash Kajabi. So I’m just going to put that plug in here, cause you’re probably wondering how do I even build this?


    And I’ll also put those in the show notes for you as well. So step number one is where this where’s the thank you page located step number two or point number two I’d like to make today is really talking about the untapped power of this page. So here’s, what’s happened. Your lead has trusted you enough to share your, their contact information with you.


    They have said, Hey, you know what? I trust this person is going to give me something of value. And so this thank you page is an opportunity for you to confirm they’ve done the right thing. It’s really, really important. And it is essential, especially in today’s online business environment, to have an opportunity to confirm that trusting you was a very good choice.


    And so what this thank you page does, and we’re talking about the untapped power of it. It’s an opportunity for you to say, Hey, you have done the right thing. I’m a good person. We’re a good company. And you know, thank you for trusting us. You did the right thing. We’ve got you. It also gives you an opportunity to talk to them.


    Okay? So we’re going to dive into how to do that here in just a minute. And it gives you an opportunity to give them a shortcut to the best way to work with you. This is not a sales pitch. These are tripwires and upsells. It’s just an opportunity to introduce somebody to your signature offer. The very best thing you do. And here’s why this is important.


    There are some people that will come to you and they don’t feel like going through your whole funnel. They just want you, whatever it is, it doesn’t matter. The cost. You’re so amazing. They know they need your help and they just came upon you through this free thing. You’ve given away with your lead magnet, but why make them crawl through the deep sand to go through the whole process of having to get your emails and then having to see the next thing when frankly,


    they just want to buy you. So this thank you page is an amazing opportunity to just very simply just say, if you aren’t yet familiar, this is our signature service, or this is our signature program. And just give them an opportunity to just check it out immediately from there without having to make them crawl through a sales process and our way of sales process.


    Because frankly, those people that know that they just want to hire you or buy whatever it is that you’re selling. Just want to do that. Now they want to save time. They want to save money. They like you let them buy. So the untapped power of this thank you page is just introducing them very clearly to your signature program or service or offer whatever it is that you do when this thank you page is built correctly.


    The next opportunity you have with it is to create a relationship with your new audience. And this is a really cool time to put opportunities on this page to ask about them. People love to share about themselves and the struggles they’re facing or the problems, you know, that they might be having, or even the victories that they’ve had. And so this thank you page allows you to really build a relationship with this new audience and introduce them to the whole entire world of your business and really listening as well.


    And so the first thing you need to do when we’re talking about the untapped power of this page is really decide the job of this page. What do you want this page to do for you and for your company and in the relationship that you’re building with your new audience, how does it fit into the overall feel, the culture, the feeling that you want people to associate with you and your company when they’re first introduced to you.


    So now let’s talk about what are some of the awesome things that we can actually put on this page. Cool things to consider to put on your thank you page could be a welcome video from you explaining what they just got. And so when we’re talking about, you know, the fact that they’ve just grabbed something of yours, a free asset that is going to give them some knowledge,


    so a short welcome video explaining what it is. They just got congratulating them for grabbing it and letting them know what are the next steps that are going to come. If you’re emailing the asset to them, then didn’t say, Hey, you know what? In about three or four minutes, check your email for me because that’s going to be where this XYZ lead magnet is that I promised you that was coming your way.


    So a video is an amazing opportunity to put on this page so they can see you and they can hear you, and they can really get to know you better. Also, you can include in that video or in, in writing in the copywriting on this page in introduction to your next step program, this is what I was just talking about a minute ago.


    It isn’t a full sales page into your next program. It’s just a shortcut. It’s just saying, Hey, and if you’re recording a video, you can say, Hey, you know what, by the way, this is our signature program. And if this happens to be what you may be struggling with, I just wanted to let you know that this is also available to you.


    And so there’s nothing pushy is just saying, I just wanted to let you know that here’s this awesome resource that could be perfect for what you need right now. And just very simply include a button to that next level program or your signature program, or maybe a wait list for when you’re going to open your new pro your next program up again, also cool ideas to put on this.


    Thank you page. And of course it’s all relative to how you need this page to function is possibly even a short questionnaire to embed on this page. Again, people love talking about themselves. So what if you put a little teeny quiz or a short question you’re on that page asking how you can help them asking, you know, what is the number one thing that they’re struggling with and why they chose to receive the asset,


    the lead magnet, or the help that you are providing possibly even how they found you. Now don’t make this be worked for them. You don’t want it to feel like you are fishing for, you know, research. This is not market research. You can even make an anonymous where, you know, it doesn’t even have their name and email address.


    It’s just saying, what is one question that we can answer for you? And it’s just giving them an opportunity to really share about themselves. So however you approach that, it’s also a really cool opportunity for you to consider that could be on that. Thank you page. And then also you could include a link to schedule a call with you. If a call is how you convert those leads to buyers,


    scheduling a call is always a great kind of call to action. You know, no pun intended for them to connect with you. So you can, you can put a link to your online calendar on there. You can embed your calendar on there. And you know, you can include a link to schedule a call. Here’s the deal. We don’t want to have too many calls to action on this.


    Thank you page. It’s usually a schedule, a call button. If that fits in with your business, an opportunity for them to check out your next level of program and simply some sort of relationship building tool like a questionnaire, or just a place where you can interact with them, whether that’s connecting with you further on your social media or following you on clubhouse or even sharing their clubhouse handle so you can follow them back.


    There’s some really cool things and untapped power that this thank you page can provide, especially when we’re talking about relationship building and relationships are what sell. And so one of the things I don’t really recommend you put on this thank-you page, however, is the download of the lead magnet that you provided. We really still want that to be delivered by email. If you are utilizing email marketing for sales,


    here’s why we need them to go check their email and open it from you from your email address to confirm that you are a safe sender. And if they don’t do this really the first time, especially if they’re new to being added to your email marketing list, they might not ever receive emails from you. Your emails might end up in their promotional folder or their junk folder forever.


    And that’s never a great thing. So my recommendation is to actually not deliver the asset right there in the thank you page, give them the instruction that the asset is going to be sent to them by email. And in the meantime, here’s some things that you two can chat about, or here’s some other resources that you have available to them right here.


    And now, while you’re waiting for that email to be sent. And then one of their things I wanted to chat with you about in today’s show are two, thank you, pages that every single business needs. And so we have covered the basics of a general thank you page that somebody would get to after they opt into your lead magnet, after they land on your landing page and they fill out your form and they receive the amazing free thing that you have given them.


    So depending on how much you have a bandwidth, one opportunity is to create one thank you page where it can be used for all of your opt-ins. So this main thank you page could be for all of your opt-ins. Instead of doing a specific video, you can do more of a general video like saying, hi, I’m April. Welcome to the Sweetlife company you have just received,


    or you have just requested to receive the free tool that we talked about. And I wanted to let you know, that’s coming to your email in just a few minutes while we’re waiting for that. I just wanted to pop in here and say hello to you and say, thank you so much for visiting our business. This is what we do. And so I’ve crafted the language,


    that video to be very general. So it, depending on your bandwidth is not entrepreneur, how many people you have on your team, how tech savvy you are, if you only have the capacity right now to build one, thank you, page, build a general like that. Still make sure you include a link to your next level program, possibly a link to schedule with you,


    but just keep it really, really general. And that that can be used for any sort of opt-in or lead magnet that anybody would receive as you continue to add those assets into your business. The other thank you page that every single business needs is a thank you. Page, welcoming somebody to your paid program. This is very, very, very important.


    So anytime somebody purchases your services or your membership, or your course, or your group coaching program, or purchases a package, a design package, or a health coaching package or whatever it is that you sell, we want them to immediately be directed to a thank you page, confirming that their purchase of your program was an amazing idea. So I highly highly recommend that you have a general thank you page for your primary lead magnet,


    but then you also have a thank you page specific to the paid program that somebody has just bought for you. Those are the two thank you pages that every single business needs. And by creating these, you are going to build an even deeper relationship with your audience and make crazy super fans that are following you forever, because they know that you’re honest that you value the relationship with them,


    whether they have paid you before or not. And then one last advanced tip for you. If you have the basic thank you page, you have your thank you page for your paid programs created. You can create specific thank you pages for each opt-in for each free lead magnet that you give away. So if you have very specific primary kind of core assets that you give away in your business to generate new leads,


    you can create specific thank you pages for each one of those that only speak to what that particular asset is about. That’s an advanced online business funnel strategy. That’s where we definitely want you to be, but I understand that we have to kind of start somewhere. So going back to the basics, just starting somewhere, number one, create a general thank you page for any sort of free opt-in number two,


    create a thank you page for your paid program, your signature offer that somebody is buying. And then when you’re ready, you can go back and create more. Thank you pages for each one of the lead magnets or opt-ins that are offered within your business. Again, from a tech strategy, I’m going to tell you right away, my favorite place to do this is in Kajabi,


    but we have clients that build these funnels in numerous different platforms. From click funnels to WordPress, there are tons of different options on the tech side for you. So here’s my tip to you. You have to just know how it works, even if you’re hiring somebody else out, make sure that you are choosing a tech platform that you are comfortable and confident with in the end of the day.


    Again, even if you’re not the one that’s doing it, you need to have confidence in your business, and you need to understand the flow of what’s happening in the backside of your company as the CEO. So whatever tech platform you choose, please just make sure that you personally like it. I can’t emphasize that enough. All right, you guys, so that’s a wrap on today’s show is a really quick show,


    but today we talked about the untapped power of a thank you page and how by creating a thank you page. After somebody opts into your free asset or purchase your program, it gives you an opportunity to build a deeper relationship with them and create super fans forever. In that most companies don’t do this. We talked about the purpose of a well-designed thank you page and how it confirms that somebody made a good choice,


    either giving you their contact information or choosing to buy from you. And we talked about different ways for you to get your wheels spinning of what can be included on that page could be a video. It could be a short little quiz or questionnaire. It could be a button just introducing your signature offer. It could be anything that you feel like fits in with the culture in the feeling and the relationship that you want to build with your new leads.


    Don’t underestimate the power of this page. And I highly recommend if you don’t have one created that you add that into your lead funnel today. All right, this was episode number 216 here on the sweet life entrepreneur podcast. I love chatting with you guys, all of the show notes, all of the business resources we have for you can be found by visiting sweetlifeco.com.


    Have an awesome day. And I’ll talk to you again next week.

    Episode 215: Lead Magnet Strategies For Every Stage Of Business – with April Beach

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Get Kajabi free for 14 days to generate perfect funnel pipelines with ease – www.aprilbeach.com/kajabi

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    Established businesses who are not yet using online marketing, or new entrepreneurs who are just now launching your first online marketing strategies. 


    If you’re an established business and not utilizing online marketing, this is where you’ll want to begin! Or, if you’re a new entrepreneur and you want to be sure you’re strategically creating content, you’re in the right place.  In this week’s show we’re talking about what is Lead Magnet Strategy and the one thing about lead magnets that no body tells you! Plus how to use it in your business in such a way that builds trust and increase sales into your paid programs.  We’re also talking about tech steps to get started. 

    At the end of this episode you will:

    1. Know What is a Lead Magnet? 
    2. Understand Why Is this Important In Today’s Marketing? 
    3. Know What Kinds Of Lead Magnets Are The Best? 
    4. Learn The Most Important Lead Magnet Strategy That No One Tells you

    Resources Mentioned:

    Get Kajabi free for 14 days to generate perfect funnel pipelines with ease – www.aprilbeach.com/kajabi
    Follow us on Clubhouse App: @aprilbeach

    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:


    You’re listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator, April Beach. Hey, you guys welcome to episode Number 215 here on this sweet life entrepreneur and business podcast. And I’m so excited to dive into this fundamental online marketing topic that we’re talking about in today’s show.


    This should be a rather short episode for you, but it’s going to be jam packed with important information that if you aren’t using lead magnet marketing strategy in your business, you’ll want to make sure that you stay with me here today. We’re talking about lead magnet marketing for every business stage and who is this for when I say every business stage? So just like all of our podcast episodes,


    each one is tagged to a stage or a phase of business that you’re currently in. There are five phases to my business design launch growth and scale roadmap. And you can find out what phase you’re in by visiting sweet life co.com forward slash quit. And when I say lead magnet strategy for every business stage, I really truly mean that it’s every stage of where you are in my business roadmap in my start to scale up system.


    But we are specifically talking to a couple of you guys. So let’s hone in a little bit tighter here. This episode is great for established businesses who are not yet using using online marketing or new entrepreneurs. We’re just now launching your very first online marketing strategies. So let’s kind of break that up. This has been really a hot topic again, even though this is what we would consider an online marketing foundation,


    like a newer concept, it’s been a really hot topic, especially for the last 12 months is so many offline businesses or service-based businesses are now pivoting to offer online services. So some of these online marketing strategies that might be widely known to quote unquote, marketers might be new to you. And I appreciate that. So this is actually we’ve recorded episodes on this about three,


    four years ago, but I really understand the need to kind of go back to these online marketing and foundations for those of you established businesses, because it’s important that we give you the tools. So you can start implementing these right away in your business as well. Again, this is for established businesses and you’re trying to leverage and use online marketing strategies. You’ve been in business.


    You do a great job at what you do. You could be like the best in town at what you do, but you don’t yet understand online marketing fundamentals. And so this is an important episode for you. And of course, if you’re a new business, if you’re a new service based entrepreneur, you’re just launching from scratch, then you’re in the right place for this show as well.


    So in summary, if you are not utilizing online marketing, that this is where you’re going to want to begin. So in this week’s show, we’re talking about what is a lead magnet? What is the strategy behind it in the one thing about lead magnets that nobody tells you it’s really important. We’re going to dive into some lead magnet strategy in reference to overall program development or service development.


    And I’m going to make sure that, you know, some of the strategy that very very few coaches will tell you, and this is the one that’s going to make or break it for you and creating the right lead magnet for your business. At the end of this episode, you are going to obviously know, what is it, lead magnet. You’re going to understand why it’s important and today’s marketing.


    And you’re going to know what kind of lead magnets are the best for you. And of course, you’re going to learn the most important lead magnet strategy that no one tells you. So if you’re ready, let’s go ahead and dive into today’s show all of the show notes and the resources which we have a ton on our podcast website, a free grab and go resources can be found by visiting Sweetlife co.com


    and simply click on the podcast. All right, let’s go.<inaudible> Okay. So to kick us off, let’s start with the basics. What is a lead magnet? Other words that people use for lead magnet could be like a freemium or a freebie. Those sound really fluffy to me. I don’t really like those words. I’m a strategist. So I’m like,


    okay, what is a lead magnet? It is literally a magnet that magnetizes and draws cold traffic to you for the purpose of generating the lead. It’s a piece of information of high value. We’re going to come back to that of high value, a piece of information or an information piece of high value that you give away for free in exchange for the name and email address and contact information of a cold lead that we’re going to turn into a hot prospect,


    but they’re pretty cold at first with this strategy because they usually have not ever heard of you before, or is their very first time they’re visiting your social media or your website. So why is this important in today’s marketing? So a lead magnet allows you to start a relationship with tomorrow’s clients. It’s a very, very, very special thing, and it shouldn’t be taken lightly.


    It’s incredibly strategic. And we’re going to talk about some of the strategies here on how to choose what lead magnet content that you’re going to deliver. But it’s a privilege for us in today’s over information overload world, to have an opportunity to connect with somebody who resonates with what we do, who just might be able to, you know, use your services,


    they might need you desperately, or maybe they’re just kind of fishing a little bit and wondering what it is that you do. So, first of all, lead magnets are important because it gives you the privilege of starting a relationship with somebody that could become a client. It is a privilege that should not be taken lightly. People are incredibly busy and they have very little attention to give unless they are dealing with a major problem right then and there at that moment,


    or here’s the other side of it. People love to collect great resources and save them for later. So there are two different ways that somebody is going to accept or want your content in your lead magnet. Number one, if you are literally talking about a problem that they are currently facing something that they’re saying to themselves in their mind, something that is top of mine,


    something that they are currently looking actively looking for a solution for, or it’s actively a deep desire of theirs, and they’re wondering how to fulfill it. So those are the first people that are going to grab your lead magnet piece of information. The other people are the hoarders of information. I mean, how many times have you grabbed something for free or saved a bookmark?


    Because you’re like, Oh, this is so cool. I want to come back to it later. Well, people do that. And that strategy and utilizing that, building that relationship from that strategy definitely has to be taken into considerations because people love to collect great resources and save them for later as well. Both of those are great reasons, terrific. Whether they want your thing right now,


    or they think they might need it later. That is a pre-qualified person that we want to have an opportunity for you to build a relationship with. So both of them are great opportunities and develop great rapport for you and your potential clients. Now, with that being said, what happens with a lead magnet? So when you give them this piece of information,


    you have a chance to connect and build trust with this new audience. And that depends like how well you do this, frankly. It depends on how great of content in how great of a micro transformation you are going to give them with your lead magnet content. So let’s go ahead and answer the question that I know you’re asking is, you know, really what,


    what kind of lead magnets are best. So, first of all, let me give you some high level examples of lead magnets that I know that you’ve seen quizzes, PDF downloads, free recipe planners, workouts of the week, 10 steps to XYZ or five ways to pack your family more efficiently for vacation. Those are all examples of lead magnets, but in order to actually figure out what is the best we’re going to go back a little bit in history,


    not too far back because you know, online businesses technically only been around for a couple of decades. So let’s talk about the history of lead magnets. This is really important for you to know. I want you to bring like level up your entrepreneur history IQ here, because this is going to affect what you choose to create. And I also want you to understand the psychology of buyers and what they’re doing,


    how they’re behaving right now. So going as far back as we can go in the lead magnet history from about 2010, probably a little bit earlier than that, 2008 tell about 2000 and I would say 17, we would give away these amazing, huge pieces of content. His lead magnet is a matter of fact, the bigger the lead magnet you gave away,


    the better and the faster your list grew. So you would see lead magnets that were given away, you know, a big, long hour long, two hour long training videos, or, you know, huge white papers that were like 50 pages long. And people loved them because it was the first time in history that information was seen as a commodity until the more information you were giving them,


    they were like, Oh my gosh, this person is so great. I love this business. They just gave me a hundred pages or they just gave me a five-hour video to watch. And so with like this competition, if you will, amongst entrepreneurs to give the biggest, most bad-ass best lead magnet ever. Okay, well now, like let’s slow down a little from 2018 on,


    we started seeing this onset of massive information overload in busy-ness all of us did you did. I did our people, did our kids, did everybody did like your grandma even did, right? And so this massive information overload has made it. So people are like, wow, you know what now is most valuable thing to me, my time time is much more valuable than money and much more valuable than all the information you’re about to dump on me.


    And so people have started to strategically not want to grab your lead magnet as free and wonderful as it may be. If it’s going to require them two, three, four hours to go through it because their time is more valuable than the information you’re going to give them. So starting now about three, four years ago, we are diving into a different era of lead magnets,


    if you will, where they deliver high value in shorter time. And there’s a third part of it that if you listen to me for years, you know, I geek out on this. It is also the lead magnets that create a transformation in the people that received them. And I’ll kind of save that a little bit and we’re going to come back to that word transformation,


    but let’s kind of go back to the actual content itself. The lead magnets that generally seem to be doing the best at the recording of this episode in 2021 are the ones that deliver high value in a short period of time. So here are some very specific samples in honestly, it can be anything just think high value, short time, high value, short time,


    okay. Here’s some specific examples of different lead magnets that are currently doing a great job at this quizzes and self-assessments are winning. And they do a great job because they also provide curated, customized information. So the people that are taking them know that they aren’t just getting the same information as everybody else, but it’s curated based on how they respond. And we all want something that’s customized to where we are.


    So quizzes and self-assessments or any type of assessment, super great consider the length of it, right. You know, we have some assessments out there that will take us 50 questions to get through. That’s not a great lead magnet assessment. And in most cases, it certainly depends on how it correlates with the program that you’re selling next, but quizzes and assessments overall are great.


    The second thing are quick items that really are able to be implemented by your people that grab it, your we’ll call them your future clients without really much thought. So examples of this are templates that they can just grab swipe files, swipe files, and swipe copy are literally like pre-written marketing copy or pre-written things or pre done graphics. It can literally swipe like,


    think like Dora the Explorer, like swiper, no swiping, but we’re like, yes, wipers swipe it. And they can literally swipe it and put it into their business with little or no modification. I just probably aged myself because my oldest son was watching Dora the Explorer have these people listen to airplay, like what the heck is Dora the Explorer. Okay.


    So these swipe files are really, really great. Other ones are grabbing NGOs. So anything they can literally grab and apply into their program or their client process or any other thing that they can grab from you and go, and it relieves a pain that they have had good. These are wins like these are LinkedIn ending with winners. Okay. Another example of a great lead magnet right now are forms.


    So again, templates. So if you can give somebody some sort of a template to start with that they can either fill out on their own, helping them come to a decision about something or that they can share, even within their company, just don’t put any intellectual property or any of your logos in there. Then those could be great solutions for you as well.


    So generally speaking quick things that they can implement right away without much thought. So any sort of done for them solution of really any kind is amazing. And those are doing really well as lead magnets that are getting people results and converting very well. You know, calendars other types of things. But I will say this, I don’t know your business. I wish that we were live on clubhouse right now.


    So we could have this conversation back and forth, which wink, wink that will be happening very soon here on this. We live entrepreneurial podcast. So if you’re a listener that is coming guys, I’m very excited about that. But right now, unfortunately it’s a one-sided conversation. So what I’m going to say next, take it with a grain of salt because I don’t have my eyes on your business.


    So I’m not exactly looking at your content, but I want to tell you that like general PDFs that are just kind of like the, or anything else like that, doesn’t tend to have a ton of value as much as it used to, but they could be very valuable. And this is on a case by case basis. But a lot of people are told that,


    just create a PDF of like 10 steps to do this or whatever. That’s just creating content just to share more content, nobody needs more content. We need to give people and I’m going to come back to this word I said earlier, but our job as teachers, as coaches, as mentors, as leaders, as service providers, to give people a transformation when they come across our programs and our content,


    the transformation could be huge transformation, or it could be what I call micro transformation. We have to do that within your programs, the way we extract your information and your expertise and all of your assets and build it into your programs or your main services has to be transformational program design. Even in the lead magnet, we need to give a micro transformation.


    It is our responsibility to not just throw information at them, but to give them a transformation. So nobody needs more information. They need transformation. And that is what we are talking about with your lead magnet strategy. So if you want to do a PDF, download great, but ask yourself what transformation is somebody going to experience from the beginning of this?


    Either reading it or filling out the PDF or whatever it is to the end of it, what can they expect? What’s the end result from spending their time, downloading my PDF, getting all my lists and did I wow. Them, did I show them that I’m trustworthy to take them to the next level? You know, so really think about that in your lead magnet strategy.


    So I’m going to dive in here at the end and just actually break down the tech side of it. If you’re worried about that, if you’re thinking this and you’re like, Oh my gosh, I don’t really understand the tech. Don’t worry. I’ve got you. We’re going to talk about that last year, right before I wrap up. But the next thing I want to get into is an extension of what we just talked about the transformation.


    So this is a really important thing and lead magnet strategy that nobody probably tells you again, we don’t want to just pick the lead magnet. We want to create one that is a winning lead magnet and it does a job. Okay. So here is a way to choose a lead magnet that does the job that we want it to do. Number one,


    what are you selling next? Oftentimes lead magnets are just created without thought is to their connection or their step within the greater process that you self serve or deliver. Right? So what are you selling next? Here is just some, a little more help on that. If you’re new, then go through the process of laying out your program or your offer or service of outlining that if you’re an established business,


    you want to ask yourself, what is the primary offer or service program that we want to drive people to with this lead magnet, you want to make sure that the lead magnet is a direct connection to what you’re selling next. Here’s another way that I like to teach it in. This might resonate and help you understand it even more. If you might be struggling with this,


    think about your lead magnet as a prerequisite. So do you remember when it was time to register for your college classes or even your high school classes? If, if you went rogue and did something fabulous and, and didn’t go directly to college or college at all, we had to go through this process of saying, okay, I’m not allowed in this class unless I’ve met the prerequisite,


    which could have been another class or, you know, an understanding of something to be allowed into that content. Your lead magnet is the prerequisite to your program. So you want to ask yourself, what do they need to know, understand, agree with, learn, decide upon, or what’s the one thing they need to get overall clarity on for one reason,


    for them to decide if they want or need to work with you more. So let me say that again, your lead magnet has a very big job. That’s why like just these little checklists, aren’t really cutting it when I’m talking about business strategy, because I’m a business strategist. Like I want you to do even better than that. I know you can.


    And this is how we do that. We want to look at what you’re selling next. And then we look at that lead magnet, a prerequisite to either pre-qualify, we’re disqualify people from working with you in your next step program. We want to disqualify the people that are not the perfect fit, just as much as we want to qualify those people that absolutely need what you have next.


    Your lead magnet has a really big, like heavy lifting job. Think of it as like mighty mouse. Okay. It might be like little teeny mini, but it has a big job and it’s super strong. And it’s going to lift people up to the next level for them to know if they want to join your signature offer or your program or your membership,


    or your course or whatever you’re selling next. So that’s a lead magnet strategy that very few people I speak to are aware of. And I want to make sure that you guys here, you know, all of our suite lead podcast listeners, it’s been about three years since I’ve talked about this on the show. I feel like I talk about it all the time,


    especially over the last 12 months with so many businesses scaling online. So we’re kind of going, this is honestly online business basics. And I just want to make sure that you’re nailing it. So whether you’re a new business or you’re an established business and you haven’t leveraged online marketing in this capacity yet, I hope this episode helps you in springboards you to get started in a very strategic way.


    Now, I promised you I’m going to kind of break down the structure of what happens, the flow of what happens on the tech side of it on the back end of it. So if you feel like a little stumped here, I’m going to try to simplify the best I can for you. We’ve talked about the content, you know, that we’re delivering within the asset of that piece of information.


    That’s all the things we’ve been talking about so far. Now let’s actually talk about the delivery of this and how it works on the techie side. Here is the order of pages or the order of flow that people are going to go through on the tech side. The very first thing is we’re going to direct them to either a landing page or your homepage of your website.


    We have to have that part built a landing page, and I have done specific episodes just on landing pages. You guys. So if you’re totally wanting more information on that, make sure that when you’re in our sweet life podcast website, you can actually search that and it’ll bring up the episodes that we’ve talked about. So a landing page is a specific page designed with only one job in mind,


    and that is for somebody to fill out a form to get your lead magnet. That’s it it’s really basic. It doesn’t even scroll down that far if at all. And there’s some very specific things there’s really only one call to action on that landing page is not, is fill out the form, get your lead magnet. A whole page has obviously other things going on as well,


    but we also can create a way for, to download your ma your lead magnet from your homepage. That could be a banner across the top or something that is located very clearly. And what a website technical term is called above the fold. That means that on a desktop, they don’t have to scroll down to find it. And so you can put the form or your lead magnet either on a separate landing page or on the homepage,


    or frankly, any other page of your site. So stop number one, like in this little lead magnet tech journey is the page has to have a form on it. And then what happens is somebody fills out that form. Then we use the magic of what is called email automation, and it is going to automatically send to the person that filled out the form,


    your lead magnet, whatever your lead magnet is. It is all done on complete automation. And that is the way we scale your business. Everything needs to be done automation in. I actually just spoke to the client today, honestly, just a little tangent. And she has an amazing business she’s been doing for almost 20 years and she has 150 people going through a program that she has every single month.


    And she has had this you guys for, I think about three or four years, every single person that joins she has not had the opportunity to learn these strategies. And she sends them a personal email with the link. That’s 150 people. She’s personally sending an email to every single time they joined and it’s running her life. So with a few little technical software pieces in place,


    we can take your company from the way that it’s working, but into a way that works, that is going to increase your sales scale. Your business increase the value and the quality of your life and help your business grow to the next level. So if that’s you and you don’t have any email automation in place, I’ll put the resources in the podcast,


    show notes for you, but we are a big advocates. We love Kajabi. And there are a lot of other online software platforms as well that we do recommend. And frankly, we even have a separate side of our business that builds websites and landing page funnels for clients. So if you need that, you can always check us out@sweetlifeco.com. With that being said,


    let’s go ahead and do a quick recap of what we talked about today. Today, we talked about what is a lead magnet. We talked about understanding why it’s important for your business in today’s marketing, in the really specific and powerful, like mighty mouse job that it has. We talked about knowing what kinds of lead magnets are best. And I just want you to remember one key word and that word is transformation.


    We want to give people a transformation within experiencing your lead magnet, and that’s going to set them up to be like, wow, look what they just did for me. I wonder how amazing their paid programs are. If this is what I’ve experienced in a free capacity. And we had talked about learning the strategy of your lead magnet content, being a prerequisite to what you’re selling into next.


    So I helped that. That was incredibly helpful for you. This is again, this is lead magnet marketing for every single stage of business, and it applies across the board, whether you’re established or new I’m April beach host of this podcast and thunder of the Sweetlife company. It’s certainly a pleasure to get to speak to you again on another show. This is episode number 215,


    and you can find all the show notes and everything we chatted about by visiting Sweetlife co.com. And please follow me on clubhouse. I’m at April beach and we host a weekly strategy room at 12 o’clock Eastern time, every single Wednesday. It’s totally free. If you have a question about this strategy, as we’re dropping this show, please jump in there with me and ask,


    all right, you guys have an awesome week and I will look forward. See you again soon. Bye bye for now

    Episode 211: How To Fill Your Programs Using Guest Speaking – with April Beach and Heather Sager

    Heather Sager SweetLife Entpreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Grab Heather’s FREE training: How to Build Authority as a Speaker WITHOUT Second Guessing What You Say

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    Entrepreneurs looking to get in front of your ideal audience and establish yourself as an expert in your space but you’re not exactly sure how to go about it through the process of speaking. 


    If you’re an entrepreneur and you’re looking to get in front of your ideal audience, establish yourself as a trusted source and solution, and sell more of your signature programs, services or offers, speaking is a great way to do that. However there are strategic steps that should be followed in order to achieve your ideal outcome, and what we learn in speaking to this week’s guest is that you can actually send clients away by saying the wrong things.
    And this week’s show, Heather Seger, strategic speaking advisor, guides you through her four-step Speak for Authority method to fill your programs using speaking. Heather also dives into statistics speakers need to know, how to tell the right story, and expert insights to make sure you are speaking up in the right way, to the right audience, about the right topics. 

    At the end of this episode you will:

    1. Understand the four steps to the “speak for authority method”
    2. Know how to nail your message
    3. And understand quick strategies to choose your signature talk topic

    Resources Mentioned:

    Follow us on Clubhouse App: @aprilbeach

    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:


    You’re listening to the SweetLife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Welcome back to the show. This is episode number 211, And then I’m April beach. Super great to be connected with you today. We are diving in and we’re talking about how to fill your programs using guest speaking.


    And we have Heather Sager, the one and only in the house. So what you can expect from today’s show is if you are a coach or a consultant, and you’re really good at what you do, even the leading expert in your space, but you’re having trouble getting noticed will speaking could be a really powerful way to establish yourself as a leader and get in front of the perfect audience.


    And so today we’re talking all about the steps to do that and giving you the methodology from the expert herself, Heather Sager, but real quick, before we jump into that, if you’re new to hearing the show welcome, this is the Sweetlife entrepreneur and business podcast, and we give you step-by-step business trainings that are so good. There’s no way they should be free.


    You can find all the resources we have by visiting sweet life co.com. And if you’re interested in scaling your business, developing your signature program, signature method, signature offers in truly scaling your business to live life on your terms for massive profit. Then we would love to help you get to that place. Visit Sweetlife co.com and that is our Ninja skill. And that’s what we do.


    All right, diving into today’s episode. This is for entrepreneurs in all stages of my start to scale up system. So we like to tag these episodes in advance. So, you know, whether or not this is really a good, good opportunity for you to learn and grow based on the phase of business you’re in. So if you weren’t sure what phase of business you’re in and therefore what you should be focusing on right now,


    you can go and take a very short quiz just by visiting sweet life co.com forward slash quiz. And we’ll give you a full download of exactly where you are in your business, growth and development in exactly what you should be focusing on right now, so that you can grow your company faster. So that’s one resource I wanted to share with you. And along those lines of this particular episode is for those of you who are in phases two,


    three or four of that start to scale up system. So hopefully that will equip you to know whether or not you should hang out with us any longer. And I’ll tell you if you’re in this phase, you are not going to want to miss this episode. And one other quick housekeeping announcement. I know that we have probably been talking about clubhouse way too much,


    but I wanted to let you know that you can connect with us and connect with our suite life podcast, guests experts. By following me on clubhouse, I am at April beach on clubhouse, and we now host a weekly room at 12 o’clock, every single Wednesday. And that is Eastern standard time. So if you want to be on the hot seat,


    if you want my eyes and your business to help you strategize your next steps, find us on clubhouse and subscribe to our clubhouse updates. If you are not on clubhouse yet, or if you just want the updates you can visit Sweetlife co.com forward slash clubhouse. And we’ll keep you in the loop of what’s happening on clubhouse while you might be waiting to get on the app and we will send you reminders and invitations to our upcoming rooms.


    So I know that was a lot of information and you can find all the information I just shared with you and the resources for these show notes, which is going to be@sweetlifepodcast.com forward slash two 11. Okay, let me introduce you to our fabulous guest on today’s show. You get to hear from Heather Sager. Heather helps entrepreneurs structure their ideas, clarify their message and hone their speaking skills so they can deliver a magnetic live presentations,


    videos, and workshops to grow their authority, whether on a physical or a virtual stage, she’s spoken on stages around the world. Teaching six to seven figure business owners, how to grow their company using effective communication. She also works one-on-one with business owners to prep them for the stage and help you manage and prepare your message for the most impact. So let’s go ahead and dive into today’s episode.


    Again, all of those amazing resources that I shared and everything we’re talking about with Heather can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash two 11.<inaudible>. All right, you guys welcome back to another awesome episode here at the Sweetlife entrepreneur business podcast. And I am visited today by none other than Heather Sager in what we’re talking about is something that’s so important.


    I know many of you guys have questions about, so we are immediately diving into how to fill your programs using guests speaking. So Heather, thank you so much for being on the show today. Give yourself an awesome intro, an intro that you deserve because you are a very powerful at getting people amazing results and tell everybody about what you do. Thank you so much.


    I’m thrilled to be here. Thanks for the chance to serve your audience today and talk about pressure on an intro. I mean, I mean, honest, I will say behind the scenes, so I have followed Heather on Instagram and it’s one of those things where you’ve been connected and a little bit connected, but not completely connected. And I knew that you guys needed to hear from Heather.


    So very excited to have you here. Thank you. Thank you for that. So, as April said, I’m Heather Sager. So I’m a coach for online Entrepreneurs and essentially what that means. I always joke that I teach people how to do the thing that most people fear more than death, which is public speaking and in the online space. It’s kind of funny because we think about public speaking back.


    If y’all worked in corporate ever, how you think about getting up in front of a group and giving a presentation or teaching a workshop, or we think about speakers as the people who live their life on the road at conferences on big stages. And none of those things seem to really fit in the online space of coaches and course creators and online entrepreneurs. And what I like to remind people is the fact that as business owners,


    we speak to people every single day. So we are already speakers. It’s not like a label that we just, all of a sudden adopt. We’re already speakers. And so I, what I do is I teach people how to do it with intention and purpose. So what they speak about actually connects back to not only what they’re passionate about, but also what they do in their business.


    I think your voice has the potential to be a magnet for other people, for them to go, Ooh, I’m not only do I like her. I want to learn more from her. And the more that you get out and use your voice on different platforms, the more you pull people back with you that they’ll want to join your programs and hang out with you more and buy from you.


    So that’s what I do. My background is my many entrepreneurs is incorporat where for years I spoke on stages around the world as a corporate trainer, where I taught actually entrepreneurs in the medical space. So doctors and their teams, I taught them customer service and sales to very taboo topics in the medical space tell you, as a 27 year old kid, it felt like teaching doctors how to sell,


    how to talk about what they did, how to talk to their teams, how to talk to their patients. That was an intimidating task at hand. So I had to learn how to speak in a very different way. I had to learn how to be influential and persuasive with an audience who was highly skeptical of my experience, my age, everything about me.


    And so that’s where I got my like big girl chops around speaking. That’s where I had to fight through all my own insecurities about being a, I was talking about being like a baby nugget on a stage being an unexperienced or inexperienced professional. Like I had to work through all of those mental issues. We go through. I had to do that in a very highly publicized,


    highly criticized space, but I did damn good job. And I realized that while I love my job as a trainer, what I really loved was teaching people how to use their voice for good. And I got really good at storytelling. I got really good at the body language and the hand gestures and all those things that come with speaking that are more than just the message.


    And I started getting people asking me, could you teach me how to do that on a stage? Or could you teach me how to lead a workshop? And I found all of my free time in corporate was teaching my peers and other businesses how to do what I was doing. And at some point I was like, I don’t want to do this for anybody else anymore.


    Why don’t I just do this full time? So I made the leap like many do, which is, let me start my own business and help other people do the thing that I love. But here’s the kicker. It wasn’t just about speaking. It was about speaking with purpose because I think speaking is like gasoline on a fire. I think speaking is one of the best marketing strategies that we can use in our business.


    And I think people treat it as a skill, but speaking, it’s actually a strategy. So many things that I want to say, right, right now about all those things. First of all, now you guys know I wanted Heather on the show buyer that was like, okay, we can just end it, just go work with other, and she’s going to help you be just this insane speaker,


    but you don’t really, you said so many things though. So as business developers and obviously that’s what we do at the Sweetlife company, we help people develop their programs and we help them develop life-changing programs and offers and these amazing services. Right. And one of the things that they are always asking about is, but how do I separate myself from other businesses that are delivering the same type of results besides doing it within the framework of my program?


    Like how do I stand out? And it always comes back to taking the authority on what, you know, in stepping out and speaking about it. So that’s the first thing. And I can’t wait to dive into the strategies we’re going to talk about here today on the show, but something else that you said that it’s so true is that you’re speaking to people all the time.


    It doesn’t always have to be a webinar or an actual live event. But when, as an online entrepreneur, when you have the opportunity to actually speak to somebody and take them on a journey that you have pre crafted, it is a skill. And that’s how you get people to follow you that are the right people. And I, I want to just kind of pause for a second saying,


    even if you’re listening to the show and you’re like, wow, I, you know, speaking doesn’t fit into my business model, listen to what Heather’s saying, because you’re already speaking. So let’s make it so you don’t suck at it, right? Let’s make every single moment that you are having the, honestly, the privilege, just like I just felt very blessed and privileged that people listened to the podcast.


    Right? All of us, when somebody is listening to what we have to say, it is a very unique opportunity and a privilege to be able to speak to these people. So what we say and how we say it is incredibly, incredibly important. So just love everything that you said there. And I appreciate how direct you are about the importance of this.


    So you help establish business owners really take the lead in doing so by speaking an increase. What I love of course is the sale of their programs. Talk about how you do that. You have a very special method and I’m going to tout Heather’s method here for a second. By way. If you all don’t have a method we need, we want you to have a method to make you known into gain the trust of the people.


    You’re leading. Talk to us about your method in what is that called? And can you guide us through your method today? Yes. 100%. I love methods. We were sharing our love of frameworks and methods, and just easier ways to help people understand what it is you do, right? We all think things make sense in our own heads, but really our own heads are a very special place that only we understand.


    So we have to be able to articulate them. So my signature method that I teach inside my program speak up to level up. It’s where I teach online course creators and coaches, how to leverage speaking in a way that’s going to grow their business. We walk through something. I call the speak for authority method. And the reason why we call it the speak for authority method is every business owner has different goals related to speaking.


    Some people might be like, Hey, I want to get paid to speak $10,000 for a keynote or $40,000 for a keynote. That’s one strategy. But when it comes to speaking, there are several strategies that you can apply. One can be growing your revenue in your program. So selling from stages, another could be driving leads to your social media accounts or leads to your list or leads to your offers.


    Another one could be just not peeing your pants. When you go live on a platform, it could just be growing your confidence. But I think throughout all of it, speaking is like a business card for your business and all of these, their authority boosting activities that when you grow your authority, you have the ability to charge more, get on better stages network with the people that you want to network with,


    collaborate with the business partnerships you want to have when you have authority, which is clout, where people see you as the go-to in your field, it seems like doors open naturally. So if you aren’t known, if people don’t know who you are, you could be the best at what you do, but until other people point at you and say, she knows what she’s doing,


    or he’s an expert in this, by the way you don’t say you’re an expert. You let other people do that for you until that moment comes. It doesn’t really matter how good your program is. You have to articulate it, make it sound like a big deal and get other people talking about it. And that’s where growing your authority becomes a really important thing.


    Wow. Okay. Yeah. So talk to us about this, speak for authority method. And I love how you preface it by saying that the reason why it’s so important is because all these goals are absolutely important and they do apply probably to every single person listening to the show. So what is the first part of this method? Where does somebody start when they want to take action on that?


    Yeah. You’re going to love this one because this goes right up your alley of what you teach, which is number one is nail your messaging. What I mean by that is you have to nail, who are you talking to? What do you have to offer? And how do you talk about those core offerings, your messaging? So, what’s interesting is the first time I taught my program,


    when I started working with groups of entrepreneurs versus one-on-one, I started by going, let’s create your talk and I would start extracting ideas out of their head and formulating a signature talk with them. And what I realized pretty quickly was, Oh my gosh, this was the first time they were vocalizing their ideas. And some of them didn’t even have their programs fully formatted or organized in a way that really got people Results.


    So I found out, you know what, when people start moving from just writing down their ideas or drawing out their ideas, when they start articulating their ideas, that’s when they realized, Oh, this either makes sense or it doesn’t. So step number one, nailing your messaging means that you are not just thinking off, like speaking off the cuff or winging it all the time.


    Here’s this big myth that happens a lot of times when we see experts where we see influencers on a podcast or on a video or on clubhouse, we think, Oh, they’re just so naturally gifted. But here’s the thing. These people have been talking about these things over and over and over and over again, they know what they’re talking about. It’s not by chance.


    It’s on purpose now, sometimes it’s by chance because they’ve just done it enough where they know no, but they have discovered what their core talking parts are. You have to understand what should you, and what should you not be talking about to lead people into your business, not lead them to other people’s businesses. Like there is a difference. You can talk about a lot of things,


    but if you don’t have your messaging nailed, you could be providing a lot of education, but then serving them up open doors to have other people help them because they don’t realize how it connects back to you. Wow. Okay. And to totally put you on the spot here, at least as because everybody’s saying like, Oh my gosh, shoot, am I doing this?


    Am I, cause everybody wants to be out there and sharing information, a great value. Can you give us an example of how sharing some information as in a particular way, may lead somebody to go work with somebody else? Yeah. I’ll give you me. It’s an example. Okay. I talk about speaking, right? And I want you to imagine speaking.


    This is like this giant ocean of information. It’s in the, the marketing ocean. There’s so many different things we can speak about. And one or two times I did podcast episodes or interviews where people are like, Oh, speaking on camera, Heather, will you come talk about getting over your fear of the camera? And I’m like, sure, I love this.


    This is within my wheelhouse. But what I realized is when I would start doing all these interviews that were specific to getting over your fear of the camera or going live on Facebook or all these things, which I, I do teach, what I realized was my messaging was really specific to social media speaking. And my offer is how do you speak on all kinds of stages?


    Get your messaging down, use guest stages. Yes. Use your stages. But the speaking on lives and Instagram stories was such a minute point. I don’t want people to know me as the person to help you get over your fear of the camera. Like that’s not what my program is about. Even though I have episodes around it, like the messaging while it was a good,


    relevant topic, it wasn’t core messaging. That’s going to drive back to my program, speak up to level up. I mean, it’s a lesson in my program, but it’s not the core concept. So I think a lot of times this thing that happens is we’re like, Oh, it’s within the wheelhouse. Well, you have to think about, is it like a neighbor down the block in your content?


    Or is it like on the block, like on your street, in the house that you’re trying to attract people to. Wow. That’s so important. Okay. I’m just going to take a little, left-hand turn tangent here as we are all diving into, or as many people as we possibly can, we’re driving into clubhouse. For example, I just did the recording of this hosted a,


    a welcome event room for a bunch of women entrepreneurs last night. And they were all asking, what should I be talking about in these rooms? And I felt grateful now. I didn’t totally lead them astray, but it was always coming back to cause I’m obviously not the speaking coach, but it was always like, what do you want to be known for?


    And I think that this is so exactly important what you said, because there are so many things that we can talk about. I can, you know, talk about a million components of, of our program as well in, in the ways and other things that are like supporting evidence, supporting document, but not that may nugget. So what I’m hearing you say in what I want,


    all of you guys to hear is what Heather saying is that go for go after what you want to be known for. This is also important why we have your signature program created so we know what we’re selling people into. So it aligns with your program so important. And I think that there are so many people that are just looking for any opportunity to get in front of an audience that they are willing to speak on.


    Oh, I can speak on that. Oh sure. I can speak on that. And what you’re saying is that is not strategy. Let’s be very strategic and make sure that in the little amount of time that somebody is willing to give you attention, to hear what you have to say, that you are making a good use of that in establishing an understanding of who you are,


    who your brand is and the, in the end Results you provide bingo so power. And let me give you a visual for that, because I want to make sure hearing me say, don’t ever talk about those things. Right? Okay. I want you to imagine, do you remember back in, I don’t know if some kind of math class, when we were in school,


    that something called a scam. I think it’s called a scattergram. It’s like the graph that you would draw with the dots. And it’s like, when you would have a point, it’d be like all these dots that you’d look for the trends of the dots. Maybe this is a terrible example, but go with me here for a second. I’m sticking.


    Yeah. You guys should see behind the scenes in the recording. I’m like, ah, So if you think about like the dots, like mapping different coordinates, but I want you thinking about is you want to map like the bulk of your coordinates. I E the bulk of your speaking to your signature offer. But if you have a little dab, like,


    Ooh, I’m going to talk about this because it’s sexy or I’m going to talk like, I’ll do a room talking about how do you do your voice on clubhouse, not what I teach, but it’s a sexy topic that people want. Like if my little scattergram, gosh, I hope that’s what it’s called. If I have like a couple of beeps and boops of topics that are outside of my core,


    that is not going to dilute. I’m known for, it’s just going to expand it. But if I spend too much time outside of my core topic, then I will be unforgettable because there’s no repetition on my core topic of people seeing over and over again. Oh, I want to speak on guest stages. Heather, Sagers a speaking coach for online entrepreneurs.


    Oh, you want to know how you speak into this strategy? Heather, Sagers the coach to help you with that. Like you have to make sure your repetition in your wheelhouse is happening in order to earn the right to have those scattered topics. Absolutely. Awesome. Visual. Thank you so much. I have no idea what you’re talking about because frankly,


    I think I was skipping school in stoned, every high school math class, but just keeping it real with that being said, I can totally get the visual and that completely makes sense. My teenage boys are going to listen to this podcast and yeah. It’s cool. Your mom’s super cool. Oh, they they’ve heard all the stories. Okay. I am redeemed.


    Whew. Anyway. Yes. Totally makes sense. Okay. So you’re going to be unforgettable the closer you stay to what I’m hearing you say, the core, the center of that. Scattergram like the primary message. So powerful. Super awesome. All right. So step number one is like, we’re still at step. Number one, you guys, this is our goal.


    The information that Heather has given you here. So nailing that message in deciding what we’re talking about. So the second step in that is obviously an extension of that. The second step you say is creating the actual signature talk itself. Sure. A little bit about how to go about doing that. Yeah. So for those of you who like cooking, I love cooking.


    Imagine step one is like your amazing applause where you get all your ingredients out and you know what you’re going to make. Step two was actually following the recipe to build your delicious food, whatever you’re making your meal. So your signature talk, you’re not coming up with random things on the fly. It’s strategic because you’ve already done that homework. So your signature talk needs to guide your audience from where they are to where you want them to go,


    which doesn’t have to be like a hub, but a tricky to buy my program. You need to guide them in their thinking and equip them with the tools to be successful on whatever the transformation they want. Your program just helps them do it faster. So your signature talk, it has to include stories. You have to be speaking to people’s beliefs. You have to be hitting that really good balance around insights and awareness and speaking to where they are.


    But gone are the days where you can just talk about the why fluffy stuff for your whole talk. People hate that they know when they’re being sold or when somebody is bringing fluff. So people in today’s market, what tangible tips and strategies. So you have to balance your talk with both. How do you provide insights and teach people how to think differently about your topic?


    You can’t skip over that because if you do, when they go back in their business and try to apply it and something’s off, you, haven’t equipped them with the right context for them to be successful, to be able to maneuver it in the context of their business, you have to teach them how to think. And then you have to give them some tips and strategies.


    How I recommend people do that is you teach the why, and then you teach the what, and it’s gonna get a little technical, but I feel like your audience might love it. My format that I follow with people is you go, why, what, how easy model for a presentation? And you sandwich it with an opening story and a closing story.


    Like not rocket science. It’s what I work with. Every client on opening story, closing story in the middle of the sandwich is the what, why and how, and if you’ve worked with April and you’ve been around her world, the what section is essentially your method. So you’re almost there. You just need to work on, okay, how do I get this messaging in?


    And what’s the right place to talk about it in the how to make people hungry for more. But your signature talk should be like an accordion where you can deliver your signature talk in five minutes because you know your talking points, but you also can expand it and make it, I mean, a full day workshop, maybe even a full course, right?


    So you should be able to know what your talking points are within your signature talk. And that becomes your business card on those guest stages. And it perfectly segues into purchasing your signature program. And I mean, this is just absolutely the journey that you take people on it and how you nail and get it and get people really understanding what you do and your zone of genius.


    Couple of questions for you about the stories do you find? And maybe there isn’t a right or wrong answer, but I’m just asking the questions. I think that possibly your audience is hearing. We should totally do a clubhouse room on this, like in conjunction with the week we dropped this, we should, we should do a clubhouse room and take Q and a I’m here for it.


    And that would be so much fun. So talking about really quickly about the stories, are they usually a story about another client, personal stories about how the expert themselves or the leader has overcome? Like what type of stories? I mean, are we making people cry? Does it depend on the context when we’re talking about stories in general, is there a quicker,


    seriously? You guys follow us on clubhouse because Heather and I are going to do this. I’m just putting her on the spot right now. We’re going to house the clubhouse room on this. So just join our clubhouse room and you can ask your story. Questions, go to our Instagram. Bio is go to Heather’s Instagram bio. I’ll give you a little to give you a little teaser.


    The secret to good storytelling is knowing what emotion you want people to feel. That’s the key thing. You have to be intentional with the emotions you want to evoke. So for example, when I was working with Tyler McCall last month, we wanted people to feel heart, but we also wanted to laugh. So we talked, we did a story about the time he went to forestry camp and was too embarrassed to tell his father that he had to take a dump.


    So he had to go home. So like outside of the content, very weird left story about like 11 year old Tyler, that was one. But like, you have to catch people off guard, but you have to know what emotions are you going for? And obviously your stories have to have a point. There was a business lesson in that story.


    I promise you. Yes. I’m sure there was, yes, we’re too. Like on the nose with our stories where like, I hate this people’s signature story where they’re like, let me tell you about my perfectly curated journey, which pumped me out of this perfect place to be your expert. No, I think it’s bullshit. Your audience is not in the exact same space that you were.


    You can’t say I was in your shoes because I think it’s obnoxious and rude because you don’t know what their shoes are. I think we have to tell our journey stories differently in a more authentic way. If we want to attract the kind of clients we want. That’s if you want to have, I think, authentic, ethical, meaningful relationships that make impact,


    you have to tell stories differently than what we’ve been told with the bro marketing online. Ah, here’s here’s my class name. There you go. Nice. Yes. Yes. Okay. Awesome. All right. Step. And we are going to do a clubhouse to room on this. So let me just say you go to sweet life podcast.com forward slash two 11,


    which is this episode number. And we will make sure there is a link to how you can get into this club has room and has asked Heather your questions. Also follow us both on Instagram because we’ll post our events on our Instagram accounts to Heather. What’s your IgE handle at the Heather Sager at B Heather Sager. Awesome. Okay. So step number three,


    we’ve nailed the signature talk. We are on a roll. What happens next? What’s the next most important thing? Okay. So I think as entrepreneurs, we get by a lot by writing things out and typing things in our Google docs to post on our blogs or whatever else. But if you want to speak, you actually have to speak. Which means the first time that you speak your signature talk out loud should not be on a stage.


    It should be in the privacy of your home office, where you can sound like a blubbering idiot because you will. So, so step number three is becoming magnetic with our delivery skills. So you have to learn how to speak in a way that’s captivating and entertaining that serves your audience gone are the days where you can just show up and shoot a video on something good on a,


    how to people’s attention spans are short. Even our live events are like on clubhouse. People can jump in and out of rooms quickly. So you have to understand that your delivery skills, it’s not just the words you say, how you say it matters more. So you have to think about, am I speaking in just audio right now? Or am I also,


    do I have video when it comes to communication? There’s three parts. The words that you say, how you say those words and your non-verbals. And I think people put a disproportionate weight on those. What it works out to studies that came from Southern California universities in the seventies, show that in marketing, when we’re talking about things that have an emotional message,


    which most of our marketing messaging does, 55% of what we communicate is our non-verbals. So our facial expressions, our gestures now posture over half of what we communicate, which is why video is so powerful in allowing us to see, Oh, she’s authentic. Or she’s not like video is powerful because you see those. But 38% of what we communicate is the,


    how we say it. The, the pace, the volume, the emphasis, those kinds of things. It’s 38% leaving. Only 70% of our communication to our words. Now, as online entrepreneurs, we’re used to writing, we’re used to emails. We’re used to captions. We’re used to putting all the weight there. So it’s scary to think, Oh crap,


    I have to focus on these others, but I see it as a gift. You don’t have to be so precious with your words when you’re speaking. In fact, I screw up all the time. If you rewind this back, I have misspoken. I have I’ve strung words together to didn’t actually make a sentence. I speak like war all the time,


    wrong words, whatever. You just keep moving because your energy, how you deliver it in your body, language carries you and your message. So if you don’t get intentional with how do you want to be received? What kind of energy do you want to create for other people? What do you want them to feel when they hear you? See you listened to you.


    If you don’t practice that, you’re leaving it to chance. And I don’t know about you, but I don’t, I don’t want to leave to chance what people say about me. Like, I want to be intentional and be like, damn, I want to work with Heather or, Oh, you can get speaking coach. That’s going to help you bring your energy up,


    work with that. Like, I want to be more intentional. I don’t want to like be caught up and obsessed with what people say about me, but I know I can influence it. So I say, why not? Yeah. That’s amazing. Those stats are very interesting. I had not personally heard those before, so super, super surprising. And then step number four.


    Okay. So how do we, how do we go about wrapping all this up together in this is your speak for authority method. This is your unique IP, your methodology. You have gotten people Results going through this process going through these steps time and time again. So wrapping this up, what’s that last really important thing that people need to do? Yeah.


    So building your authority means you need to make sure that your speaking strategy fits your strategy. That you’ve outlined. So if you determined that speaking is going to grow your authority, you have to say, okay, what podcast stages do I need to be on? Which live events do I need to be on? Who would I need to partner? How do you identify the right player in your industry to help position you in that way?


    If your strategy was to grow your leads, all right, in this stage, we’re going to make sure the freebie that you offer on stages correlates with your signature talk. So it’s not just a, one-off like, Oh, go take my random free training about something. That’s not what I’m talking about. You’re not going to drive that. So that’s what we’re going to talk about.


    How do we get results from our speaking determined by the strategy that you identified as your number one, so making money, but that’s negotiating a higher fee. Great. If that’s selling your program, great. If that’s driving leads great, like it’s kind of a pick your own pathway there. You haven’t figured out what strategy you want for you. And then we have the template to say,


    okay, how do I make that happen from a stage? Fantastic. How powerful is this? You guys? All right, let me make sure that I can summarize your four steps as clearly as possible, because there was so much gold throughout this process. So your speak for authority method that you just laid out like a red carpet here. I mean,


    this is gold. You guys, you would have had to pay Heather a lot of money to get this information. And so make sure that connecting with her more, both on clubhouse, and we’re going to give you some ways to work with Heather after this. So the first part of your method is really nailing your message. The second part is really creating that signature talk.


    The third is delivering it with confidence in the fourth. Part of your method is elevating your authority. Did I summarize that correctly? You did great. You did great high fives and applause for your articulation. Okay. Students, good students. You guys should see my, see my notes behind the scenes. I’ll just share personally, you know, public speaking has just always been something that I love to do.


    And once I get up there and once I get on a roll, I’m great, but it is such a head trip for me to get up there in the beginning of it. And my biggest fear, I tried to figure out what I was afraid of. Cause clearly I talk all the time. I’m not afraid to speak, right? And I really don’t care what people think about what I look like.


    I’m one of the few speakers that usually takes a stage in some sort of flip-flops. But what I realized I was afraid of is that people were going to leave that room. And this was when we were having, you know, regular events that people are going to leave that room unchanged. And I realized that, wow, what if somebody says that was a biggest waste of an hour?


    I ever spent it scared the shit out of me seriously, forever, because I was like, gosh, I just want people to leave here and have some sort of a transformation. And I was taking that. I’m really an advocate for that. As you know, like that’s how we develop programs, your programs should deliver a transformational measurable result. And I wasn’t really sure that my signature talk was doing that.


    And so if you guys are listening and you have whatever issues, like Heather said it at the beginning, people would rather wet, like die than speak on stage. What is that saying in the beginning? Yeah, it’s a good Jerry Seinfeld joke around more people would rather give eulogy or a B in the coffin than give their own eulogy. Right? That is awful.


    We were all given a voice for a reason. We’re all called to do great things for a reason. And using what Heather told you guys today in this show and her method is going to help you get clarity on all of this. And I’m super excited and appreciate your expertise and your time here today on the Sweetlife podcast. So we’re going to do a couple things to wrap up this episode.


    First of all, Heather has a way to get you started. Obviously we want to give you tools to take action right now. So Heather, where do people go to learn more about working with you directly? Yeah. So the speak for authority method we talked about today, I outlined this in a little bit more detail and at a little slower pace,


    if you want to head over my free training is up right now. If you head over to Heather singer.com forward slash free, you can download that free training. You can watch it right away and go through it. And I teach you how to actually use this method to start driving leads into your program. So you can grab that. Now it’s really designed for coaches course creators and small business owners who do not have a large following,


    but want to start establishing their self as authority. So that’s perfect for you, but also if today’s conversation was of interest and you’re trying to out what kind of stages would even work for me? Like how does this even play out? I think maybe we should go on a second date. So maybe let’s jump into a training. Let’s go on a second date.


    So I have a podcast it’s also on that page. Heather sager.com post free. You’ll have two options. The podcast is the Heather Sager show and you get like a little Besta playlist that you can hear a little bit more around how I speak. You can get used to my style a bit, steal it, use it for your own and start getting more comfortable with this concept of what does it look like to speak on other people’s stages,


    but also use daily opportunities to exercise your voice, build your confidence. And most importantly, be more intentional with your message that you want to share so you can make a bigger impact. I love it. Okay. So I’m looking at my phone here. If you guys are watching the video behind the scenes, looking at the schedule, this show is live on January 25th.


    It is episode number 211. So that means sometime this week, you and I are going to host a clubhouse room and we are going to implement and talk to our audience and answer questions for people that are listening to this show. So I’m so excited to, we’ve been talking about like, you know, doing rooms together. So here is how you find out when this room is happening.


    First of all, you can go to sweet life co.com forward slash clubhouse, and you’ll get a list of events and the direct link to the event so that you guys won’t miss it. Cause clubhouse is a lot of fun things happening. If you are not on clubhouse, then listen to my podcast that I recorded episode number 209, about how to get started on clubhouse.


    And I just want you guys just to take a second here like me. I do have many notes. If you feel like you are struggling to be seen as a leader in your space, that you really want to connect with people on a more personal relational level relationships sell. That’s what sells and you want to get in front of your ideal audience and give them an experience,


    transform them through your speaking so that they can work with you more. I highly recommend speaking in general, but specifically hitting up Heather to see how you can do that more confidently. So Heather, thank you so much for being on this show so much gold. Again, this is Sweetlife podcast.com/two one one. So episode number 211, we’ll have all the links that Heather mentioned cause we dropped a lot of gems in this.


    So all the links, so you can find Heather and work with her more. And of course, a link to our clubhouse room when we get that scheduled<inaudible> Hey guys, thanks for tuning into the show to get updates and join Heather live in our clubhouse room, please visit Sweetlife co.com forward slash clubhouse. And follow me on clubhouse at April beach. If you would like to have Heather’s buys on your business and ask Heather your questions and also to our weekly clubhouse rooms,


    every single Wednesday at 12 o’clock Eastern time. Thanks so much for tuning into us and I will talk to you next week.

    Episode 210: How To Generate Leads With Pinterest Stories, Videos and Hashtags – with Laura Rike

    Laura Rike SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Grab Laura’s Pinterest Toolkit

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Start to Scale Up System™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?  www.sweetlifeco.com/quiz


    Pinterest could be the sleeper tool you’ve been looking for to generate leads and grow your business. Pinterest is not a social media platform but a powerful tool that can increase website visits and bring you great new clients. But, few companies know how to use Pinterest. This episode covers the 101 of how to use Pinterest stories, videos, hashtags and more.

    At the end of this episode you will:

    1. Understand how to use Pinterest stories 
    2. Have a starting plan to use Pinterest
    3. Understand the 101 of how to get started

    Resources Mentioned:

    Follow us on Clubhouse App: @aprilbeach

    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:


    You’re listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Hey everybody. Welcome back to episode number 210 on the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast. Thanks so much for tuning in today. Happy January, 2021. We obviously just finished commitment week 2021 for entrepreneurs and small business owners.


    And we had our fourth podcast anniversary birthday last week. So first of all, great way to kick off 2021. Thank you so much for being a listener of this show for the last four years and keeping us a top of the charts for business development online for entrepreneurs. We love you guys. If you haven’t had a chance to yet, please cruise over and leave us a review on Apple podcasts,


    or just simply share this podcast from your Spotify up to your Instagram stories, or share this on LinkedIn. We appreciate you spreading the word about this show and just honestly how awesome you guys are as listeners. I get direct messages from many of you on Instagram and on LinkedIn, and just appreciate them so much. So we’re kicking off our fourth year with more proven business trainings that you can take to the bank.


    We are known for giving you business steps and strategies that coaches charge thousands of dollars for. And it’s all totally proven. I’ve been coaching entrepreneurs for 24 years and the guests that also come on the show are proven experts in their space. So I’m so glad to turn you over to another guest expert on today’s show. We’re talking about how to generate leads with Pinterest stories,


    videos, and hashtags. And let me give you a quick little backstory. I don’t do Pinterest. I’m not the Pinterest kind of girl whatsoever from a business strategy standpoint though. I definitely want to be where our clients are in where it’s a great place for our company to be, which is called the sweet life company for people to access our resources in the content that we distribute here on the podcast.


    And so last year we got on Pinterest. We recorded a show about Pinterest with a guest expert, and my team quickly got to work implementing all those steps in our Pinterest engagement grew by something crazy. It was like 813%, which could be two things. Number one, it could show you how terrible we were at Pinterest before. So, you know,


    there’s only way only one way to go is up or the strategies once are implemented with Pinterest. You can see almost instant results when you’re using Pinterest correctly. But with that being said full transparency, I still am not great at Pinterest. I’m grateful to have a team that does Pinterest. I’m not really on Pinterest. And so as an entrepreneur, I had a lot of questions for our expert today on,


    you know, really who should be on Pinterest? What can you do on there? And especially all the new Pinterest stories feature. So on today’s show, we are talking to you guys about the fact that Pinterest could be that sleeper tool that you’ve been looking for to generate leads and grow your business. It’s not a social media platform. We’ll talk about that in today’s show,


    but it’s really a great way to get eyes on your business and have people land on your website and increase your website, traffic and therefore generating leads. But honestly not a lot of companies are still leveraging Pinterest really well. So inter today’s expert, Laura rag is in the house today and she’s at Pinterest powerhouse who helps high performing business owners, content, creators,


    and influencers grow profitability the right way with sustainable systems using Pinterest. She’s helped clients and students bring in over $50,000 in monthly revenue with her strategies. I mean, she’s really rad. You guys are gonna love her. And she’s been featured as a guest on podcasts like tailwind, ultimate marketer, twin cities, collective, and small business revival. And Laura lives in Minnesota with her family.


    And she can be found@laurareich.com and we’ll of course, make sure all the links and everything we’re talking about in today’s show are going to be available for you guys in the show notes. If you’re new here then just so you know, you can find all the show notes and all the bonuses that we deliver with this podcast, by going to Sweetlife co.com, simply click on podcast,


    and then you can click on the podcast number, or you can just type in the number of the podcast in our search bar. This is episode number 210. So welcome here to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast. And just a little bit of housekeeping before we dive into today’s show, if you haven’t yet held your seat or joined the early registration waitlist for my,


    your signature offer masterclass, that is coming in February. So now is the time to get on that wait list. It’s a two half day intensive, so not two and a half days, but it’s two half day intensive that I’m going to be teaching in the middle of February. And this is going to teach you how to extract your own intellectual property.


    Take a look at all the assets and all the great things you’ve created, and we are going to together build your signature program. Course mastermind, membership, whatever the business model of that is, we’re going to help you extract it all and create it into a signature offer. That’s perfect. Should give you the results that you want. Make sure that you’re joining that early registration list by cruising over to signature offer.com.


    Okay, let’s go ahead and dive into today’s podcast training.<inaudible> I’m super excited to be here with Laura Reich. And I will say that we did reschedule this episode because we’re both moms and that is what happens in our life. And Laura, you guys have to see this behind the scenes, this video, make sure you go to our YouTube channel and to our Pinterest,


    there’ll be videos on there because she is glowing because she is beautifully eight months pregnant. And we had to make sure we recorded this show before baby, right. Number three, arrived. So we’re, we’re getting this out of here for you, Laura, welcome to the show. Thanks so much to everybody. A little bit about yourself. Yeah, for sure.


    I thank you so much for having me. I am a mom of two boys with a girl on the way. So we are so super excited over here in this neck of the woods. And I am a VA gone rogue is what I call myself. So I used to try to do all the things and with a family that doesn’t work. So I picked one thing I love,


    which happens to be Pinterest and design. And I have been going hard at that ever since and just love it. That’s awesome. Okay. And what is your URL? So people can find you, even though we’ll put all this in the show notes for you. Yeah, of course. It’s just Laura wrike.com. So it’s L a U R a R I K e.com.


    Awesome. Okay. So today on the show I have a million Pinterest questions. So we had Melanie fountain on the show a while ago, almost a year ago, really diving into Pinterest Pinterest marketing. It was a great episode. I will say, as a case study, we took those like Pinterest one Oh one steps, and we tried them. And as a company,


    we had crazy results. It was like we went from being nowhere on Pinterest, having random pins to, you know, having thousands and thousands of impressions. And it was like an 813% increase with applying some basic steps. And so I am a believer in Pinterest now, but I will also say I am completely still Pinterest illiterate because my, my team does it.


    And I get questions all the time from business owners about, you know, still, should I be using this? What is this look like? What can Pinterest really do? And so today’s show is all about kind of dissecting some of those high-level business questions. So our listeners can, first of all, determine whether or not they should be in Pinterest.


    So number one is this worth your time, number two, how to get started and you have a toolkit for people to get started, which I wish that we had had in the beginning, I will say for sure, you know, really what is this toolkit? How do we get started with this? But there’s so many things kind of spinning around with Pinterest.


    So let’s kind of start, I would say, spinning around in my head with Pinterest. So let’s go ahead and just start with question number one. How does Pinterest rack up and compare to other social media outlets such as Instagram or LinkedIn? Yeah, for sure. Really the biggest difference is it’s not a social media platform like Instagram or LinkedIn. LinkedIn is been known for the more professional type connections and Instagram.


    You have conversations and the comments and things like that. Pinterest really does not focus there. They really focus on you putting in the conversation into the copy and making sure that you have the keywords there so that people can find you when they find you. Then they read that conversation and they click through to the destination, which is where you can take it from there.


    So it’s more search based and it’s more top of funnel based because you can utilize Pinterest to send it where those conversations are happening right now and bring in a wider audience over there. Okay, fascinating. So it’s SEO, it’s search engine. It’s a way to take a conversation and become the top of that question for you. Is Pinterest owned by Google or is it a Google product or something of that sort?


    It is not, no, it’s separate. It actually plays off of Google’s domain authority and their own domain authority. So when you have your website and then you have a Pinterest profile or business account, right, you’re going to get more domain authority with your profile on Pinterest than you are your own website. Unless, I mean, you’re some super big wig,


    but it has been around forever. Right? But like my website is not going to have as much domain authority as Pinterest. And so I really use that and play off of their authority to be able to bring people to my website. Very cool. Okay. So what businesses should be there. And so let me rephrase that question. You know, obviously who should be on Pinterest,


    but as a business strategist, my brain works the other way, what buyers are on Pinterest, like who is actually looking for content to increase maybe their performance, their profit, their business ability or whatever it is. You know, we have a lot of marketing coaches, brand new coaches, video coaches, health coaches, a lot of physicians, a lot of attorneys and even a lot of CPAs that listened to our podcast are their buyers.


    Absolutely. So there’s kind of two different ways that I tackle that for people. One, I am a Pinterest junkie, right. It’s my jam. So I’m always going to tell you, yes, there are buyers there to give you kind of an unbiased opinion. I tell everybody to go to the platform type in something that your buyers would be searching for,


    right? Like what is the problem or the pain point that they are having and how would they find you? Other places on Google, on Facebook? Like what are they looking for? And if what pulls up underneath that search is offering or information or education that you can provide to them because you know how to do that as well. Then 1000000%, that’s where you should be listed because you’re missing that opportunity.


    The other thing that I like to talk to people about is really when you’re thinking about buyers, like where are they? Right. Cause everybody has a different stage. And so we talked about this for a second too. Like, it might not be that they’re a startup or they’re established or whatever, but where do they aspire to be? So if they are someone who is earning three figures right now,


    they’re not going to be looking for how to earn three figures on Pinterest. They’re going to be looking at things like how to grow your email list to earn five figure months. And that’s because they aspire to be in that position. So that’s also something that you need to kind of reverse engineer and think, okay, is my buyer talking to where they’re at right now?


    Are they aspiring to be a five figure person? Are they aspiring to maybe lead a life where it’s freedom, right? And so they have more time in their day or their moms or whatever. And that’s really how you want to address it too, when you’re going about it that way too. So smart. Yes. And you know, there are always,


    people want to hang out just you and I do too. We want to hang out with people that are just slightly ahead of where we are. Right? Those are, those are the best people that are going to hold our hand and grab us to the next level. And that totally makes sense that that’s the same thing people will be looking for on Pinterest as well.


    How often should people post let’s actually talk about the content that should be posted on Pinterest? What is like the baseline, if you’re going to get started, this is how often you post. This is what it really looks like. Yeah. So it used to be an everything that I’m going to tell you guys here is how I handle it, right?


    So I am not saying this is the end all be all. I’m not saying this is a hard and fast rule. You have to do it this way. This is what I’ve implemented for myself and my clients and my course members and things like that, where they see the results. So one of the things that I really tell people is it used to be pin 20 to 30 to 40 different times a day,


    and you would pin your stuff and other people’s stuff. And really that’s not necessarily required anymore. What I teach is that you need to be consistent on the platform. So if you’re someone that’s just starting out and maybe you don’t have a ton of content out there, which I can try to prove you wrong, because there are multiple places that I can find content you have already posted online that can work for this.


    But if you’re thinking content in terms of like landing page or sales page or blog posts, and you’re feeling like you don’t have a ton, then start at one or two pins a day, right? Even if it’s a time constraint, like how do I create all these pin designs? Start at one to two pins a day, then start to work your way up.


    If you’re someone that’s been blogging or you have tons of an audience, and you’re looking to really expand on that and you know that you have tons of content, then start hire. We did a case study actually on my website. It showed, even though they had a smaller audience and the other account had a larger audience, one pinned, I think it was like seven times a day.


    And the other one pin 21 times a day, they still saw the same incremental increases on their own accounts because they were being consistent. And it was the quality over how often they were posting that gave them that feedback to know that that was beneficial. Wow. That’s so awesome. That’s super encouraging. I know because our listeners are like thinking like, Oh shit,


    20 times a day. Like, how am I going to ever do that? Like that is not ever going to happen. And so that that’s super cool to look at the case study and the stats and, and really just the incremental growth that’s happening with. What’s being posted now, little tangent, what software do you recommend that people use to manage their Pinterest?


    So I go back and forth on this. I personally use tailwind. I love them dearly because they have tailwind tribes. And that’s really like a community-based where you’re sharing ideas together. And then, I mean, sharing other people’s ideas and really having that community type feel like you would on social media. The problem with me only telling you to pick one platform that I see though,


    is it’s not a good fit for everybody all the time. So if you’re out there and you’re like, I’ve tried tailwind, it doesn’t work for me. I apologize that it didn’t work for you. I love them. They are amazing. But what I urge you to do is go to Pinterest and make sure that the scheduler you’re using, whether it’s ladder,


    whether it’s meet Edgar or whatever is a Pinterest approved platform. Because if it’s not, you set yourself up for possibly getting marked as spam or even shut down because they might not be following Pinterest best practices. Wow. Okay. I know that is such a fear. I’m so glad you said that because people would never know, know to even look, they’ll just think,


    Oh, well, because this platform offers it does works. Great. I’ll just take this one, but it is so important with not just Pinterest, all the different social media platforms that whatever schedule are you using does it does abide by their regulations. So thank you for that. And we’ll go ahead and make sure we leave some resources so that you guys can find Laura.


    And then also to some of the software tools in the show notes of this show. So we’re not going to totally leave you all hanging out there with that. So this week I was on Pinterest and I have a confession to make. I am never on Pinterest. I’m not a Pinterest girl. I’m just not okay. And so this week I thought,


    okay, I’m going to go ahead and post a video. I think I had posted something to a LinkedIn story downloaded, like the little five second video. And then I, you know, distributed it or long all of our, you know, Instagram and LinkedIn story channels. And then I’m like, well just sitting there on this little five second video,


    why don’t I just try to put it on Pinterest? And so I went on there, not knowing even that Pinterest had stories, I was just going to post it like as a little video on there and, you know, boom, I’m sure everybody who’s listening to. This is like, yeah, duh, April Pinterest is had stories for a while.


    You know, but to me that was, I was like, what, it’s another thing with this story. So what are Pinterest stories? What should be posted there? What is the purpose of a Pinterest story and how can they be leveraged in the business? Yeah, for sure. So it’s actually not something that’s entirely like completely past you, right?


    So it is new. So don’t worry about that. Some people have had it around for a little while, but it has now opened up to more people. And so a lot of people are seeing the get early access symbol when they’re locking in, there are two sides of it, which is awesome. One side is the, I really feel like Pinterest is stepping up their game in terms of providing an opportunity for content creators,


    to be able to tell a story better, to be able to educate more. Because when you think about it, you only have one graphic and you can only have so much on that one image to try to tell that story and capture their attention. So the purpose of stories right now is to be able to have multiple images so that they can kind of tap through.


    And it’s kind of like a slideshow. I teach people to do more of like step-by-step, or this is what I’m working through or behind the scenes, or like more of that conversation visually in those stories. The only downfall to stories that I see currently, which I’m hoping they open up in the future is it’s not clickable to an actual landing page. So you wouldn’t use it like you do a static image because you can’t get them to use that referral traffic in our research that we’ve done in the past few months,


    though, it really does help increase the brand awareness and authority on your account. So you will see that if you are using it, to teach people things and to educate them and to provide more information for them at the end, Pinterest puts on a follow button so they can start following you on Pinterest. And it’s really bringing in that authority from that platform.


    And then we’ve also seen the link clicks and the traffic and the leads increase on the other things that we’ve been consistently putting out there because of the help with the stories. Okay. Totally makes sense. And leads me to, first of all, say, that means I really failed on my first story. Cause I just uploaded that one video and I was like,


    wow, they want me to share more. I don’t have any more right now. All right. What the hell? I’m just going to upload this one video. So first of all, how people find your stories if they’re not already following you, does Pinterest use hashtags? Yeah. So Pinterest uses hashtags. This is one of those controversial type things though.


    Pinterest, a while ago said no hashtags. Then they said, yes, hashtags. Now they’re saying don’t use them a ton. So my philosophy has always been when they’re, when they opened up hashtags, don’t use them to keyword stuff. Use them within a sentence that you have put into the description, like use up your entire 500 character limit. And then if you have room and you can’t put on a whole,


    a full another sentence in there, but there’s a hashtag or a phrase that still is relevant to what you’re sharing, then use it as a hashtag. Right. And just kind of take it that way. I’ve never done more than like three on a pin at most. So I don’t really see it being a problem. As long as you use it,


    that way, those that have gone gung ho or followed the ups and downs of the hashtag or no hashtag I think are starting to not see the best results. The hashtags are still searchable, so you can still find them in search. So it really just depends on, on what placement you have for them in the description. So if your pin is about how to create a content marketing strategy,


    and it’s like a download of a calendar or graphic, you’re not going to use a hashtag girl boss. I hate that hashtag by the way, every girl listening to the show is going to hate me for saying that I can’t stand that term. Yeah, no, it’s too general. Yeah. Right, right. You know what I mean? You’re going to put like content marketing or content calendar or a social media calendar or something.


    Yeah. So two that don’t do the girl boss. I’m not a huge fan of that either. I like the terms that actually are like leading me somewhere. Right. Like that seems anyway. So I would say if you’re talking about content marketing though, in the description, don’t waste your hashtag on hashtag content marketing, maybe do calendar download or calendar template or something like that.


    So it’s still relevant, but it’s playing off of a different type of search that someone would do. Maybe they don’t know about the content marketing calendar, but they’re looking for calendar templates or some sort of business template or something like that. That way. Then you have the conversation, it still flows. You’ve got the keywords in the description. And then you just add in a couple of those hashtags that are still keywords,


    people would search for, but you couldn’t put it into the sentence flow that you were creating. All right. I got you girl. That totally makes sense. So with our stories, can you add hashtags? I kind of went back to that question. How did, how do people find my stories if they aren’t following me? Stories are still there like a collaboration of pins.


    So you get to put three or five or however many you want in there and you still get a description on each one. So it’s still going to be searchable. You still can put a couple of hashtags in there if they’re not already following you and they search for something, it’s going to show up in the feed, just like any of the other static pins or video pins.


    So in terms of your video, you could have uploaded it just as a pin instead of a story. And it works the same way as a static pin. You do get a little bit more tagging capability in terms of topic, tagging for videos. Then you do a static pen. So you can also use the tags for keywords that you want to be found for.


    And that increases the searchability as well. Okay. So let me make sure I understood this correctly. The stories are basically a collection of pins related to the same things, is that right? Yep. So if I have a static pain, can I like Instagram? When you have something in your feed, that’s a post, can I push that to story?


    Like, can I push a static pin to story or is it a separate, complete way to post that It’s a separate, complete way to post that you can repost it? The only problem that I see by doing that though is Pinterest is very heavily encouraging people to do fresh content. So they will see that same static pin posted. And then again on your stories and they’ll consider that as like a spam duper kit.


    Got it. Okay. I lied that. Wasn’t the last question before. Thank you listeners for bearing with me. I hope I’m not asking like questions that you all know the answers to. I really include this in this area. And so it was, I’m so glad to have you here, Laura. And so how long the stories stay in a story?


    How long are they shown for So completely different than social media? They stay on there just like a Pinterest pin, unless you go and delete them, they will be on your profile. Awesome. Okay. That makes me really happy. Nothing bothers me more than posting a really great Instagram story that people only get to see for 24 hours. So that’s super awesome.


    Thank you. I’m super excited about stories. Like I said, Kelly and JC on my team really create our Pinterest content and post that. So thank you. By the way, to those of you guys who have been following us on Pinterest it’s, it’s cool to see that and those interactions and things, but I’m totally personally Pinterest illiterate. So I’ve just have so many questions that I am not able to answer for our clients.


    So I’m very excited about all this. Okay. So let’s chat a little bit about video pins. Now, what is the parameter around video pins? Are they all vertical? How long can they be? And are they clickable? Yeah, so they Do not all have to be vertical. I still suggest it because then you’re taking up more real estate on the feed.


    I personally don’t want to go more than a minute to a minute and a half. I believe you can go longer. I think it’s like two or three minutes that you can go up to. I’m not a hundred percent positive because I stick on the lower end. And then what was your other question? That was my other question. Oh, it’s are they clickable?


    Oh yeah. So they are not clickable unless they’re used for ads. They have been clickable in the past. Again, I’m not sure if that’s something that’s changing or updating because there have been a lot of changes in the past, like four to six months on the platform, but they really do help with that growth of the account as well. When we’ve seen a lot of people come to us and say,


    you know, I had a huge spike in October and now it’s December and everything’s dropping and I don’t know what to do. They post a couple video pins, they do a story pin and they’re back up again. Right. And they’re doing that consistently. I’m not going out there and telling everybody to post one and you’re going to be like woo through the roof and like,


    awesome. But like, if you keep doing that, you’re going to keep seeing the results go up and back in the direction that you want them to go. Love that. Love that. Thank you so much. I have my million of Pinterest notes here and, and Laura, the couple of things. So for our listeners who want to get started with Pinterest,


    I will say in full transparency, even though I’m not the one that does it, I’m really grateful for an amazing team that manages our Pinterest there. We really have seen amazing results and growth from using Pinterest as a platform with our audience. So I will say that from what I I’ll just say, if you guys are considering using Pinterest, definitely have a strategy behind it.


    And really what I would like is to direct people towards some steps to get started. Nobody wants to recreate the wheel and you have a Pinterest like toolbox a toolkit it’s really cheap. It’s like 37 bucks or something that people can get started with what is inside that toolkit and what can people expect with that? Yeah, for sure. So the toolkit is really put together for anybody that needs that simple strategy,


    right? That’s actually gonna help them convert on the platform. And so it’s easy. We provide different templates for them, whether they’re static, pen templates, video template, story templates. I have an awesome keyword swipe file in there too. So I’ve gone through over 700 different type of niche, specific keywords and hashtags in this swipe file. And the cool thing is,


    is we constantly update that. So the swipe file for fun stats has actually brought in over $33,000 for clients and toolkit. So That’s been super fun. Yeah, That’d be good work. That’s so good. Talk about an ROI. Yeah. Tons of other stuff too. Like we have a call to action, swipe file a branding blueprint to help them really understand how to brand their pin images.


    And then there’s some bonuses of course, like a custom dashboard for Google analytics and how to track and make sure you’re getting the ROI and stuff like that too. So Yeah, I mean, when we, when we got started and we started implementing what I was saying is so true, like if we had had a toolkit like this, we would have grabbed it in the second.


    And so based on our listeners in our show, if you guys are thinking you want to get started with Pinterest, we’ll go ahead and make sure we leave a link to grab this toolkit in the show notes for this episode. So make sure you guys go over and grab this. I would recommend those of you guys that are listening to get started here.


    It’s a low investment and it saves probably months and months of time and years of learning because you’re getting Laura’s wisdom for only $37. That’s crazy for those of you guys that are scaling your business. So for those of our listeners, you’re scaling your business. You have a team like me that you really just, you want to delegate this, you know,


    you, you probably want to be on the platform. Maybe your team doesn’t know Pinterest. They aren’t experts. Then I am going to point them towards you, Laura, we’ll go ahead and make sure that we put these show notes and I would really consider like hiring Laura’s team out to manage your Pinterest for you or something like that. At least chatting with Laura on the phone.


    I know she has a bunch of other stuff for you guys. So based on our listeners, I always try to give recommendations. So if you guys have ever gone through and taken our quiz to figure out what phase of business you’re in, I’m going to tell you exactly who needs to buy kind of what here, if you want to do this, if you’re in phase one or two,


    then I would go with the toolkit. If you’re in phase three, four or five, then I would go with one of Laura’s other done for you services. If you don’t know what phase of business you’re in, go to sweet life code.com forward slash quiz. And you’re going to get a whole rundown based on where you are of your phase of business development,


    and then we’ll direct you there. But for those of our listeners, most of our faithful listeners already know what phase of, of our start to scale up system they’re in. And so they know, so phase one or two, you guys are the toolkit people three, four or five, then really done for you services near you’re ready to scale. Thank you so much.


    Yay. Love everything that you shared. My, my Pinterest entrepreneur IQ, just like totally leveled up three levels. I feel like awesome. And I can’t wait to, you know, for our team to like start implementing some of the stuff that we talked about on the show as well. So super appreciate your time. Congratulations on your new baby. When this airs he’ll be here and I’m so excited for you and we’ll make sure we leave all the show notes for everybody to get their hands on these things.


    I will say you guys, honestly, Pinterest has been a real nice pleasant surprise. We’re not on Tech-Talk or anything. We’re not on Twitter. And Pinterest has been really awesome and powerful for us to grow our audience. So thanks for being on this show. Yeah. I love hearing that. And I mean, honestly, it is such a great platform.


    I’m so glad that your team can help you with that. That’s absolutely amazing. And thank you so much for having me. Of course. Yes, of course. Thanks for being here. I’ll talk to you soon. Thanks. Awesome. Some show. Thank you so much for tuning in and sticking with me here with Laura at the time that we recorded this,


    Laura was expecting, and now she is probably listening to this episode, holding her beautiful baby girl in her arms. And so we just really appreciate Laura’s time and making sure we were able to record this episode for you guys before she gave birth and went on her maternity leave in such great information, follow us. If you aren’t yet on Pinterest, you can find us at Sweetlife podcast and you can see some of the things that our team has been doing over the last year.


    You can even see how our, even our branding and our usage of Pinterest tablets has evolved how we’re using Pinterest stories and how we’re using video. We’d love to connect with you there and follow you back. All right, you guys have an awesome day. Again, all the show notes can be found by visiting Sweetlife co.com. This is episode number two.

    Episode 189: Online Business Terms and Acronyms Made Easy – with April Beach

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Ultimate Guide to the online business model that’s right for you

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    This show is for established companies looking to scale with online business models and new entrepreneurs launching online and feeling lost in the terminology and acronyms.


    Online entrepreneurs speak a different language and for companies who are looking to scale with online business models, the terms can be confusing and time consuming to learn. To help you be in the know and talk like an online pro faster, this show is a glossary of online terms made easy.


    1. Know what the most common online business terms mean
    2. Stop feeling confused with online business lingo
    3. Have confidence and knowledge to make decisions 

    Resources Mentioned:

    Join Our Community to Scale Online Faster

    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:

    You’re listening to the suede life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate<inaudible>. Hi everyone. And welcome back to the show. This is episode number 189 and everything we’re talking about today, including the bonuses and the resources that we’re providing with this show can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com
    forward slash one 89. So if you’re on the go and you can’t take notes or you can’t pause and go to another website on your phone. No worries. Just remember Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 89. We’ll give you everything that you are looking for when you have an opportunity to go grab it. Welcome to the show. My name is April leach.
    I’m the host here on the show and we’re coming up almost on four years of this podcast. Thank you so much to all of you. Who’ve been crazy faithful, awesome listeners for so long. And if you’re new to this show, I’m super glad to be connected with you. I teach small businesses and entrepreneurs how to grow their company by scaling online and everything we talk about here on this show are proven and trusted business trainings to help you do that.
    In fact, a lot of our shows are so valuable that a lot of coaching and consulting firms charge thousands of dollars for the tools and the strategies and the action items that we bring to you here on this show. So I’m really, really glad that you are here. If you haven’t clicked subscribe yet, or if you haven’t clicked subscribe in a while,
    please do. So. We are on all of your favorite podcasts. We’ll see devices including obviously where you’re listening to us right now. So just go in and make sure that you’ve clicked subscribe, and we do really appreciate all of the reviews. You guys leave us on Apple podcasts. So at the time of this recording, it’s the end of August.
    And if your life is like mine, which I’m assuming it is we connect. And that’s why you listen here to this show. That’s means that things are about to get even crazier than they were before, regarding whatever is happening with school and your kids and running and managing and owning the company that you do. And so many things are up on the air and it’s just a hard time.
    And actually when this show drops, I am on my way to drop my oldest son off to college. So I’m right there with you. And I want you to know that you’re not alone and we’re still here consistent behind you, giving you the tools you need to grow your business throughout all of the unpredictable world of 2020. So I just want to take a pause for a sec and just say kudos to you for being here for listening to this show,
    whether you’re listening to it live as soon as it drops or you’re coming back to this, you know, years later, this going to be one of those shows. I think people refer back to a lot because it just really covers a lot of online business basics that don’t change. I just want to say you’re doing awesome job. So let’s go ahead and dive into what you can expect with today’s episode.
    We are talking about online business terms, acronyms made easy. And so this particular show is for those of you who have established businesses, and it’s time to scale your company by utilizing online business models and strategies and funnels, or those of you who are new to launching a business, and you’re launching your company online. Here’s the deal online entrepreneurs speak a different language.
    There are some words that we use in the online business space that, you know, I really actually have to catch myself sometimes when I’m talking to people because all of a sudden this blank look will come over their face. And I will have said a term or an acronym that just doesn’t make sense to anybody else, unless you’re already in the online business space.
    And so if you’ve ever been talking to somebody or reading a blog or listening here on the show, and I’ve said something that just kind of went, Whoa, I have no idea what that is is April. Well, this particular episode is designed to fix that for you, because the reality is is that, that we don’t want you to be confused.
    These things are not hard as long as you know what they are. So I want you to be confident. I want you to know what other people are talking about. I want you to know what you’re talking about. I want you to know what you’re looking for in certain functions of software and in website things that we’re going to be discussing today. And it all comes back to understanding the terminology and the acronyms that are used to describe functionality of software in different results and benchmarks.
    Frankly, you need to hit in your business in order for it to grow. So the end of this episode, you’re going to know what the most common online business terms mean. You’re going to stop feeling confused if you’ve felt confused before with all this online business lingo, and you’re going to have the confidence to move forward, continue in conversations, ask intelligent and educated questions.
    Now that you’re kind of past this entry level threshold of online business terms. And I do have a resource for you today. So if you’re just getting into online business scaling, if you’re taking your established business and you’re wondering what to do, should I launch a course? Should I launch a video series? Should I launch a membership or a digital, or even an in person type of retreat?
    Some of you guys are even wondering, should I launch a podcast? I have a completely free 14 page resource for you. It’s called the ultimate guide to the online business model. That’s right for you. You can go grab that in our website for the show notes again, which can be found@lifepodcast.com forward slash one 89. So to give you more clarity on actually what you’re building and how you’re scaling your company,
    today’s show, make sure that you go grab that ultimate guide to online business models in our podcast, show notes totally free, and that will save you years of time and really thousands of dollars of building the wrong kind of online business. Okay. So let’s go ahead and dive into today’s show.<inaudible> Okay. Today we’re talking about online business terms made easy and I’m going to go through,
    I’m good. Literally going to name the term and give you the definition of it. So it’s just like English one Oh one, except for, for online business and making sure that, you know what things mean. I’ll give you some examples of things so that you can listen to this show and get out of here and understand all the weird language of online business owners.
    So the very first thing I want to cover is the term business model. So a business model is the type of business you’re building. Your business model is how you serve clients and how you make money. So what services you offer, how you deliver those services and what actually does that exchange of delivery look like some different examples of business models are in-person services delivered,
    virtual services delivered. And again, I gave you that whole entire go grab the ultimate guide to online business models. We have masterminds, we have courses, we have membership sites. We have webinars, whether they’re recorded or on demand, the sky is the limit. And you really need to understand what your business model is, or you need to understand what the injuries result that a business model is going to give your company in order to scale smart.
    We don’t want you to just going out there and launching a course cause everybody else is doing it because it’s not necessarily actually in a lot of cases, even the right thing to do to scale and grow your company. So understanding term number one is your business model. Again, that is how you make money, how you serve clients and what that delivery of service looks like.
    Next term is lifestyle business. Now this gets a little confused and it’s not a really common online term, but I wanted to throw it in here because if you are a listener to the show, you know that I’m a lifestyle business development expert, and that might seem a little confusing. So I just wanted to clarify that to you and lifestyle business is creating a business model that works with your life.
    It’s the way you plan to live your life and then reverse engineering that to build a company that’s going to get you there. It doesn’t mean that the business itself is necessarily a lifestyle business. So you can have a lifestyle business. It gives you the owner, the freedom to be with your family and hang out with your kids more and travel, whatever that looks like for you.
    But the business itself, you know, you don’t have to sell surfboards the business itself, whether you’re in marketing or consulting or, you know, video editing, whatever it is that you do, the business itself doesn’t have to be lifestyle focused, but you are building a business that is designed around your lifestyle. And hopefully that kind of clarifies that a little bit.
    As a matter of fact, 90% of the companies that I work with to help them grow and scale are not actual lifestyle businesses, but the owners of those companies want a business. That’s going to give them that lifestyle that they want to, hopefully that clarifies that a little bit for you. The next term is I see a, I see a stands for ideal client avatar.
    This is used a lot, and you’re going to hear it a lot, especially when you’re new to the online business space, your ideal client avatar, or your ICA, but really the perfect clients that you are called to serve that need, want your offers. So they’re very specific people. This is a very specific set of grouping of people that are ideal to buy your product or buy your services.
    That is your ICA. So if you ever hear that term thrown around, if somebody is saying, Hey, well, you know, what are you marketing to? And what are you selling? And who’s your ICA. It means what is the specific subset of people that need and want what you have the next term is IP, which stands for intellectual property.
    So this is turning your ideas and your services and your methods. It could also be your secret sauce, your formula, your steps of delivery into your intellectual property. So intellectual property protections allow for creators and owners like you to actually go ahead and make sure they patent and trademark your process. So you don’t necessarily have to do that, but intellectual property,
    it’s connected to the ownership of things that are created from your mind. So an example of intellectual property is my start to scale business system, or in the past, it’s been called the sweet life entrepreneur roadmap. They’re my five steps that I share here on the show. A lot that take people from the beginning of your business, all the way through the end of that life cycle of a successful company,
    growth over a period of years, that’s my intellectual property. It’s my system. It’s my methodology. I own that. So if you have a method or a system or something, that’s your secret sauce. That is your intellectual property. So the term IP is thrown around a lot, both online and offline when it comes to the ownership of things that are created by your mind,
    your methodology, your systems, the next term, which is really important for those of you guys, for starting out, you’re brand new in business. This is something you have to know this term. And this term is M VP, not most valuable player. It actually stands for a minimum viable product. And your minimum viable product is when you develop your ideas into your new product,
    your first offer and everything is being sold sufficiently to satisfied customers. So this product is designed and developed. Usually after some feedback from your first customers, your minimum viable product is your minimum service. That has to be proven in order for you to realize that your company is and will be a success. So it’s a very first offer or your first program,
    your first package of services or your first product that you’ve created. We have to prove that it is at least minimum leave viable within your market space. So are people buying it? That’s your MVP. You have to hit your MVP. It is the one of the first challenges to overcome as a new business owner. The next term is lead magnet, and this is getting more into marketing.
    So your lead magnet is something of high value that you give away for free, that people are willing to give you their name and their email contact information for sometimes their address. And some other information lead magnet is also referred to by some online coaches, as freemium or freebie. The reason why I don’t love that term, and we don’t use that term here on this business show is because your lead magnet is,
    I said in the initial definition needs to be of high value. So I’ve done tons of different podcasts on lead magnets and how to create them of high value. So I’m not going to go on squirrel tangent right now, but you might have heard the term freemium or freebie. And those are people that give away kind of crappy stuff, free expecting to grow their lists.
    That’s not going to grow your list by the way, it has to be something of high value to get high quality leads. So your lead magnet is something that you create to give away could be a video series. It could be a download. It could be a, a white paper, something of high value to prospects to gather their information. The next term is called conversion tool.
    It’s also called the conversion product. This refers to how you turn the leads on your list, the names and the email address on your list and your database into paying clients. So the lead magnet brings them in and gives you the lead, but then we have to still convert them into paying clients. And a conversion tool is usually a little bit different,
    a little bit more contact, more relationship based than a lead magnet. Examples of a conversion tool are live webinars, phone calls, or discovery calls, triage calls, personal assessments. It can also be just a sales page. You can have a great sales page that converts your leads into buyers. It could be a shop page. Those things are applicable as well,
    but the conversion product is where you take the lead and turn them into buyers sometimes based on what it is your company does, we don’t even really need the lead magnet so much. We might be able to just take cold subscribers and turn them into buyers just with a conversion product. And if you don’t know, a cold subscribers are coming up, okay,
    the next term is called a funnel. Now this is thrown around all the time. There are a bunch of different types of funnels. You guys, there are marketing funnels and sales funnels and product funnels. I’m going to give you the term here, understanding in expecting that many of you are just entering the phase in your business where you’re ready to grow it online.
    So we’re going to talk about it, actual marketing lead generation funnel here. And I’m going to give you the definition for this. This refers to the building of landing pages on your website, where people can opt in and fill out a form and give you their information. And it refers to the connecting of the rest of your software technology to give them what you have promised.
    So a funnel is all of your marketing. Literally imagine like a tornado. And on the top is all of your marketing. It’s all of your social media posting. They might see something that interests them. Example, your lead magnet might interest them. They say, Oh, that’s a really high value thing. I think I want that. And they’re going to go to a landing page that ideally should be built on your website,
    where they give their name and email address to get that high value lead magnet. And then what happens next is you send them an automatic email. It says, here you go. Here is the thing that I promised you I’d give you after you gave me your name and email address. So the next part of that funnel is actually that welcome email and the delivery of whatever you promised.
    And then it’s also sending them to a thank you page saying, Hey, thank you so much for giving me your contact information. We talked about it two weeks ago here on the show that receiving somebody’s lead is a privilege and you need to care for it. Very importantly, that’s not even a word. You need to really care about people to give you their name and email address.
    That’s what I’m saying. The funnel is creating the pages and connecting together the technology, the landing page, the email marketing, and the thank you page to make sure that the delivery of what you promised is done well, that is the tech side of building a funnel. So when we’re talking about funnels, yes, there’s marketing strategy. Yes. There’s what you say and what you’re giving in this definition.
    I’m giving you this, the specifics of the tech side of actually building a funnel. It includes your landing page. It includes a thank you page and includes an automatic email that goes out to give somebody what you promised. Okay. Now let’s go into warm and cold audiences. So audience are people who have never heard of your business before. And a warm audience are people who are already familiar with your brand.
    So if you hear those two different terms thrown around, or if you’re planning doing an ad campaign, somebody who’s helping you with that might say, are we running these ads to a cold audience or a warm body? And that is the difference. Okay. Three more terms, are you with me? And by the way, all of these terms are going to be written out for you.
    For those of you guys who are in our online business community and our app over at mighty house, you can join for free. I’ll put a link in the show notes, or you can just go to sweet life, community.com. If you’re like, Oh my gosh, I want to, you know, write all these down. I’m going to go ahead and upload all these terms just right into our community app.
    So for those of you guys who are joined there with us@sweetlifecommunity.com, you don’t even have to opt into it. I’m just going to put all these terms there for you so you can always reference, okay. The next term is S E O S E Oh, stands for a search engine and optimization. It basically means how visible is your website or organically to search engines like Google.
    So are people going to your website, are people Googling things or searching for things? And is your website coming up S E O like the terminology for it? Search engine optimization is the practice of increasing the quantity and the quality of the traffic to your website, through organic search results. So this doesn’t mean pain to have your site show up on Google AdWords.
    These are things that you do within the copy of your site tags within your site. There are tons of different ways that you can optimize your organic search results for your website and you need to, and that is what we call SP Oh, the next terminology is copy. So the next term is, copy. We hear this all the time and we’ll work with new clients.
    And you know, I have to be careful again, I’ll say, okay, give us the copy for your website in the division of my company, where we build Kajabi websites, I’ll say, give us, you know, don’t forget, you need to have a copy of your website. And sometimes new businesses will be like, Oh my gosh, what are you talking about?
    What is that? So copy is just your text. Copy. It can refer to the text and your website. It can refer to the text and your social media posts. It can refer to the text in your email, body or other places. It’s literally just the writing of your text there. The words you write. And I will say that every company should have a good copywriter as an essential part of your team.
    There are people that have a gift for copywriting, and there are people who don’t. So if you really want to grow your company online, it is going to be important that you learn how to become a good copywriter, or that would be one of the top priority roles I would recommend for you. If I was working with you to scale your business is bringing a really great online sales and marketing copywriter aboard your team.
    So copy, just reverse to your text. And then the last term I want to cover is swipe files or swipe copy. So this refers to texts and images created by other companies that you’re allowed to swipe like swiper, no swiping, except for this is like swiper. Yes. Swiping those of you that have older kids like me. You know what I’m talking about?
    So this basically means when you are promoting something in conjunction with somebody else, that company may send you what’s called swipe copy or swipe files. They’re literally pre done social media posts that you can just swipe and put out on your own social media to make your life easier. So swipe, copy and swipe files literally means that you can take it and steal it and copy it.
    And that’s what it’s designed for. So today we covered a lot of online business terms and acronyms that we usually find that companies new to the online space aren’t really familiar with. We defined business model. We define lifestyle business. I see a, I P am VP. So again, ICA ideal client avatar, IP, intellectual property, MVP, your minimum viable product or service lead magnet,
    conversion tool funnel, warm and cold audience. S E O copy and swipe files. Wow. Okay. That was your online business. One Oh one glossary class. I hope you guys, this is very, very helpful. You know, we’re here to help you. We’re here to level up your entrepreneurial IQ because you are amazing at what you do and no successful business owner has time to sit there and wonder what a stupid acronym is.
    So we’re just going to tell you, because I know you don’t have time to figure it out and we are here to make you a success. Thank you so much for tuning into this show. Let me go ahead and recap a real quick, where you can find the resources that we’ve talked about. First of all, you are invited to join our online business owners and entrepreneur app.
    It’s not a Facebook group anymore. We dumped Facebook months ago. Thank heavens. We now have a custom community app where you can create your own business profile and network with other businesses and get tools here from the show. And you can join that for free by visiting Sweetlife community.com. I’m going to drop in all of these terms into that app, for those of you guys who are in there.
    So if you’re listening on the go and you want to come back and reference it, make sure that you join us in our app also for you. Go ahead and grab our online business model guide. So I have 14 pages of the ultimate guide to choosing the online business model. That’s right for you. You can get that in the show notes of this episode by visiting sweet life podcast.com
    forward slash one 89. Okay. I hope you guys have an amazing turnover of the month at the end of this show. We’re rolling over from August to September, and this means you have three months left to close out this year, strong and prepare for 2021 here on the show. We’re going to be working on a lot of 2021 prep and helping you like we do at the end of every year,
    prepare your business for the next year, prepare your signature offers, level up your marketing, and really scale your business online. So make sure that you’re subscribed because we are about to dive in and roll up our sleeves with you even more over the next 12 weeks to make sure that 2021 is the best year yet. And sure as shit, all of us need that.
    Oh my gosh. All right. Well, you guys have an awesome week. Thank you again for tuning into the show. I’m April beach. 

    Episode 187: How to Build Your First Digital Marketing Funnel – with April Beach

    187 SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

    Episode Bonuses:

    Get Kajabi free for 14 days to generate perfect funnel pipelines with ease – www.aprilbeach.com/kajabi

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    New and established small businesses who have a general understanding of marketing but want to tap into the power that building a digital marketing funnel can do for your business. Those in Phases 2-3 of my “Start to Scale System” formerly called Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap.


    You’ve heard that digital marketing is the way to grow your business but you aren’t sure where to start. Building your first digital marketing funnel is not hard as long as you understand the components of a funnel and how they work.
    In this episode, April Beach dives into the 3 components of all winning funnels, how you use your marketing funnel and what you can expect if you’ve built it right. 
    You’d be surprised by the number of large companies that do not currently know how to build and utilize a funnel and grass-roots relationship marketing. This episode will catapult you beyond big giants! 
    Hiring a marketing firm may not yet be in your budget, or if you do plan to hire out you at least need to have an understanding of what a marketing funnel is, your company’s goals and expectations, and an overview of how your funnel should function and work.  This podcast episode gives you clarity to move forward. 


    1. Know what a marketing funnel is
    2. Know the components of a marketing funnel
    3. Understand how to set yours up

    Resources Mentioned:

    SweetLifeLaunch 90 Day Program is Open! Early fall registration starts now! Visit www.SweetLifeLaunch.com
    Get Kajabi free for 14 days to generate perfect funnel pipelines with ease – www.aprilbeach.com/kajabi

    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:
    You’re listening to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate Under the show. This is episode number 187, and you are listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur and business podcast. And my name is April beach. Thanks for being here with me for yet. Again,
    another episode today on the show, we’re talking about how to create your first digital marketing funnel, why it’s important and why as a business owner, whether you’re a brand new or you’ve been a business for a really long time, you have to start utilizing the power of building a digital marketing funnel and strategy. And it doesn’t matter if you are a teeny tiny business,
    a mom and pop, even a large corporation, you need to be using these grassroots relationship building free. If you will type of marketing strategies to attract your perfect customers and your, your ideal audience. And as a matter of fact, the large companies are actually less utilizing these digital marketing funnels than small and midsize businesses. And they’re going to catch up sooner or later,
    they’re going to have marketers come in there and say, Hey, let’s, you know, stop crushing everybody with these big ad campaigns and start building relationships with the audience. But you are going to be ahead of the game because you listen to this show and you will have already established awesome relationships with your audience and growing your list because you, especially at the end of this episode will know exactly how to build your first digital marketing funnel.
    So this particular episode is, especially for you guys, you could be new, you could be established and you want to understand digital marketing. Now, again, it doesn’t matter what stage of business you’re in. Just in the last three weeks. I’ve had two different companies that have been in business for over 20 years. Join my business development mentorship program who have never had a digital marketing funnel ever before,
    but they’re established companies. They do great. They’re making a lot of money. They’re ready to scale and grow. And it’s time to start kind of picking up the pace here at tapping into digital marketing. And they want to tap into that. So again, it doesn’t matter whether you’re new or you are like the best established expert in your space, whether you are a small business,
    a midsize business, or even a large company, this episode is for you. And at the end of this episode, you’re going to know what a marketing funnel is. You’re going to know the components of a marketing funnel, and you’re going to understand how to set yours up. So I don’t care if you hire this out or you keep this in house.
    I’m a big advocate that even the things you hire out, you have to understand the end result and how they generally should be done yourself before you can hire that position or that task out to somebody else. So you’re going to understand this here on the show. And here’s some statistics why a healthy and thriving marketing funnels are essential for your business. This comes from small business genius.net.
    So first of all, 82% of customers feel more positive about a brand after reading your customized content. So they like you better when they read customized content that comes from you in 53% of businesses rely on creating customized content as part of their brand strategy. So it leaves us with two questions. Number one, how do you get the chance to get in front of your ideal audience and even share customized content and number two,
    how do you get people to pay attention so that they can absorb your customized content and buy from you? And the answer to both of those questions is we build you a really awesome, but simple doesn’t have to be elaborate digital marketing funnel that generates the leads of your ideal audience that will become your ideal customers. And so that’s what we are diving into in today’s show.
    All of the show notes can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one eight, seven. There’s going to be a lot of links in here and different bonuses. We always love to give you guys bonuses with our podcast episodes to make sure you’re cruising over to Sweetlife podcasts.com to get those. Okay, let’s go ahead and dive into building that component of your marketing funnel.<inaudible> Okay.
    So let’s start out with the basics here. A marketing funnels, a series of online pages and actions that bring new users into your site so that you can capture their information and build a relationship with them for future sales. Should I say that again? I’ll say it one more time to be safe. If you’re like me, you’re probably driving your car and half listening because we’re also busy.
    So let me just say it again for you. A marketing funnel is a series of online pages and actions, and I’ll explain what that means that bring new users into your site so that you can capture their information and have a chance to build a relationship with them so you can sell to them. So a sales funnel is this same type of structure, but when you’re sending somebody just to buy directly today,
    we’re talking about building your first marketing funnel to generate leads as opposed to direct sales. And here are the steps to do that. Step. Number one, to build your first digital marketing funnel is to decide what you’ll give away for free to attract people, to give you their information. This is also called freemium business model, as a matter of fact,
    that the recording of this tomorrow morning, and I’m speaking on a Kansas city business leaders summit and teaching how to use this business model. I mean, this is how companies aren’t even tapping into this very much yet. You guys it’s so important in my talk tomorrow, they’ve asked me to speak on the quote unquote freemium business model. So this is what we’re talking about here.
    If that’s the terminology you’re familiar with, I call it a lead magnet because it magnetizes people to give you their information so you can generate the lead either way. Step one is to decide what your company is going to give away for free in exchange for a lead’s name and email address. And here’s some things I want you to know about this are very important because this has changed over the last couple of years,
    your free thing you give away your freebie, a lead magnet should be of high value and low time. So we used to give away these things that, you know, could be 20 page white papers, or, you know, numerous different things that would give so much information. People don’t have time anymore. So we want to give somebody something of high value and low time.
    This freebie should solve a problem for your ideal audience. And the freebie you’d give away should be a natural lead to help people decide if they need and want to buy your products or work with you, or be more involved with your services. So once you decide what this thing is, you need to give away for free, go ahead and create it.
    Just start working on this first. This takes businesses a lot longer than they expect. I’ll be honest with you. So decide and determine what is that high value, low time free thing you’re going to give away. And again, you’re invited to join my free online business owners community. And in there is a course. It’s a video where I give you a ton of different ideas on what these free things can be from videos to quizzes,
    to assessments, to, you know, we talk about even the basics of PDFs. So cruise over to sweet life, community.com and you’re welcome to join in there and access that training for free. So step number one is deciding what you’re going to give away in order to have it be of high value to generate the lead seven. Number two is actually building the landing page where you’re going to place the form for people to fill out,
    to get your free thing. So you need, or the person on your team that does your pages needs to build a separate standalone landing page. The page needs to have a form in it, and it needs to be really basic. It doesn’t have to be elaborate. This isn’t a long sales page where you’re inviting somebody to join your $20,000 a year mastermind.
    This is one page with a form on it for them to fill out, to get your really cool free thing. So keep it basic. And the purpose of this page is to only do one thing and that’s for people to fill out the form. So because of this, the page doesn’t have navigation on it. The page usually doesn’t have social media icons on it.
    It is super simple. It’s literally a standalone page that doesn’t have anything else that any action can be taken on that page, except for filling out your form to get the free thing you promised. And then of course, make sure that you have great copywriting on there. That’s direct to the point about what they’re going to get, what are the benefits of sharing their information and what will they receive?
    What’s your promise to them that they’re going to receive after they share their contact information with you? And so here’s just a pro tip when it comes to building landing pages, build this page on your own website, if at all possible. I know there are a lot of great services out there like lead pages and splash pages and all these other things whose purpose is to just be the house of these funnels,
    just the lead page and the process of this funnel we’re talking about. But gold standard is to build this as a page within your own website. So your website generates the traffic. We want to keep them on your website. That is our best practice. Okay. It doesn’t mean those services. Aren’t good. They just, aren’t what I would call best practice in.
    Step. Number three is to then build a thank you page. So after somebody is on the landing page and they fill out the form to get your cool free thing, the very next place they’re going to go to as a thank you page, the thank you page is the most missed opportunity in all marketing funnels. You know, you’ve filled out something before and you’ve gotten some for free and it’s just like this one white page pops up says,
    thank you. Your information has been submitted. You know, click here to go back. That is a waste of somebody’s attention. They’ve just trusted you. They’ve given you their information. You need to build a thank you page. And on that, thank you page. You can have an intro video to who you are or who your company is. You can share the most important things you want.
    These new leads to understand about your company. You can even have an immediate call to action there for people to buy from you or sign up for your service for schedule a complimentary consultation. There are so many things you can do and you need to do with the thank you page that companies are missing the boat on. So first we have the landing page with a form.
    The next page you’re going to build as a thank you page and the people, once they fill out their form, they’re going to be redirected to this. Thank you page. It’s an awesome place for you to build a relationship and confirm to them. Hey, you did a really good job by giving us your name and email. And we don’t take that for granted because you and I both know the number of companies that take our names and email addresses for granted.
    And immediately we unsubscribed from them. As soon as we get that first email, that’s where like, Oh, I was weak. I gave them my email, you know, something, something triggered me, but I wish I didn’t. You don’t want people doing that to you. So utilize a thank you page to actually say, Hey, thank you so much,
    made a great decision. We’re not going to let you down. Thanks for being here in the meantime. You’re probably wondering, well, where the heck is a free thing, right? In the meantime in cyberspace, your free lead magnet asset that you created is being delivered to them in their email box. And here are a couple of reasons why we want it to send.
    We want to send it to their email address. Number one, your email will probably show up in what’s called the promo or the social media folder in somebody’s Gmail inbox. We want your email to end up in a primary folder. We want to do what’s called white list, your email address. And so we need somebody to click on it so that your email service provider realizes that you do in fact,
    want that email. And it will make sure that it’s showing that person emails that come from your business. Otherwise, if we give them the free thing immediately. So if we were to go from the landing page to immediately be directed to the digital delivery, whether it’s an ebook or a video series or whatever free thing you’ve given them, they never have to go check their inbox.
    And what happens is the next time you send them an email, they could totally miss it cause they aren’t looking for it. So best practice is to have them go check their email to then either click on or download or access the free thing that you have given them. Okay. Now let’s kind of talk about this a little bit in a recap and high level.
    So the recap overview of your very first marketing funnel, your funnel contains number one, a landing page where people fill out a form to get your freebie. Number two, a thank you page where they can buy a map by now see more of who you are, understand you become more familiar with your brand and it includes your lead magnet being sent to them by email,
    of course it includes the asset itself. So the free thing, whether again, that’s a PDF or a video series or quiz or whatever it is that you’re giving away for free. So you have to build the asset first. That was the first thing we talked about. It’s important to build the free thing you’re giving away. So you know, the correct copywriting for it.
    And you know how to set that up on the landing page and communicate the end result they’re going to receive from the asset you’re delivering. And then you build your landing page, your thank you page and you connect your email marketing manager to deliver the asset automatically to their inbox within the first three minutes. So here’s some tech protests. So many people have tech questions.
    My company has a division where we build parts of websites and funnels because this is like the number one thing that holds businesses up. So let me kind of pour into you a little bit here regarding some tech pro tips. Number one, like we talked about, try to build your landing page and your own website to generate S E O if you don’t know what SEO is,
    it’s search engine optimization. That basically means that the more people are clicking on your website, the more Google is going to show your website to other people because they realize people like it really important. Number two, be sure to have your Facebook pixel installed in your website. Now we have Sarah tomes who is our Facebook and Instagram marketing expert. She’s on the show all the time.
    So you can cruise back to our website@sweetlifepodcast.com and just simply search the word Facebook. And we have hosted shows in the past that teach you how to install your Facebook pixel on your website and all the things that are important about a Facebook pixel. But I wanted to make sure I’m mentioning it here and not leaving you hanging. We do have other episodes to speak directly towards Facebook pixel.
    Please go back to the website, search the episodes because all the business trainings that other companies charge thousands for are literally sitting there like a gold mine in our past episodes. So I want to make sure you guys are using them. And then the last tech pro tip is that we really love Kajabi. I talk about Kajabi all the time on the show.
    We interviewed the Kajabi founders three years ago on the show. We use Kajabi within our own marketing and funnel building systems. And we build Kajabi websites for clients. And the reason why we’ve done this, and I’ve been in business for 24 years and moving from all these other types of website platforms is because nothing builds a marketing pipeline with funnel blueprints that we have seen faster than Kajabi.
    So we are partners, we’re affiliate partners with them and we share their information all the time on the show, not just because we know they’re going to help their business, but because we do use them for everything, all of our online courses, and even for websites and clients that don’t even have online courses, they have amazing front of the house website development.
    So you can cruise over any time and start a free Kajabi trial by going to April beach.com forward slash Kajabi. That’s K a J a B I. So if you’re wondering, how do I do all these pages? And I don’t have the money to hire it out, I have to do it all myself. Do yourself a favor, just go practice and get a Kajabi trial.
    I guarantee you, it will save you up to a year in time of online business development, sewing together, all these different other social media platforms. So that’s our show for today. Today, we talked about how to build your first digital marketing funnel. You heard what a digital marketing funnel is, how it’s used. Again, we’re not talking about a sales funnel because we’re not taking anybody’s money.
    Instead in a digital marketing and funnel, you’re taking their name and email address for the opportunity, frankly, for the privilege of being able to email them, send them information and continue to connect with them, to build a relationship with them, to increase your company’s sales. It is a privilege as a business owner to have somebody share their contact information with you.
    And we do that by creating a strategic digital marketing funnel that you can utilize in your business right now. I don’t care if you’re a large corporation. I don’t care if you’re a micro business, like my company with seven people in it, or if you’re a small business, you have up to a hundred employees, many companies are not utilizing this. This is the way to build authentic relationships with an audience so that you can continue to sell services.
    And so in today’s show, you understand, and you talked about what a marketing funnel is, the components of a marketing funnel and how to set yours up. I hope you found this show incredibly informative. We have so many different resources for you, and I want to make sure that I’m sharing them with you again, that Kajabi free trial. You can tap into that any time as well as our community.
    If you’d like to join the expert classes totally free, that teach you how to create your first asset to give away for free and the steps of setting up your first list, building marketing funnel, and you can find all of those links simply by going to Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 87. You’ll have to get the recap of the show, Angela, get the links to join us in the community and to set up the free Kajabi trial.
    All right, you guys, next week, I am so excited because we have Alexa big war on here, and we are diving into how to publish your book to make sure that you are established as a leader in your space. It’s an awesome show. There’s so much information. So if you haven’t yet subscribed to the show, please click subscribe on your favorite podcast.
    Listening software. We’re on Pandora now, of course on Spotify. And of course, for grateful to be a leading business podcast on Apple podcasts as well for over three and a half years. Thank you so much for tuning in and sharing this episode with your friends. And I will talk to you.

    Episode 185: What Is A Landing Page and Why Do You Need One? – with April Beach

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Join the SweetLife Entrepreneur & Business Community App (free for life when you join in July 2020)  Last call to get Free for life! 

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    Businesses who want to grow your list and increase leads using digital marketing. 


    In this show we’re diving into digital marketing with landing pages including the difference between a landing page and other pages on your website, what should be on a landing page to increase conversions, and why every company should have a landing page they know works! 
    A landing page is a standalone web page, created specifically for a digital marketing campaign. It’s where a visitor “lands” after they click on a link in an email, or ads from Google, Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, or where you market online. 


    1. The difference between a home page and a landing page
    2. How to use landing pages in your marketing 
    3. The anatomy of what to include in your landing page

    Resources Mentioned:

    For easy landing pages, built-in email marketing, and custom websites – TRY KAJABI FREE for 28 Days

    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:

    <inaudible> You’re listening to the suede life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Hi everybody. And welcome to episode number 185 here on the Sweetlife entrepreneur and business podcast. We’re diving in more to digital marketing, and we talk about digital marketing a lot here on the show.
    It’s one of our primary topics because it’s one of the most important strategies that small businesses and solo entrepreneurs need to know to leverage and use to grow your company. And so obviously it’s a hot topic and there’s so much, that’s always changing in digital marketing that many times on this show, we dive into a lot of advanced digital marketing strategies, but one of the most important things is coming back to the basics.
    In some of these basics are the most common questions that we get when clients come to us, when they want to work with our company in order to grow their list, it’s really back to the nuts and bolts of what is a landing page and why do you need one? And so I thought it was time to do another podcast episode back to some digital marketing,
    digital strategies and basics that every single company needs. And so all the show notes and everything I’m going to talk about detail here in this episode can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 85. This is episode number 185 here on the show. And we thank you guys so much for being faithful listeners and sharing this show with your friends. Now,
    this is who this particular episode is for. This is for you. If you want to grow your list of leads, you’re either a new business or an established business. And here’s what you can expect in this show. We’re diving into the digital marketing and landing page basics, including the difference between a landing page and other pages on your website. What should be on your landing page to increase conversions.
    I’m actually going to break down the anatomy of a landing page for you and why every company should have a landing page that, you know, works. This is again, if you are a new startup one man show, or if you have 25, 30, 50 hundreds of employees, you need to have a landing page that, you know, works.
    Now a landing page is a standalone webpage, but we’re talking about the differences and the power of landing pages in today’s episode. And at the end of this show, you’re going to know the difference between a homepage and a landing page, how to use a landing page in your marketing and the anatomy of exactly what to include on your landing page to increase your sales conversions.
    And so excited to share this show with you today. And as a bonus, if you haven’t yet cruise over, join us in our new sweet life entrepreneur in business, online community app. This is a last chance for you to join that app and have a free for life membership. It’s actually our brand new customized community we’ve built. We ditched Facebook groups and I could not be happier to be honest.
    And so cruise over and join us totally for free and dive in. We do a lot of personal coaching in that app, and it’s a great place for you to network and grow your business. You can join us for free over there by visiting sweet life, community.com and register. Join us for free for life. Okay, let’s go ahead and dive into today’s business training podcast.<inaudible> Okay.
    On today’s show, we’re talking about what is a landing page and why do you need one? So a landing page, again, is a standalone webpage created specifically for a digital marketing campaign. It’s where your visitor lands. After they click on an email you’ve sent out or an ad that you may have run maybe from Facebook ads, Instagram, LinkedIn, or just Google ad words.
    And it’s a landing page that has only one job. The job of this page is to increase the rate of conversions from a prospect to an actual lead on your website so that you can market to them after that. So the whole entire purpose of a landing page is to collect someone’s contact information. And so I’m going to dive into today exactly how to do this and build this page to magically,
    make this happen. So inside this show, we’re going to dive into all these digital marketing tactics that a lot of digital marketers know, but you don’t have to be a marketing expert to know this. As a matter of fact, as a business owner, it’s your job to know digital marketing basics like this, and then you can delegate it to somebody that totally loves to do this stuff,
    which frankly I don’t. And I know you probably don’t either, but many businesses, when you start up, you got to do this on your own. And so I’m going to make sure you have the tools here in this show so that you can build successful landing pages that convert. So we’re going to dive in and break this up into three parts today.
    We’re going to talk in part one, I’m going to break down the difference between a homepage and a landing page. In part two, I’m going to share how to use a landing page in your marketing. And in part three, I’m going to share with you the anatomy of what should be on your landing page. And then I’m also going to share some insider secrets about some really cool things about landing pages too,
    that are going to be really helpful for you to know, and is an added bonus to this show. We love Kajabi. We use Kajabi for landing pages, so you can actually create a 28 day free Kajabi trial just by cruising over to April beach.com forward slash Kajabi at any time when you’re listening to this and sign up for a free 28 day trial with them so that you can build really super easy landing pages,
    but let’s go ahead and dive in here to the actual strategy of doing it. All right. Cool. Okay. So part one, the difference between a homepage and a landing page. So typical web pages on your site, they have a lot of goals. There’s a lot of things to do. When somebody lands on your actual website and your website is going to tell them a story,
    it’s going to introduce them to your company. It could give a list of your services. When somebody lands on a regular webpage, they’re going to see a bunch of other things going on your navigation, your foot or menu. So all the way across the top, the pages on your website, which are typically your homepage about your company, you might have a blog or articles.
    You might have a services page and a contact page. People are going to see all these different things to do on your actual website page. And they expect that. And the reason why a landing page is different is because a landing page is designed with one goal in mind. And that goal is to convert prospects into leads. So when somebody lands on a regular webpage,
    it can be slightly overwhelming, which we’ve recorded many podcast episodes here on the show. You can search it in our website about actually how to build high converting website pages, but there’s still many options with a landing page. It only has one goal. And that one job of that landing page is to convert prospects into leads. And so we do this on a landing page by giving them only one thing they can do a landing page,
    doesn’t have a menu, it doesn’t have the footer menu. It doesn’t have all these cool different places. They could click a landing page only has one call to action. Only one thing they can do. Only one place. They can click only one thing for them to focus on. And it only has one message. It’s only about the execution of the one thing that you promised to them.
    They’d get by going to that page, which we’re going to talk about that in a second and how to use it in your marketing, but the difference between a regular webpage and a landing pages, there is no navigation on the landing page. There are not a million different distractions that somebody can do. There is one very simple form for them to fill out and they’re either want to stay there and give you their contact information and receive what you are promising them or they don’t.
    That is it. Okay. So that’s the difference between a regular website page and a landing page, some landing pages, you can scroll down a bit and we’re going to talk about the anatomy and what can be built on this page and a lot of great landing pages. It doesn’t even scroll what we call below the fold. Basically. There’s no place to scroll down to.
    The only thing somebody sees is above what that is, is the fold on their computer, but landing pages can also convert really well when they are somewhat longer, not super long. You’re not trying to sell them a huge online program or trip to Disney world just a little bit longer. And again, we’ll dive into that here in part three. So to summarize the difference between a home page and a landing page is a landing page has zero navigation and only one call to action.
    Okay. Heart to how to use a landing page in your marketing. So we use landing pages to give away something for free in exchange for a lead’s name, their email address, and maybe a little bit of other contact information, these assets, that thing you give away for free, they’re called lead magnets and rightfully so they magnetize leads to your business.
    So it’s gotta be something awesome and great. You’re giving them away. You’re giving away for free in order to attract this lead to this landing page. And examples of lead magnets are PDFs, newsletter, signups documents, videos, tips, blueprints, and we have literally dozens of podcast episodes recorded on how to create good lead magnets and amazing assets. I’m not going to dive into that on today’s show.
    So again, if you want to learn how to create great free assets bruise over to Sweetlife podcast.com and you can search all of our episodes for those free and amazing business trainings, but for the point of what we’re talking about here, we’re talking about how to use a landing page. We use the landing page in order to gather the lead in exchange for the asset,
    the lead magnet you are giving away for free, and there are multiple different ways to actually use this landing page in your marketing. You can run ads to this landing page. You can hyperlink the link to this landing page from different assets. So you could have a QR code where somebody is going to scan. You could hand out a flyer and have a pretty link,
    which we’ll talk about that in a minute or a clear link to your landing page that you want somebody to go to. So you can hyperlink to this page from another asset or a document you can link to your landing page in your social media header. So, great example of this is putting the link directly to your landing page in your Instagram business bio,
    rather than sending somebody to your huge whole website, where they can, might get a little overwhelmed and lost. We know a lot of companies, and we’ve worked with a lot of companies with a strategy of putting the link to only your landing page and your Instagram business bio header for the one purpose of generating that lead, especially if you were using it in social media posts.
    So if you’re putting out videos and you’re doing social media posts, particularly for Instagram, and you’re saying, go click on the link in our biography. Then you want to make sure that link in your biography is in fact, leading back to where you promise them to where they can get this really cool asset. So again, it’s great to use this link to this landing page in your Instagram or your other social media headers.
    You can also use the link to this landing page and share it in email marketing. So if you’re sending out a blast email, maybe to people that are already on your email list, but you want to give them something else, or you want to gauge an interest for a new product or a new service you have, or maybe create a wait list for something you’re about to sell in the future.
    You can create an email and send a link to a new landing page to those people on your list. A landing page is also really important to make sure you have, if you’re doing any events. So if you’re doing trade shows, if you’re at sporting events, if you are out and about, you want to make sure that you have a signup that’s available at your table or your booth,
    that links directly to your landing page, not your whole entire webpage, because people are super busy using it just to directly link people to a landing page where they can very quickly follow their name and email address is a really important marketing strategy for you to grow your list from your hard work of being at that event. And then lastly, you also can use your landing pages in your marketing when you are speaking on stages or on podcasts or on interviews.
    So if you were getting interviewed on this show, and I’m sure you’ve heard many guests here on this show before, and I’ll ask them so and so, where can people find you and where can people get what you’ve promised? You’re going to give them for free. They’re going to say the link to a landing page, not their whole entire website, because they want to capture your information to build a relationship with you.
    So again, how to use landing pages in your marketing can be running ads to your landing page hyperlinking from established documents you have using your landing page link in the URL of your social media header in email marketing in social media posts, lead generation out events and speaking on stages podcasts or on interviews. Okay. Are you still with me? All right. Again,
    all of the show notes and everything we’re talking about for this episode and the whole transcription of this episode is found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 85. So if you want to take notes and you’re on the go and you can’t just remember episode number 185, and you can get all of this over at our podcast website, okay. Now part three,
    the anatomy of a landing page. This is actually what you should have on your landing page so that it converts really well. So the very first thing is you need to have a headline. This is a unique selling hook, and it’s the takeaway of what you’ve promised them. This is usually a catchy statement, but it also has to align with whatever marketing you use to get them there.
    So if you told somebody, Hey, come over here and you can sign up to get a free bottle of water, but then they landed on this page and in you’re selling them sunscreen, it doesn’t connect, right? So make sure that the headline aligns with whatever marketing you’re doing to get them there. So it should be a super awesome hook. Yes,
    I want to be on this page and they should actually be able to read your headline and just know right then that they want to give you their information. But beyond your headline, you should also have also include supporting copy. So this is usually a short paragraph or bullets to give extra information, including the benefits of what they’re about to get takeaways, maybe a small list of deliverables,
    and basically what they can expect from giving you their information, because their information is very private. People are not apt just to throw around their email address anymore. Like they used to be. So you better be clear about why on earth. They should give you this. And you do that in the headline and in supporting copy. The third thing that should be on your landing page is telling a visual story.
    So this can be done by sharing an image or a few different images or a video. So a short video is usually best, but here’s the deal you really need to get to the point. Now a year from now, I could be recording this same episode in the strategies might be different, but right now at the recording of this it’s summertime 2020.
    If you’re going to put a video on your landing page, it’s gotta be short and to the point, and it has to back up what your headline says and what your supporting copy says. People do not have time, and they’re not going to sit there and watch a whole long video to decide whether or not they want to give you their name and email address.
    But if you don’t want to do a video images work really, really well too. So make sure that the image tells a story about why they’re there or what they can expect from receiving the free thing that you’re giving them that lead magnet. You’re giving them an exchange for their name and email address. So that is number three, make sure your landing page tells a visual story.
    Number four, and probably one of the most important things on this page. Now we’re talking about that one form. Your landing page has one call to action. This is one form. One thing for them to do one little place for them to fill out. There are no distractions. There are no menus. There is no navigation anywhere on this page.
    You can have a copyright at the bottom of the page and based on what your industry says, have a terms and privacy policy on the footer of your page, but we’re not directing somebody to your blog or even your social media handles. We want to keep them here on this page. So the important thing with this form is you don’t want to ask for too much.
    So a lot of businesses I work with, they get really excited about this form. The owner will say, well, we can ask them this and in their troubles here and where are they located? And Hey, let’s get their phone number too. That does not usually work 90% of the time. That is not going to work. Obviously, every industry is a little bit different,
    but in the case that we’re talking about using this landing page and social media and digital marketing strategies, that’s usually not going to work. Okay. You want to not get totally overzealous and you don’t want to. I asked too many questions. You get to do that later. You get to build a relationship and find out more about your audience later. Right now,
    the number one goal is to get their name and their email address. So you even have a chance to build a relationship with them and ask them more questions. If you asked too much upfront, it usually turns people away. And they’re like, there is no way I’m giving this strange company, all of this personal data on me, in some cases with some landing pages.
    Now, a lot of companies are even avoiding asking their first name. They’re just asking for an email address. I still really think it’s important to ask somebody’s name because we need their name for you to have a relationship with them. That is a much more personal relationship in the future. But I will say that less is better on this particular landing page.
    And then a fifth option of what you can add to this page is social proof. So this would be, these are comments from other clients that you’ve worked with before. People who have used your products, maybe photographs of other people who have used your product or you working face to face or in any other way with other customers that are happy. Social proof goes a really,
    really long way. You know, every company is out there saying, Hey, we’re rad. We’re so great. We’re maybe even the best, buy my thing or get my free app set that I want to give you, but nothing confirms you’re good at what you do. Like having somebody else show and tell a new audience. And so having social proof on this landing page is a very important thing.
    If you’re new in business and you don’t have that yet. No worries. It will come. So in summary, part three, the anatomy of your landing page, you need to have your headline is number one, your supporting copy is number two. Number three is your visual story. So what story are you telling through video and or photography? Number four is your one call to action form.
    That’s it? One thing that you want them to do? The one action you want them to take when they visit this page, make it clear and simple, easy, and number five is social proof. And so this is the summary of what a landing page is and how to use it in your business. How to use it for digital marketing on today’s show.
    We talked about the difference between a homepage or general website pages and a landing page. We talked about how to use a landing page in your marketing. And now, you know, if you didn’t before the anatomy of what is on a high converting landing page, and here’s a few here are, if you tool other things, I just wanted to share with you guys too.
    So number one, if you have your Facebook pixel installed on your website correctly, and if you’re a listener to this show, then you should have that done. If you do not have that done, then again, go back to our podcast website and Google Facebook trainings and teach you how to do it here on the show. But if you have your Facebook pixel correctly installed on your website or the place where you’re building your landing page,
    if it’s not included in your website and a visitor does not complete your form, say they land on your landing page, but they’re like, yeah, no, I don’t really think, I feel like giving April my email today. No worries. Because that Facebook pixel is installed. You can really target that viewer through future Facebook and Instagram ads or LinkedIn ads,
    whatever type of ads you are running, as long as you have that pixel installed on this page. So that’s cool thing. Number one. All right. So don’t totally panic. If you aren’t converting, getting somebody to land on your page is also great and gives you huge leverage from a marketing digital marketing standpoint. Number two, one landing page done well can and should be used for future campaigns and generating ongoing leads.
    So when you, as an entrepreneur, as a business owner, create one lead magnet that works really well, that you know is always going to generate you new leads. That’s our goal. You want to have one awesome rocking lead magnet. You might want to have 50 of them. That’s fine, but you can’t even have two, three, four or five until we do have one that we know is awesome.
    And it’s doing the job by generating leads for you. So we start with one really good one. That’s the cornerstone of lead generation for you. When you do that, you only have to build this landing page once and you can run ongoing ads to it. So although it might seem like a bit of work to get this set up, and frankly it is,
    even if you’re doing it on your own or subcontract in and out, it’s a bit of heavy lifting on a tech side to learn all this. But once you do this once, and once you have it in place, once you really shouldn’t have to do it again anytime soon. So that’s cool thing to note number two, and then cool thing to note.
    Number three is when you get this link to your landing page, it’s probably going to be long and ugly. And based on where you build your website, you might, or you might not be able to actually edit that link. If you cannot edit that link, then I highly recommend you create what’s called a pretty link or a tiny URL or something that you can share.
    So when you tell somebody verbally the name of your link, it’s memorable. So let me give you an example of this. We have a landing page, which I shared with you as a bonus in the beginning of this episode for you to go try out our very cool partner website host called Kajabi and get a 28 day free trial. We love Kajabi by the way.
    And it’s our number one, go to that. We refer businesses to, to build amazing websites and landing pages, which is why we recommend them. And we use them ourselves. But if I were to say this link of where to go get it, it’s terrible, right? I can’t even regurgitate it now or even remember what the heck it is,
    right? So we created what’s called a short, customized, or pretty link. And then we forwarded the short, customized, or pretty link to the ugly ass landing page link. And we did this through our own website. So the link I’m going to tell you to go to is April beach.com forward slash Kajabi. It’s K a J a B I super simple.
    You’ll remember April beach.com forward slash Kajabi to go try out this great landing and webpage resource. That’s what I mean by creating a pretty link. For example, if I was up on a stage and talking about how to set up landing pages, I would go on that stage and I would say, Hey, and by the way, you can go to April beach.com
    forward slash Kajabi to sign up for this free trial. It’s an easy thing to say verbally that people remember. So cool thing. Number three is make sure that you create a shortened easy to say, easy to remember link and have it redirect to your ugly ass landing page link, because that’s really going to help you be able to increase conversions from anywhere.
    And it’s going to help people remember what your link is. If they didn’t have a chance to go to it, or they didn’t have a chance to write it down. So I just wanted to give you kind of those other insider tips when it comes to landing pages and here’s the deal. The summary of this whole show is digital marketing can be done on a huge scale.
    It can be done on a small scale, but the first step in digital marketing is building this landing page and doing it well, I don’t care if you are a one man show, or if you have hundreds of employees, the best way to generate leads for your business so that you can build a relationship with them so that you can sell your services or products down the road is by building a great converting landing page.
    That’s super simple and only has one call to action. And the best place to build this page is in your own website. So that each time you run a marketing campaign to it, and all of your hard work from social media posting and all of your marketing outreach is converting people back to your website, even though you don’t necessarily have the navigation on the page,
    your still able to track the visitors to your site. There are a lot of different softwares out there that work really well, that just build landing pages. Our recommendation as a company is best practice is to have your landing pages built on your own website. And the easiest way to do that is building it through a website platform like to Jabi. And that’s why we recommend them and use them ourselves.
    All right, you guys, I hope you found this incredibly beneficial. If you haven’t yet, we would really love for you to leave a review. It helps other listeners find this business training show that frankly, a lot of business strategists and companies charge thousands of dollars for the cumulative business trainings that I deliver and the experts that we are just so privileged to have on the show deliver for you as well.
    So we really appreciate you listening again. All of the show notes can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 85. You can try to build your landing page on your own through the 28 day trial@kajabibyvisitingaprilbeach.com forward slash Kajabi, and you are invited to join our exclusive online community app by visiting Sweetlife community.com. See there, I just gave you three very clear examples of pretty links that go to landing pages.
    All right, you guys hope you’re having an awesome day and I will speak to you again next week. Thanks for being the listener here. Bye. For now

    Episode 184: 4 Pitches To Land Your Dream Business Affiliates – with April Beach

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Join the Live Stream with April Beach: 
    “How To Create Winning Partnerships” 
    July 16, 9am Pacific Time
    Or Join our Community to catch the replay

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    Entrepreneurs who want to create partnerships with other businesses, but aren’t sure how to approach them correctly. Getting eyes on your new business or product can be hard. This episode is for those who need an instant boost of fans and followers with a little help from (business) friends.


    One of the fastest ways to grow your business is by borrowing someone else’s’ audience. In this episode, April Beach delivers 3 proven strategies you can use to create winning partnerships with other businesses for mutual benefits. The more valuable you are as a partner, the more other companies will want to promote and work with you so how you pitch your company matters!


    1. Have 4 strategies to choose from to pitch businesses for partnership
    2. Know how to pitch, when and what to say
    3. Discover the secrets we’ve used to have companies in over 13 countries promote us for free

    Resources Mentioned:

    Join the Live Stream with April Beach: “How To Create Winning Partnerships” July 16, 9am Pacific Time Click Here to Register
    Or Join our Community to catch the replay

    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:

    You’re listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Hey, and welcome back to the show. I’m April beach, love chatting with you. And today is really Kind of a part two episode of what we talked about last week. You are tuned into the Sweetlife entrepreneur and business podcast,
    and I know, especially now there are a trillion different podcasts that you could listen to. And I really love that you’re here hanging out with me. Thank you so much for that. I love helping you build your business. That is what the Sweetlife company, my company and my team. That is what we do. We’re dedicated to helping you launch and scale your business through digital marketing and online business strategies.
    And this show continually now for 184 episodes gives you the steps to do that, that most business consulting firms charge thousands for. So I’m so glad that you’ve tuned in if this is your first time here. Thank you so much. Here is what you can expect from today’s show today. I’m going to download four different ways to land your dream business affiliates.
    But before we dive into this today, I want to make sure that you’ve tuned into last week’s show. So episode number 183, I covered, you know, exactly how to pitch partners, the psychology behind pitching partners, really how to determine whether or not a business or an affiliate is actually good for you to partner with. And I gave you the pitch steps.
    So if you didn’t actually tune in last week, just pause this episode and go back to episode number 183. And listen to that because what we’re talking about today is a followup to what we talked about last week. And these are a lot of important strategies to discuss. As a matter of fact, this is some of the work that I do with my private business clients that I helped develop their pitches and their relationships sometimes with really high profile brands that other companies can’t even begin to penetrate.
    And so this is really important information, and I want to make sure that you are getting it and absorbing it, and you’re taking the steps so that you can go ahead and put it into action in your business. So again, if you didn’t listen to last, week’s please tune into last week’s. And this is what you can expect from today’s show.
    So this particular episode is for those of you guys who want to create partnerships with other businesses, you aren’t exactly sure how to approach them correctly. So we covered a lot of the foundation last week, but today I’m giving you four different specific pitch strategies. So we’re really going to be driving into strategy today. So if you want to get eyes on your new business,
    or if it’s time to scale your business, or if you’re launching new service or a new product, or if you want to reach a new audience, then these are great episodes for you to pay attention, to and to take these strategies. And here’s what you can expect from this show. So, first of all, here’s what we know. One of the fastest ways to grow your business is by borrowing someone else’s audience and love that statement.
    I love that quote, my friend, Cathy Hawn, who’s an online world-class online marketer. She’s been here on the show. She says that she says the best way to grow your businesses, to borrow someone else’s audience. And she’s totally right. So in this show, I’m going to give you the strategies that you can use to create winning partnerships with other businesses,
    for mutual benefits. And here’s what you need to know. The more value you are as a partner, the more other companies are going to want to promote you and work with you. And so how you pitch these companies is super important. You only get one shot at making an impression to show your value. And we want them to think, Oh shit,
    like I have to work with this company. This company is going to make me look better. This company is going to make me make more money. Our audience is going to love us more because I’m partnering with whatever your company name is. And so that’s what we’re talking about on today’s show. So the end of this episode, you’re going to have four strategies to choose from,
    to pitch businesses that you want to partner with. You’re going to know how to pitch and exactly in what order, and you can figure out what your strength is in this area to move forward and pitch them strategically incorrectly the first time. And of course, I love giving you guys bonuses with these episodes, frankly, only you action takers and those of you that are really serious about growing your business in certain areas are the ones that actually take us up on these bonuses.
    They are insane. So the bonuses that go with last week and this week’s episode is that I am teaching a live stream this Thursday, July 16th, totally free. And I’m taking your questions about partnerships. So I’m going to work with you and hear your questions and give you recommendations on strategies on how to reach out to your gold star partners. So companies that you want to partner with and the people that you want to promote your business and business affiliates.
    So in order to get on that live stream totally free, you just need to join our new Sweetlife business community app. We have our own private community networking app. Super awesome. We just built it and you can join there for free by going to Sweetlife community.com. And once you join, you just click on events and you can register to join me in this Thursday’s live stream.
    So we’d love to have you in there and very happy to help you build your business. So let’s go ahead and dive into today’s show strategies, all of the show notes from this episode and all the links that I mentioned in here can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one eight, four<inaudible>. Okay. So we’ve already established that you have to listen to last week’s episode.
    If you haven’t, you aren’t even cheating. It’s just that what we’re talking about here, isn’t going to work as well, unless you’ve tuned into episode number 183, but the rule of thumb that you need to follow when pitching any company is you have to give first. So anytime you’re reaching out, we actually talk about this a lot on the show,
    even outside of this specific context, but anytime you’re reaching out and you want to work with somebody, or you want to be part of what they’re doing, you always reach out by giving and you want to ask questions like, how can I help you? How can I help you serve your audience better? How can we support your goals as a business?
    And again, we talked about that a lot in last week’s episode. So here in today’s episode, I’m not going to dive into that, but it’s important that you know, that those are the most important foundations for you to reach out first with. So you’re going to get four different pitch strategies here, and you can pick and choose which one you want.
    And I promise you, we have not only used these strategies and both of my own companies. If you guys don’t know, I own two international business consulting firms and I have for 17 years, but this is what our clients use to land their dream business partners and affiliates. So you can definitely take what I’m telling you to the bank. All right.
    So pitch option number one is to share great content for that desired partner to post. So here’s what we know. Content is King and great businesses are always looking for great content to deliver. So if you write excellent articles or if you make engaging videos, or if you create other types of content that can make that potential affiliate that you want to work with,
    look awesome to their clients, do it totally do it. Content is one of the most powerful ways to create partnerships and connect with an audience. And so here’s some quick steps to do that. Number one, reach out with an Epic, original sample of your content that you want to share. So reach out, make sure it is really good, what you’re sharing with them.
    And I want you to provide around three samples of your content. You can provide writing samples, you can provide video samples or audio samples. And when you’re reaching out, share with them, say, Hey, we have this great content. I would love for you to post it. This is original content, and here’s the most important thing here. It has to be original.
    So this is something that you’ve never put on your own website. You’ve never shared across social media. You, especially with these gold star partners that you really want to work with, you want to provide them something original that can be found nowhere else, because that gives them a marketing advantage over their competitors. And it’s important for search engine optimization. So pitch number one is to share great content with your particular partners that you want to work with,
    reach out to them and say, Hey, here you go. You’re invited to share this it’s original content. And obviously your company is going to get credit for the content. It’s actually a great way for you to be in front of your partner’s audience and they can see your face or hear your voice or read your writing. So that’s pitch option. Number one,
    pitch option. Number two is to offer, to host an event for that particular affiliate companies are always looking to be the experts. So we, we all want to be seen as the leader in our space. So in this one, this type of pitch, you’re basically going to stroke their ego. And that gets really far in a lot of ways,
    okay, this is business, it’s the truth. All right. So you can invite that potential partner to speak to your audience on a social media live stream in a video interview that you can host later and you can share with your audience, their content. So I know this isn’t going directly in front of their audience instead, you’re inviting them to come into your audience,
    but it really does make them see you in the beginning of this relationship is a valuable resource and somebody that they want to work with. So you would invite that potential partner to speak to your audience and tell them that you’re going to be sharing this content with your audience and making sure that you’re tagging them when you’re sharing the content and you’re including them in it.
    And here is like a gold star bonus. Nobody does this. You guys have to do this. I promise you it will be the advantage. It’s also one of the most important ways that one of our seals, our logo seals, and one of my first companies became internationally recognized. So here is the secret. Are you ready? Okay. Create a graphic logo.
    It’s not your business logo necessarily, but create a version of a logo that your partner can use and share across social media. This logo could be an as seen on or as featured by your business name or proud partner of, and then your business name, whatever it is, create graphics for them to pimp out on their social media. Sorry, I just said pimp out hope that doesn’t offend somebody about on their social media put on their website.
    And so they could beep up like as seen on kind of as if you were in our podcast. If you were on my podcast, you’d get a whole entire zipped up file of a ton of promo logos that you can use saying as seen or heard or featured on the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast. Same thing. I want you to do this for your desired business partners.
    And the second secret bonus is to create done for them, social media graphics. So take their headshots, put that little logo on there and send back images to them so they can put it out on their Instagram stories and their LinkedIn content and wherever else they’re established on social media. So you’re literally doing all the work for them. You’re inviting them to come teach to your audience and not only is that great for them.
    And they’re seeing you as a great potential partner to work with more in the future, but frankly it makes your business look really, really good, especially those of you guys who are new in business in the first couple of years, bringing in experts, bringing in partners, makes your business look like the GoTo. And it’s an important thing to do. So that is pitch.
    Number two is to invite the partner to come in, to teach or to speak. And I gave you the gold star marketing strategies. After that pitch, number three is to teach for them. So this is identifying their needs, identifying maybe some of the things they aren’t delivering as far as content to their audience and reach out and offer to speak for them,
    reach out and offer to teach. And you do this by sending them speaker one pager or immediate press or pitch pack. We’ve talked about this on numerous shows before. If you haven’t tuned into our shows on how to land any speaking gig that you want, then make sure after you’re done listening to this episode, all you have to do is cruise back to Sweetlife podcast.com
    and you can search all of our shows for that particular content and find all the strategies that teach you how to do that as well. So here in pitch, number three, we’re going to establish you as the expert. So you want to reach out with a list of topics that you can teach to their audience. Again, you want to do the research.
    You want to identify what you feel like their needs are maybe some weaknesses within their market. And you want to provide the solution to that. You want to fill that hole for them and offer to teach for them at no charge. This could be a live stream on their social media. This could be in an event. This could be just frankly, creating a video and letting them post it on their YouTube channel,
    whatever it is, reach out and offer to deliver expert content for them. And then pitch number four is to collaborate, to create something new. This is when you reach out really authentically and just say, Hey, I’d love to discuss the opportunities to create something new together. It can be a new product. It can be a new service or an event.
    It could be a live stream collaboration or an online summit. It could be even a local event. The sky’s the limit when it comes to collaborations. So let me give you a good example of a case study of this in real time. My other company, I own baby planner inc, is the international leader in business consulting and development strategy for companies that market to new and expecting moms.
    And there is a company that we partner with that also offers business coaching for that niche. They train sleep coaches, and they really want to provide the business strategy of developing a company, but that isn’t their expertise. So we are working together to create a collaboration where we bring in our business development trainings for that niche market and their expert sleep certifications. And it’s a complete business package if you will,
    for these types of professionals, again, super niche, super specific. And so when you’re thinking about what this could look like for you think along those lines, like what can you create with other businesses that reach the same audience, but they may be missing something that’s different for every single industry. I just wanted to give you a case study and an example of some of the ways that we do this and that we are currently doing this right now so that your wheels can be turning.
    So again, we’re developing the business development coaching, and they’re developing the skill set coaching. If you have some sort of a collaboration like that, that you can do within your niche, do it find it that is pitch number four, a collaboration to create something new that has never existed, or that it’s never been as awesome as you and your new ability a business affiliate can make it together.
    All right. So here’s a recap of four very specific ways that you can pitch to land your dream business affiliates. Number one is sharing great content for that affiliate to post. Number two is hosting an event and inviting that affiliate to come and teach for your audience with all of the seals and logos and marketing. Number three is teaching for them to their audience.
    And number four is collaborating to create something new. Now, let me speak to those of you guys that are brand new in business so that we’re just talking about the elephant in the room. I know that you might not have a huge list yet. That’s okay. You want to find the partners that may also be new and create partnerships with newer companies or companies that are looking to expand,
    or maybe at the same stage of business development as you are. If you are a brand new business and you’re reaching out and you want to partner with Proctor and gamble, that might be a little stretch at first. Is it doable? Yes. We’d done it with clients before. Yes. Using these same four strategies. So go big, go for it.
    But I also want to say, if you’re not really sure about what sort of collaborations you want for your company, maybe starting out with a business it’s in the same development phase or a little bit ahead of where your company is, is a great place to start. Okay. So that’s today’s episode. I hope you found this incredibly informative and taking action on it right now.
    So to take action, choose which collaboration method you think is going to work best for your company to start and identify three top business affiliates that you want to reach out to right now to develop this relationship again, choose your pitch and choose three different affiliates that you can reach out to. And you can develop this collaboration. And the goal is to borrow their audience to grow yours.
    It’s absolutely synergistic. It’s perfect for both businesses in giving and building mutually beneficial business partnerships and brand collaborations is really the way businesses are going to grow in the future. And this is a way to get started in that. Thank you so much for tuning into this show. I love chatting with you guys. If you haven’t yet, I would really appreciate it.
    If you cruise over to Apple podcasts and left us a review, we read them all the time and along those lines, I just wanted to give a special thanks to a podcast reviewer, Terry Schmidt. Thank you so much. She said it’s practical, relevant, no nonsense podcast. April is extremely generous with the amount of detailed time-tested business advice that she gives on each podcast.
    She’s very clear on who can benefit from each training and delivers the content in a way that makes it easy to take action right away. If you’re an entrepreneur working to launch scale and grow your business online and appreciate down to earth and relevant advice, I highly recommend this podcast. Thank you so much, Terry, for that review. And we really do appreciate all the reviews and sharing this podcast with your friends.
    You can just click up arrow as you’re listening to this show and share it on your Instagram stories. And especially if you’re listening to it on Spotify, we are on every single podcast platform, even Pandora now, which apparently you really don’t listen to Pandora unless you’re over 40 like me, but I love Pandora. So it was really, it was really exciting for me when we got on Pandora a few years ago.
    So I appreciate your time. I hope you guys have an awesome week. It’s always great to pour into your business. It’s such a privilege to do so, and we’ll catch you next week. Again. Join me for the live stream this Thursday, July 16th. If you want personalized business strategy and help to create your partner pitch to get in there, you just go to Sweetlife community.com.
    Join our online community app and you will find the invitation to join us. Live this Thursday. All right, you guys have an awesome week. Talk to you soon.

    Episode 179: Email Marketing Software Every Company Should Have – with April Beach

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Join April’s group business coaching program

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    This episode is for business owners struggling to understand how to use email marketing, when to use email marketing and why to use email marketing.  This is a SweetLife Business Foundations show and we’re covering important foundations every business should have when it comes to growth.


    Many businesses are not using email marketing correctly. Regardless if your business is local or online, email marketing is a must. If you are struggling to understand how to use email marketing to connect with your clients, increase your sales, and the difference between email marketing options this show is for you. You’ll know the difference between email managers and clearly understand your software needs to move forward. 


    1. The difference between your business email and your email marketing manager
    2. Business email set up and use
    3. Marketing email set up and use 

    Resources Mentioned:

    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:

    <inaudible> You’re listening to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Hi, you guys. And welcome to episode 179 of the sweet life business podcast. I’m April beach, your host Development mentor, and strategist. And today it’s just me and you today.
    We’re diving into what I would call a sweet life business foundation show. And I’m going to tell you the background as to why I chose to deliver this training. I can actually share with you why this training was important to deliver in just a second, but before we get started, let’s make sure you are in the right place. Today’s show is for business owners that are struggling to understand how to use email marketing,
    when to use email marketing and why you should even be using email marketing at all. Now, this isn’t something that is only for new businesses. As a matter of fact, our company helps more established companies that have been around forever, but just haven’t really caught up to how you can grow your business through email marketing and online business development, yet more than anybody else with this problem,
    there are more established businesses in the marketplace today, both in person and local businesses and online businesses that are either not using email marketing at all or using it totally incorrectly. So in this show, we’re going to make sure you know how to use email marketing correctly. So regardless of your local or online email marketing is a must and you’re going to fully see and understand that by the end of this episode,
    if you’re struggling to understand how to use email marketing, to connect with your clients, increase your sales, and the difference between all the different kinds of email marketing you can do, then this show is for you. And at the end of this show, you’re going to know the difference between your business email and an email marketing manager. You’re going to know how to set up your business email and what to use that email option four.
    And you’re going to know how to set up your business, email marketing manager and when, and how to use that option to grow your business. So we’re covering a lot today, but this is a foundational training. It doesn’t mean your businesses has to be new. Like I said, this could be for established businesses and actually more often, that is the case of the companies that are coming to us that need email marketing in place.
    So what really actually made me decide that this was an important episode to do because frankly, having my sleeves rolled up in business for so long, sometimes these foundational trainings, they’re just kind of the back of my hand, just like, I’m sure you’re so close to your area of expertise, those basic questions. Sometimes you overlook because you know them so well.
    You just automatically think that everybody else knows and understands them. And so here’s a little background story. I was teaching a group masterclass of businesses that I consult internationally yesterday. And during this class we had open questions and answers and one person asked a question. It was a very basic question about email marketing and really the whole rest of this business group coaching session turned this pivot to be all about email setup,
    email marketing managers, and a lot of things that people were struggling with with it wasn’t necessarily the content that I had planned to teach as far as business development strategy, but it made me realize how important this topic is and how many companies are missing it. And then in my private Facebook group, this testimony from yesterday’s training came along and I’m just going to read it to you.
    This is from a client of mine. I’m not going to mention her name, but if this testimony resonates with you, if you want to feel this way, then this podcast is definitely a good episode for you to stay tuned into. So this is what my client posted. She said for many years, one of the things that held me back, or to be brutally honest,
    shut me down entirely is tech and the daunting tasks of building a landing page and opt in whatever hiring someone is not an option for me. And I prefer to learn it just now, as soon as I got off this group training call, I signed up for the software that I’m going to tell you in today’s episode, I was just blown away after watching the tutorial and how to create a simple opt in and how to connect my email responses,
    et cetera, after so long filling step, this process brought tears to my eyes and I finally broke through, excuse the tears, but I’m so happy and I feel so much better now. So that was a testimony from one of my clients based on the business coaching session we had yesterday about this topic. And it really had me thinking that this is an important topic,
    and I apologize to you as it foundational and advanced business training podcast. If I have skipped over this, I know we recreated a lot of episodes in the beginning. I think episodes number 12, 13, and 14 were all about how to set up your email marketing manager and what is a list and how to use this. But it’s episode number 179.
    So years later, I haven’t covered this in a long time. And for that, please forgive me. And I apologize and let’s go ahead and dive into today’s training. All the show notes, all the resources I’m going to share with you can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one seven, nine<inaudible>. Okay. First things first, there are two types of email platforms that you should have for your business.
    You should have your personal business email, and you should have a separate email marketing manager, totally separate from each other. They are not the same thing. And I think this is where some of the confusion comes in. So let me break down the difference. The personal business email is something. For example, like mine is april@sweetlifeco.com. That’s my personal business email.
    It’s where I email people. One-on-one maybe I might send an email to copy and CC some people at the most five, that would actually be a very large group to send a very personal email to my email marketing manager is the software that it holds my list of leads, clients and partners in my email marketing manager is the one that sends out weekly. Sometimes biweekly broadcast to everybody on my list.
    I cannot do that nor do I want to do that from my personal business email, that needs to be done separately through eight email marketing manager. So that is a very basic foundational difference. And I was shocked again on this training yesterday and really overlooked how many businesses didn’t understand the difference between those foundations. So let’s go ahead and dive a little bit deeper into each one.
    So your business email, this is for sure. Number one, rule number one has to be, and I don’t care if I’m not supposed to say has to be on the show. You guys know me. I’m always going to just lay it out there. The way it is. It has to be at your domain name. It can be cindy@theworld.com.
    It can be april@sweetlifepodcast.com. It is never going to be april@gmail.com. You should never for professional branding purposes, have your business email, not in end in your custom URL domain. If you take nothing away from this show, except for this one thing, I want you to run as fast as you can. And I want you to customize your email so that it is your first name at your URL at your company domain name,
    no matter what, please do not send anybody in email from podcast@gmaildotcomoryourbusinessnameburstatyahoo.com. It is incredibly unprofessional and it will immediately disqualify you. And frankly, it’ll make your brand look like shit. And so I don’t want that to happen to you. That’s why you’re here. And so it’s my job to tell you to fix that first. Now let’s talk about how to fix that.
    We recommend as a company using G suite Gmail for business, there are a lot of different options out there that you can use. G suite does cost right now. Currently I think I pay $5 per month per customer email that I have, but it’s really important because accessing G suite as a business owner allows me to do a couple of things. Number one,
    it allows me to accomplish that professional email that I want and need to have for my brand. So again, mine, and you’re welcome to shoot me an email. If you want. Mine is april@sweetlifeco.com, but then I also am able to create custom email addresses for my team. So I have my assistant, I have my editor, I have my marketing manager.
    I have my podcast, guest relations person. They all have their own separate email addresses. And all of them are@sweetlifeco.com. It has the same ending having a G suite account enables me to do that. Now I’ve put some links in the show notes for you. You can go and create your own G suite business email right now for five bucks in email address.
    And it will customize your email for you. G suite will also give you access to tons of other software options like spreadsheets and different advanced business bundle options that are really important to have to grow your company and to manage your communications. So we love G suite and no I’m not making any money. I’m telling you to go there. I’m telling you to go there cause it’s easy and it’s cheap and it’ll make you look good.
    The second thing I want you to know about this business email is this is where, like I said, previously, you email people one-to-one. So if I’m going to shoot an email over to my business partners at this other company, it’s coming from me personally, and it’s coming out of my G suite business email. Here is a tip. As you’re setting this up,
    I want you to do a couple of things. Number one, I want you to customize your signature line within this email, in my signature line, under my personal email, I have my logo. I have links to where people can listen to the podcast. I have my title and I have some other quick action things like my phone number is in there as well.
    This isn’t something that I’m just going to email everybody in the world, but these specific people, I want them to know how to get in touch with me. Hence sending them a direct personal email. These are people I want to work with people whose business I want to have and people I want to help and serve and support. So it’s important that they know how to connect with me.
    And I make sure that my signature is set up. So every single email I send, whether it’s from my mobile phone or whether it’s from my desktop or my iPad is all looking really spiffy and professional and giving people what they want and need from me now, really super expert tip, if you are just a solo entrepreneur. So if there’s only one of you and you don’t want to manage all the emails yourself in your personal email inbox,
    then I actually recommend you create two different emails. And one of them could be your first name at your company URL. And the second one is something like hello or support or info or help or welcome, create a separate catch, all email for all of those other emails that are going to be inbound emails. But frankly, they’re just, you’re not really sure you want to give those inbound emails access to your personal business inbox.
    So that means you would connect two separate business emails, one for you personally. And one is a catchall for all the other inquiries, and you should still have that. If you have a team in our company, we have a catchall email. We have hello, it’s Sweetlife co.com. And then we have very specific email addresses for different functions in different divisions within our business.
    Like I said, for example, podcast@sweetlifeco.com is where people pitch us to be a guest on this show. I want those emails only landing in one inbox because frankly, I personally hate reading emails. I would rather do anything else all day long than sit in my inbox. So we actually create many different emails. So when I’m looking for something specific, I don’t have to dig it all out of one whole email.
    I can go just to the podcast@sweetlifecode.com, email inbox, and find exactly what I’m looking for as an example. So that is the first kind of business email that every single business should have out the gate. Like I said, don’t be that person that has an at Gmail or at Yahoo or heaven forbid had AOL. If you have an at AOL, indeed,
    then you haven’t listened to any of these podcast episodes. And I just don’t even know what to say to you at this point in time. But I actually did get an email from somebody that was at AOL and I’m not even sure how technically that is even possible anymore, but I did receive one a couple of months ago. All right. So that is the first type of business email manager you need.
    You’re just going to use it to email people one on one, and to receive inbound emails. The second type of email manager you should have is what I call an email marketing manager. An email marketing manager is what manages your outbound communications with either your entire list of leads. So all of the people in your database, or with only a certain section or a certain subset of people on your list.
    So an example of this is let’s just go back to that same case study. I shared about my international group of entrepreneurs that I coach on Mondays. I want to, for example, send them an email saying, Hey, don’t forget, meet me for a group coaching session register here. I am not sitting down to write individually emails to go out to each one of those people.
    No, I’m writing one email and I’m sending it to only the people who are in that group business mastermind. So my email marketing manager is capable of segmenting, who I want those emails to go to and managing the outbound emails for me, my personal business, Gmail, number one at a one at doing that. Number two. If I did that out of my personal business,
    Gmail, I would probably be flagged for spam email marketing managers are strategically developed so that they are compliant and you are not spamming people. That’s why it’s incredibly important to have one. As we talked about here, a lot on the show, we’re always talking about grow your list, grow your list. And frankly, I realized that there are many of you guys that don’t even know what the hell that means.
    That’s fine. And don’t, let’s talk about that as it relates to email marketing manager. So your list is a list of names and email addresses that are either leads for your business partners, for your business clients, for your business, or they fall into another miscellaneous category. But where do you grow your list? Where do you collect this database? In a lot of companies,
    we call this a CRM. It’s a client relationship management software, but there are so many businesses that don’t need a full fledged CRM. A lot of CRMs managed billing and communications back and forth and workflows and all of these bells and whistles that frankly, most businesses don’t meet. So that’s when we scale back from a full fledged CRM, and you only need an email marketing manager to manage your list,
    segment your list, and continue to collect names and email addresses to add to your list. That’s what an email marketing manager does. And in this particular episode, we aren’t talking about the marketing side of how to gather those names, how to increase the leads to land on this list. I’m simply talking about the software and where to put this content, where to put this information in your client database.
    So now let’s chat a little bit deeper about what else your email marketing manager can and will do for you. That’s incredibly important. And you must have, again, doesn’t matter if you are a local business, if you’re a brick and mortar business, if you’re an online business, you need to be using email marketing in order to grow and connect with your audience.
    Because here is the goal. Here is the magic. An email marketing manager also utilizes artificial intelligence. So we utilize AI in the form of automation to connect, connecting, communicate with the people in your database automatically without you having to be there sitting down at your little iPad when you would rather be at the beach or wherever and typing out emails, having an email marketing manager sets up automation.
    So what we mean by that is when somebody clicks a certain place on your website, or when somebody clicks a link in one of the outbound emails that you send a correct email marketing software will identify that they’ve clicked a certain link or taken a certain action, and it will do a number of things. It could either add a tag to that individual person letting you know that that person is interested in the certain link or whatever it was that they clicked on.
    It will send that person an automatic email saying, Hey, we just noticed that you visited our scheduling page, but maybe you didn’t actually schedule with us. How can we help you get on our calendar so that we can serve you better? These are the crazy, amazing things that only an email marketing manager can do for you, that you can’t do yourself.
    At least after a certain point, if you ever want to grow a profitable business, you are way too busy serving your clients and dreaming up awesome things. And not some ways to grow your business, connecting with partners out there, shaking hands and kissing babies. You’re not going to be sitting in there typing these damn emails, one for one. And it’s really important that you’re utilizing the software that we have available to us as business owners,
    to create automation, which is going to build a deeper relationship with your clients. It’s preprogrammed. It utilizes artificial intelligence and you aren’t even there, but they feel like just send them a personal email. That is not something that your individual business email through G suite is capable of doing. So to summarize today, we talked about two different email marketing platforms that every business needs.
    We talked about the fact that you need your personal business email in it’s your name or whatever word you can do, your first name and you know, like your first initial or whatever combination you want to do at your custom business domain or URL. And then we talked about having a separate email marketing manager that manages your database. It’s not a full fledged client relationship management software.
    So you’re not diving into investing thousands of dollars sometimes into something like Salesforce, or even hundreds of dollars a month into something like 17 hats or even cheaper dub Sato. There are so many different software out there that they’re incredible. And if you were my client and we sat here face to face and I heard your business and what you need, I might actually recommend that.
    But on today’s show, we’re just talking about basic email marketing in the that you can leverage it right now and you should be leveraging it right now without even having all the bells and whistles in your business. And the number one email marketing manager that we currently are turning our clients to granted. This could change a year from now. So don’t come hunt me down if I’ve found a better one.
    But as of right now, the best email marketing manager that we have, that we love to recommend that super easy to use is called convert kit. We also have numerous clients that use active campaign and Ontraport. And I’m going to go ahead and put links to all of these in the show notes with free trials for you. And there are numerous different email marketing platforms that many of our clients use.
    A lot of our clients love MailChimp. We, and I’ll keep it honest here on the show. We do not believe MailChimp is a good option for new businesses. It’s actually confusing for more, most businesses that we find based on the way that they have engineered the growth of their platform. So it’s just, isn’t a manager that we recommend currently, but I’m going to go ahead input all of the links.
    Like I said, in the show notes for today’s show, I hope this helped clarify some business foundations. Again, I don’t care if you’re a new business and established business. I don’t care if you are a local business or a restaurant or a salon or a spa or a hotel. I don’t care if you’re a marketing manager or a speaker or an author,
    you should be utilizing email marketing to connect with your audience, both from a personal business side and from an outbound route marketing and messaging through an email marketing manager. And I hope this show cleared up any confusion that you might have had about this, just like it did for my client and many on yesterday’s business development call. And if you have any questions about this at all,
    you want to jam on email marketing managers, or maybe this actually opened up a whole entire bucket of new questions for you over and connect with me in my free Facebook community and tagged me in any questions you have. I’m always in there supporting businesses it’s totally free, and you can join that community by going to sweet life community.com and all of the show notes that I mentioned can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com
    forward slash one seven nine. Alright, have an awesome week. I’ll talk to you.

    Episode 177: LinkedIn Ad Strategies To Increase B2B Sales – April Beach and AJ Wilcox

    AJ Wilcox SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Launch Your Online Programs

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    New and established businesses who want to learn if LinkedIn is the right platform to reach your ideal audience. 


    In this episode, we cover who should be running LinkedIn Ads, the 4 types of ads that can be run on Linked, and what you can expect to spend to get results. LinkedIn Ads Expert, AJ Wilcox, founder of B2Linked.com and host of “The LinkedIn Ads Show” dives deep covering what you need to know as a business owner. If you’ve been thinking about advertising on LinkedIn but you’re not sure if it’s the right choice for your business goals, don’t miss this episode. 


    1. Know your ad budget
    2. Decide what kind of ads you should be running
    3. Know where to access your Ads account to get started. 

    Resources Mentioned:


    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:

    <inaudible> You’re listening to the suede life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Hey guys and welcome back. This is part two of a two part LinkedIn ad strategy business podcast training. This is episode number 177 if you missed one 76 and you were wondering about the fundamentals of LinkedIn ads and whether or not you should be even advertising on LinkedIn at all.
    Stop this episode. Go back and listen to that one and then catch back up with us here we have J Wilcox in the house with us again and he really is my favorite business person right now because I have been waiting months and months to get him back on the show. I’ve had a ton of questions. And in last week’s and in this week’s episode you also hear a lot of behind the scenes and what’s happening in our company is I own two companies and some of the ad strategies that we’re using and then some of the questions that we have.
    So you not only get a business training with these two shows, you’re going to hear a lot of behind the scenes about how we’re using advertising to grow our company as well. So I always try to be transparent with you guys and share with you actual case studies, whether it’s clients or in my own business. And then we have ADA, the expert here dishing exactly step by step how to go about doing this in your own company.
    So in this show, it is an extension, like I said of last week, and we’re talking strategic ad strategy for B to B sales. So this show is, especially for those of you guys who have a business that serves other businesses. In this episode we’re covering who should be running ads on LinkedIn, the four types of ads that can be run on LinkedIn and what you should and can expect from your LinkedIn ads results.
    At the end of this show, you are going to know a LinkedIn ad budget. You’re going to have a baseline ad budget that if you can’t come to the table with this ad budget, don’t come to the table at all ages really upfront about that. And so we have a come to Jesus moment about how much you have in your marketing. And so you’re not wasting your money or your time.
    You’re also going to know what kind of ads you should be running on LinkedIn. And we dive into how to access the ads manager portal in LinkedIn as well as other really cool tracking that you can do even if you aren’t spending any money on LinkedIn ads at all. So we talk about how to install a LinkedIn tracking code on your business website so you can read a massive analytics to make smart choices for your company.
    I’m super excited to dive into this part too, and you can find all of the show notes@sweetlifepodcast.com forward slash one seven seven alright, let’s go<inaudible>. All right, this is episode number 177 and I am back again with my very good friend at least I think he’s my good friend. That’s, he is my favorite person right now in business. AGA Wilcox,
    who is then, I mean we last week dove into some really important foundational information about what companies can and should be leveraging LinkedIn ads. If you didn’t listen to the last week’s episode, you should stop this, pause it and go back and listen to episode number 176 you have a good foundation. You know, last week we talked about who should be advertising on LinkedIn.
    You know, what type of companies benefit from that. Aja gave you guys the solid steps to start moving forward. For me, what it did is it got my wheels turning and of course, and then I had a million more questions, so I really appreciate him being back with us on the show today. So Aja, can you reintroduce yourself again to those who’ve not met you before?
    Please? Oh sure. I’m so good about bragging about myself. I run a little ad agency. There are only eight of us. I mean we’re very small and nimble of eight people, but we are B to linkedin.com and we specialize only in running LinkedIn ads. We are official LinkedIn partners. We’re actually the only ad agency in the world, but certified partners with LinkedIn.
    We run many of their largest accounts as well as many of the smallest and everything in between. We’re just hyper specialized and uh, call us one trick ponies, but we like what we do. I love it, I love it. Hey, you know what, be the one trick pony is a way to build a multimillion dollar business right now. And I love that you do that.
    So that’s super cool for you. Now let’s just do like a super quick recap. Last week we talked about three different types of businesses that could benefit from advertising on LinkedIn. Can you rattle those off real quick for us again? Yes. Any sort of high lifetime value lead generation, whether it’s B to B or B to C is number one. Number two is higher education.
    So think of like universities, MBA programs, recruiting. And then number three is any sort of white collar recruiting that you’re doing as a company just trying to hire new employees. Okay. My first question to that is totally a selfish question. Yeah. As a company, we love to run ads to this podcast, to the right audience for this podcast,
    but when we look at the podcast, the podcast, you know, we don’t even run ads on the podcast intentionally, so I’m not talking about a lifetime value of, you know, I can’t say yes, this listener is going to generate me $15,000 plus in revenue. That’s not the way it works. So for just exposing an audience to content, would you recommend That a company or a podcast like yours or like mine advertises on LinkedIn to increase their listenership?
    Or is it, wait and we’re going to dive into money. Is it way too expensive? Oh man, I love this question and I have a hard time with it because LinkedIn ads are really expensive. What we’re paying on average eight to $11 a click, and me personally, I’m a huge fan of podcasts. I’m a huge fan of podcasting, but when I look at it,
    you can’t quite calculate what a listener is worth and what sort of lifetime value they will end up being in the future. I have a really hard time investing eight to $11 into that person and I personally don’t even advertise our own podcast on LinkedIn for this reason. I just don’t think the economics would work out, but I do advertise the podcast on Quora ads and I would on Facebook and on Instagram just because the costs are lower.
    So the economics just gets in the way of LinkedIn’s amazing targeting sometimes. Darn it. Okay. Well hopefully someday that might change. Okay. So diving in today we are going to talk a little bit more deeply about the four types of platforms that LinkedIn ads appears on within LinkedIn. I’m super excited to do that. Different type of ads you can run.
    You were talking about carousel ads and different strategies that businesses can use when they’re presenting their ad content to help our listeners decide which one is the best for them. And then we’re also going to talk about money and how much money you need to spend. I remember two years ago when we talked about there was a threshold that you told me April, if you can’t spend at least this amount of money,
    don’t spend any. So I’m super curious how much is the minimum that we’re starting to see and then you know even for businesses, how to get started, where to find the ads manager, if you will, actually how to navigate to that within the platform and how to set up tracking for retargeting. So we have a really big show and thank you for joining us again AIJ and thanks to you guys for tuning in.
    If you’re listening to this show, it’s because you have a business that you are curious whether or not you could increase your sales with LinkedIn ads. And so you are certainly in the right place. So AIG, let’s first of all, let’s dive into the four different types of ads that someone can run on LinkedIn. Perfect. So number one that I tell everyone to start with is called sponsored content.
    It shows up right in the newsfeed, which is the homepage experience on both desktop and mobile. So this is a great way of getting in front of pretty much all your users. These come in several different flavors. There’s static image, which I think everyone should start with. It’s just a single one image that’s so easy to create and troubleshoot. Then there’s also video,
    which we talked about last week. I don’t really love video ads on LinkedIn. They’re pretty expensive and there’s no retargeting yet that comes in the fall of 2020 but there’s also one called carousel. But if you’ve used Facebook ads, you’ll recognize it’s multiple images that someone can scroll through within your ad. And to all of these, you can actually fix something called a lead generation form ad,
    and it’s a native form that goes right within your ad itself. So someone can convert on your ad without ever even leaving LinkedIn. It’s really nice and easy all filled in from your profile information pre-filled. So all they have to do is just hit submit and it creates some really high conversion rates. Okay, that’s crazy. So when we’re talking about Facebook ads or Instagram ads or any other ads,
    we have to send them to a separate landing page and it actually leads the platform, which is a big stumbling block for many businesses who also build their own websites or they have a very small tech team because then they have to go, Hey, I need you to build a landing page. It needs to have a forum and it needs to connect with this CRM.
    So you’re saying that LinkedIn can actually put the lead gen form there within the ad itself? Yes. And Facebook and Instagram can do this too. I think Twitter might have actually even had it before Facebook and YouTube can now do it too, so everyone seems to be jumping on this, this horse, but it’s a great feature and one that LinkedIn probably released four or five years after Facebook.
    Wow. But I think what most Facebook advertisers have found is yes, it increases conversion rates, but at the same time it lowers lead quality because the user didn’t have to put forth as much effort to get to know you. And so a lot of times they’ve forgotten that they’ve had, the feedback I’ve heard from Facebook advertisers is we contacted them and they say,
    I didn’t fill out a form with you guys. I’ve never even heard of you. Right. We do tend to see the same kind of thing on LinkedIn, but we’ll see. Cost per conversion, cost per lead ends up dropping by 30 to 80% but lead quality might only drop by 10 to 20% so you’re still net positive and it can still be worthwhile doing.
    Fascinating. Yeah. We’ve never used that tool or that strategy on Facebook. At all, we always, you know, send them to a landing page where they can see really what it is they’re offering and whether or not they want that. So very interesting talking about the decrease in the quality of lead versus the decrease in the cost per lead. Fascinating.
    Okay, so that is the newsfeed. So that’s running ads right there in the main newsfeed of LinkedIn, the one that everybody sees. And in the last show you mentioned that you have to have a LinkedIn company page to do so Yes, that’s correct. Okay. Now what are the other places where ads can appear in LinkedIn? So I think the next most interesting is called sponsored messaging.
    That’s the category. And as is inherent to the name it’s messages, right? It actually shows up in your LinkedIn inbox or your InMail. These can show up in two different flavors. There’s one called a message ad and then one that’s called a conversation ad. So the message ad would be like an InMail that someone sends to you. Someone opens it up,
    it says words, and you can, if you want to respond to that or not. But the conversation ads is LinkedIn’s newest ad format. And think of it like a chat bot. You can ask someone a question and then based off of how they respond, give them a different offer or a different link or ask them a further question. So these can be fantastic if you,
    one of the main uses we’ve found for these is a lot of people want to try to push people towards their booths at trade shows. Obviously when in person events become a thing again, but of course if you’re advertising you need to ask someone first like are you going to be at this show? And so if they say, yes, I’m going to be at this big industry conference,
    then you can start pushing them towards the booth. But if they say no, you could say, well, Hey, do you want to join this webinar that we’re putting on next week? So you’re giving people more options and a better chance of relevancy of your offer to them. Okay. Couple of questions. First of all, do you have to be connected with people to run message or conversation ads to them?
    Do they have to be a connection? No, they don’t have to be connected to you in anyway. When you pay LinkedIn for these message ads, you don’t pay per click like you do with the rest of their ad formats. With this one, you pay to send it to them so you define the same way that you would have defined any of your other ad targeting by job title and company size and industry and all that,
    and then they’re randomized to that audience so you don’t have to be connected as long as you paid them their 20 to 65 cents to send it, they will deliver it to an audience that fits your targeting. Okay, fantastic. Question number two, we’re more of just an observation. An automated chat box within LinkedIn sounds amazing. I mean we use messenger chat and different things within Facebook that are so important and so powerful.
    This is so super cool. This sort of automation or relationship building, utilizing AI to build relationships with our leads is absolutely. I totally geek out on that stuff, so I love that. But question number three, as a LinkedIn user, I don’t know that I want to receive chat ads in my chat as a LinkedIn user. That might piss me off if some like rando person sends me a message.
    Is there any pushback yet on people that are like, dude, get out of my chat box on LinkedIn Because they could only give responses that you’ve coded in. We don’t get free form responses of people like shutting us out or anything, which is probably a really good thing. Maybe in the future if there’s like a, an open kind of response. But Lincoln’s done a really good job of these.
    Yeah. As a member you can only receive one every 45 days. So in case you get one that pisses you off, you’re not going to get pissed off again for at least another month and a half. I guess it keeps that uh, annoyance factor to a minimum. Okay. And can people turn this off like all together? Like never send me an ad through my messenger or it’s just this one in 45 days.
    Part of being on the LinkedIn platform. Ooh. I think if you go into privacy settings, I think you can opt out of receiving these altogether, but realize that when someone takes me into kind of like a little bit of a DVS mode, but if someone sends you a really crappy one of these, they’ve essentially destroyed their brand to you and they paid just to deliver it to your inbox no matter what sort of action you take.
    So I think one of the worst punishments you could give them is stay opted in so they spend more money on you in the future and just waste cash. But I don’t know. Okay. I think that that is so funny. You are super devious. I am more like, I have no filter. I’d be like, dude, this actually, this sucked total squirrel moment.
    You know when people send me things that are just terrible, I just can’t help myself. I actually had a company, this is a complete squirrel moment, but funny here, my listeners are used to this with me. I had a PR company pitch somebody for my podcast last week and it was the worst pitch I’ve ever received. I actually felt so terrible for the person that we’re pitching that I went and I hunted down the person that we’re pitching on Instagram,
    sent a screenshot and said, listen, if you are paying this company, don’t cause you are never going to land a podcast guest spot from one woman to another. Your business looks fascinating. Please don’t waste your more money on this company. So I am so I’m totally, the person would be like, your message sucks. Do not send me this message again.
    What a waste of know. I would even like connect with them on LinkedIn just to tell them their LinkedIn ad sucked. But sometimes that gets me into trouble cause I have a big mouth and I just can’t. So like you, we want to know this stuff. We want that feedback. And there’s a class of people like me who would never tell,
    tell you to your face and there’s a class of people like you who would actually inform them that they were making stupid decisions. This was woman was like, thank you so much. She could have been like you, you know? But she was like, thank you so much for telling me. So I kind of like, I kind of held my breath to wait for,
    I didn’t know what her response was going to be. They Kevin, she was like, thank you so much for telling me. Okay, so end of squirrel moment. Back to our four platforms where we can send LinkedIn, we have the sponsored content and the newsfeed. We have the sponsored messaging ads, whether it is the message ad or the conversation ad going through inbox or in mail.
    Now the next one you said text ads when we spoke before. Yes, so text ads show up only in the right rail as well as the fourth platform, which we’ll talk about here in a minute as well. But the right rail, it’s important to understand is only available when you’re on a computer. So your mobile device isn’t going to show you this.
    So that cuts down on the audience that can see these. But what I want you to understand about text ads is they are very, very risk. They are simultaneously LinkedIn’s lowest cost ad and they also have the lowest engagement rate, which means if you screw this up, it won’t cost you very much because not very many people are going to click on it anyway.
    And then when they do click, it doesn’t cost very much cause it’s the cheapest ad format you can pay all the way down to $2 per click from these. So if you’re looking to just dip your toe in the water and you’re okay with getting visitors that are on desktop that they’re not on mobile, this is by far the best way to test into your audience and your offers and check it out without really spending much money at all.
    Fascinating. Okay. So maybe start there before you send somebody a conversation. Okay. And then the fourth one is a dynamic ad. What is that? Yes. So dynamic ads, you may have seen them, but you just may not know that what they were, I call them LinkedIn’s creepiest ad format. They actually take your picture, your profile picture and stick it into the app.
    So if you’ve ever seen an ad that says like, Hey, April, picture yourself at IBM or at Microsoft and it’s like your picture next to the Microsoft logo or IBM logo. It started out as a job placement kind of ad and then they eventually gave it to us as marketers and said, Hey, however you want to stick someone’s picture in an ad,
    go for it. So these used to be really expensive and they just reduced the price earlier this year, so to about a third of where they were. So I actually now started recommending these to people there are slightly cheaper than sponsored content, but again, they’re like text ads. They don’t get clicked on very much cause they’re way over in the right rail.
    They’re obviously an ad, but they cost less on a per click basis than your sponsored content will. They’re like maybe six to $8 a click rather than the eight to 11 that you’ll probably pay in sponsored content. Okay. That’s really creepy. But kind of cool. I would definitely, if somebody had my face in the right hand column there, I certainly would stop and be like,
    what am I doing down there? So very interesting. And I could see like you were saying possibly like picture yourself here, picture yourself doing this. Certainly for the educational institutions, you know that are trying to get people into their higher education programs like picture yourself with your MBA or whatever. Super cool. All right, so those are our different platforms.
    And then last week we hit on the video ads really aren’t converting static image ads are doing better. And then can you just share a little bit about the way carousel ads? Like what is a carousel ad, what is this look like when it’s showing in LinkedIn? Because these are the ads we get great results with carousel ads for our podcast. So we will run like an image and we’ll kind of,
    people can scroll through within the ad to different podcast episodes. You know you need this click here and they do really well. So is it, is it set up the same way? Yes, in fact it’s a direct rip off. If I say so, I, without getting in too much trouble, a direct rip off of the way that Facebook pulled it off.
    So in your newsfeed you will have one ad with multiple pictures that on mobile you can just thumb through, scroll through or on desktop you can click an arrow and just see a variety of things. So podcast episodes is a great use case for this. Same with like an in person event or a summit, you might put like four pictures or five pictures of some of your best speakers that are going to be speaking.
    These are great use cases for it, but be aware, I don’t recommend these very much on LinkedIn because they don’t necessarily perform much better than just a static image and they don’t cost less. So I go, well, okay, I could spend the time of essentially creating four or five little ads inside of one ad, or I could just create four or five separate ads and it would take the same amount of time and cost the same.
    So it’s kind of a toss up, but certainly it’s a format that’s available to you. Okay, Good to know. Okay, now let’s talk about money. Oh yes, the important importance. Let’s dive into money break down LinkedIn ad spend, breakdown budget. Let us hear it. Just lay it out there cause I know it. Yeah, It’s not cheap,
    right? So I’m going to be a little bit brutal here because I’m so tired of people coming to me and going, Oh man, I spent $300 on LinkedIn ads and they just don’t work. And I go, Oh man, $300 like that’s just a handful of clicks. You can’t learn anything on that small of data. So what I’m hoping that you as listeners are hearing here is if you aren’t going to bring a large enough budget to actually test it out,
    I wouldn’t bring any budget at all. I would save up until you do have it. And what that budget is depends on a lot of different factors depending on what you’re trying to learn. So here’s what I’ve found, and this has nothing to do with advertising. This is just a data model. If you have, let’s say around a thousand dollars in spend,
    and this is in North America, it costs a lot less to advertise anywhere else in the world. So the numbers can change slightly. But if you’ve spent about a thousand dollars on advertising on LinkedIn, you will generally have statistical significance to your click through rate. So what that means is this type of thing that you can learn is if I’m testing two,
    three, four different ads that are pushing on a different motivation here, I can find out statistically what my audience likes and what they react to better. So if your goal is just to find out with significance, do people like what I’m telling them is my motivation, right? Am I pushing on their rate pinpoint within about a thousand dollars in ad spend?
    Whether that’s over the course of two days or over six months, you can find that out. Okay. So that is really, I think that’s encouraging because I think the last time we talked two years ago, you said that we were going to need at least 3000 to start understanding how people are responding our ads. Yes. And so I’ll, I’ll take that to the next step here.
    If your whole goal is just to find out what ad copy are people going to click on, you can do that with statistical significance with about a thousand dollars but now because of LinkedIn’s costs increasing as they have over the last few years, if your goal is actually to figure out what gets people to convert, which offer, right? You know I have a webinar and I have a free guide,
    which one converts best? You can find that out statistically within about $5,000 in ad spend. So if your goal is to find out what is my cost per conversion, what is my conversion rate? Don’t spend less than $5,000 and think you’ve got it. But if your goal is just to find out what people are interested in, then you probably don’t have to spend much more than a thousand dollars just to make sure you’re on the right track.
    So full lead generation track, I would say don’t spend less than 5,000 budgeted towards it, but you can test on less and just depending on what you want to learn, a portion of that much money to it. Okay. And that completely makes sense why the ideal business needs to be selling a product with $15,000 or greater in value. Because this is,
    I mean significantly, I mean we have, we have clients running Facebook ads for, you know, as little as $5 a day. So it’s huge difference in ad spend. But the reason why I love the LinkedIn platform is because it’s really right now, you know, when we go on Facebook, we go on Instagram, there’s so many other distractions.
    So when our clients go on there, you know, they’re seeing grandma’s birthday and they’re seeing your advertisement to your high end mastermind and it’s really hard to get people to focus in on the business aspect of it. Our clients are in this place where they really need to reach their target audience who isn’t distracted, who’s there for a reason. I mean and obviously specifically our clients that are B2B,
    that sort of other businesses, which not all of our clients do, but it’s a significant portion of of who we consult in business strategy. And so we’re saying $5,000 really minimum ad budget. But the interesting thing you said here, which does it make any sense to me is there’s no rhyme or reason is the time in which you drip that $5,000 out.
    So you telling me that that $5,000 whether I spend it in the first two weeks or spend it in five months is going to give me the same data. Yeah. Because the only difference here is time. So if you’re in this period of super weirdness like we’re in with COBIT right now, time can change a lot of things. If you were trying to run the same ad three months ago and it was dripping into,
    now you could tell that would make a big difference. But in general, I mean if you’re talking about just a normal quarter, let’s say the same ad going to the same audience where not a whole lot is changing, seasonality wise, the data is going to be about the same. So I would say as you’re testing things, maybe take the seasonality into mind and analyze it a little bit.
    But in general, add performance today and add performance six months from now. It’s all gonna look the same. When you combine it in a spreadsheet and aggregate that data together and you really just want to make sure you have enough data to analyze. So five K in ad spend metrics in an Excel sheet is going to look the same whether it was over six months or a single day.
    Okay. I think that’s fascinating and I think that’s encouraging to a lot of our listeners who want to get into LinkedIn ads, but they’re like, man, I don’t have 5,000 to invest in it this month, but I could have 5,000 to invest in it over the next six months. So I love that. All right, so next question. Moving on.
    There is a very powerful, scary big brother watching you pixel that Facebook gives advertisers to embed in their website so that we can track people who have visited our website and then re target them with our ads. Does LinkedIn have a similar tracking opportunity? Yes. So LinkedIn has an insight tag that anyone who’s listening, whether you spend a dime on LinkedIn ads or not,
    you can go and open up an account and install this thing on your website. And it does three things. So the first is like what you mentioned with Facebook does retargeting. So if you have this on your website, you could eventually go into LinkedIn ads and say, I want to show people ads who visited my website before in the last 90 days or something.
    So that’s one use of it, which can be pretty good. Number two is you get these free website analytics from LinkedIn that no one knows about but are free and great. So once that tag is on your website, you can then go look at LinkedIn and see the demographic breakdown. What’s the job titles that people tend to have who visit my website?
    What companies by name have visited my website, you know like, Oh my gosh, last 10 or the 10 most important, or what industry or what seniority do people tend to be? So I recommend everyone have this. It’s a great tag to have, even if it does feel a little bit big brother. Okay. That’s like Christmas to me. Okay,
    so everybody should go in. Let’s talk about now just wrapping this up here in the show we’ve talked about so much. Where do people go to actually set up this ads manager within the LinkedIn platform itself? What does that look like? Great. If you’re already in LinkedIn, you can click on a in the upper right hand corner under the work menu and you’ll see an icon that says advertise,
    but if you want to navigate straight there, the easiest way I’ve found is just type in linkedin.com forward slash ads ads and that’ll get you there. You click on the create button at the top and it’ll walk you through the whole process of creating your account if you don’t already have one. Okay. Love that. And then again, another selfish question for me and yeah,
    forgive me to my listeners, cause I know this doesn’t apply to many you, but I own two companies and so I have two LinkedIn business company pages and completely separate websites as well. Is it possible to create two separate LinkedIn business ad manager accounts because the audiences are totally separate within LinkedIn? Or do I actually have to create two completely different LinkedIn personal accounts?
    Ooh, great question. Yes. One person can be connected to as far as I can tell, an infinite number of ad accounts and you can create as many as you want. So if I were you under your same profile login, I would go and create two separate ad accounts, one for each company and then just run them separately. Love it.
    Okay. That makes my life so much easier. It’s not quite as easy. It should be quite as easy, but it’s not quite as easy on the tech side of it for me to figure that out. So I always have to give that to to other people that figure out for me. So I love that. That actually sounds really easy. Okay,
    so let’s kind of recap again. Today was part two of our two part training here with the one and only AIJ Wilcox, the LinkedIn ads King himself who is the founder of be two linked.com. You guys should totally go check him out and follow him on LinkedIn. Um, we talked about before different places where your LinkedIn ads can appear, right? So sponsored content messaging,
    content, text ads and dynamic ads. You also covered, you know, different type of ads to run whether video ads or carousel ads or static image ads. And then we also talked about the lead gen forums. Super cool. So much information. I learned so much on today’s show and I really appreciate that. And we talked about money, talks about being honest about the budget.
    This is not one of those things you can go into passively. If you’re a life coach or you teach yoga classes, you’re not going to benefit from what I’m hearing you say AIG right now on LinkedIn, unless you have a really big ad budget and in less the value of what you’re selling has a lifetime of being greater than $15,000 from a client, from a lead on LinkedIn.
    So we talked about that and you guided us through how to find the ads manager and how to set up your LinkedIn insight tags, which everybody, regardless of whether or not you are going to be advertising on LinkedIn now or in the future, should go and create this LinkedIn ads account and get this insight tag so that you can start getting these crazy awesome analytics cause this is what we really want.
    And you know, I know a lot of businesses don’t use analytics as much as they should. They don’t look at who’s going to their website, who’s searching this, you know, what are the most common search terms for what I sell in my geographic area. These are things that as business owners, if we have these tools available to us, especially for free,
    it absolutely cuts months and thousands and thousands of dollars off of our learning curve of guessing, putting a hypothesis out there and wondering if it’ll work. And I love that LinkedIn offers this tool and I appreciate you so much for just jamming on all this and walking me through this strategy and always just having the best guidance and being super honest with our audience about who this is for and who this isn’t for.
    So just totally appreciate you. Thank you. I will. Thanks for letting me share. This is the highlight of my week is getting to just freak out about LinkedIn ads. So thanks for giving me the opportunity. Oh, you’re the best. We totally appreciate it. Okay, so for people to find you again, what is your podcast and exactly,
    you know, how can they connect with you the most as far as if they want to get on the phone with you and just say yes, agent, I’m ready to get started on this. Can you help? Sure. So the LinkedIn ads show search for that in whatever podcast player you’re using. I should be in all of them. We have about under 20 episodes so far,
    but it’s growing and we go real deep on LinkedIn ads. So this is right up your alley. Go dive in there. And then, uh, if you want to chat, go to BTU, linkedin.com our website. Fill out the form on any of those pages. They don’t go to a sales rep, they just go directly to my inbox, so feel free to reach out and I’d love to chat with you.
    Awesome. Thank you so much. And this is sweet life podcast number 177 so for all the show notes, if you’re on the go, you couldn’t take notes, you want to go back to all these links. We’re going to make sure we put them nice and organized for you inside the show notes on our website so you guys can cruise over to sweet life,
    podcast.com/one seven seven and hyper connect to AAJ from there. Thanks so much JJ. I really appreciate you absolutely party on Z.

    Episode 176: LinkedIn Ads: How To Get Started – April Beach and AJ Wilcox

    AJ Wilcox SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Grow Your Business Online

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    New and established businesses who want to learn if LinkedIn is the right platform to reach your ideal audience. 


    You’ve been thinking about advertising on LinkedIn but you’re not sure where to start, or if it’s a wise choice for your business. LinkedIn is a powerful ad platform, but it’s unlike others and you need to be sure you’re spending your marketing money for the ROI you expect. 
    In this episode my friend and LinkedIn Ads Expert, AJ Wilcox, founder of B2Linked.com covers what types of companies benefit from LinkedIn Ads, the 3 components of successful ad strategies and basic steps to get started. You’ll leave knowing if LinkedIn is the right platform for your business and what types of ads you can start running now.


    1. Decide if your company should be advertising on LinkedIn
    2. Learn how LinkedIn ads work
    3. Know the 3 components of a profitable LinkedIn Ad strategy 

    Resources Mentioned:


    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:

    You’re listening to the suede life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator a probate. Hey Darren, welcome back to the Sweetlife entrepreneur in business podcast. This is episode number 176 and I’m April leech if we don’t know each other yet. I’m a business development strategist for companies who are looking to launch and scale online and develop online programs,
    offers and services to increase your profit and everything we talk about on the show is giving you tools and strategies that you can take to the bank is a matter of fact. If this is your first time here, you will soon know that the business trainings we deliver here on this podcast, a lot of coaches and consulting firms charge thousands of dollars for, so it’s all for you.
    It’s our mission in order to grow small businesses and it’s our commitment to do this week after week. So thank you for joining us today on the show is part one of a two part series and I’ve invited my friend AIJ Wilcox to come back and chat with us on this show. We’re talking to those of you guys who have businesses and you want to learn if LinkedIn is a right platform to reach your ideal audience.
    So you might’ve been thinking about advertising on LinkedIn, but you’re not sure where to start or if that’s even the right platform for you to advertise in. You know LinkedIn is a really powerful ad platform, but what you’ll learn in this episode is there a lot of businesses that are showing up and putting money into LinkedIn that it’s not really the right fit for you.
    And then there are other companies who are showing up in you don’t have the ad strategy or you might’ve been actually spending your money incorrectly on the wrong type of ads. So this is part one of a two part series where Aja and I are diving into, you know who should be on LinkedIn. And at the end of this episode you are going to decide if your company should be advertising on LinkedIn.
    You’re going to know how LinkedIn ads work and you’re going to know the three components have a profitable LinkedIn ads strategy. So without further ado, let’s go ahead and bring AGA onto the show and everything we’re talking about can be found@sweetlifepodcast.com forward slash one seven six All right, here we go, you guys. This is episode number 176 and I am so excited because my friend AIJ Wilcox is here with me now.
    AAJ has been a guest on this show. It’s been about two years. I hunted him down because I wanted to know more about LinkedIn ads, but the honest truth is I have done nothing with the strategies he me because our business, our ad dollar was focused on Facebook and Instagram. But the truth of the matter is is you know we’re a business to business company and we need to be advertising on LinkedIn.
    And so I had to hunt him down again and say, Hey, listen my friend, I need to know where to get started again. And I have so many clients that I believe need to be putting their marketing money into LinkedIn ads and we don’t even know where to start. So who do we call our Ghostbusters friend J Wilcox. So Aja, thank you so much for being back on the show.
    Um, reintroduce yourself to our audience so they know who you are. Sure thing. April, I’m excited to be back. Name as a, you know, a J Wilcox. I run an ad agency called B to linked.com and we are a very small, there’s only eight of us, but we’re an agency that specializes only in advertising on LinkedIn. So we go crazy deep.
    Everything from teaching people how to run their own accounts, consulting, training, all the way to managing the accounts or are you to get your best performance from the buck. Because as we know from the last episode, LinkedIn ads are incredibly expensive. And so any mistake you make or any learning curve you go through, it has to be financial consequences we’ll say.
    So working with a team who understands what works and what doesn’t and kind of cut through all that has been really good for our clients. So that’s what we do. And uh, I think we’ve grown a little bit since we talked last. I think when we talked before we only had two people on the team. I think you have to, yeah,
    I’ve seen you all over the place. I think when we talked your kids were little in the background, which they’re probably still a little way littler than mine and you are just like, yes. You know, we’re getting started with this. And even when we talked though, even with just two of you, you were telling me how your agency was handling huge ad accounts for people on LinkedIn with like crazy results.
    So let’s kind of start there with just answering the question. Who right now should be advertising on LinkedIn? Yeah. So I think there are three categories of companies that I think are a really good fit. So the first is if you’re doing lead generation of any kind with a high lifetime value, and so in my mind, that’s when you close a customer.
    If they’re going to be worth $15,000 or more to you, then it’s pretty much a no brainer. So that’s B2B or even there’s some B to C lead gen that can get in that arena. But most of what we do is B to B. The next is higher education. Things like MBA programs who are recruiting the educational targeting that LinkedIn gives us is really good for those kinds of folks.
    And then finally, as you’d imagine with LinkedIn recruiting works really well, just white collar hiring someone. So if you’re looking for a new sales manager, you can target people who already have the title of sales manager in your area and ask them if they’d be interested in applying it if you look interesting to them. And those are the three categories that make a lot of sense on LinkedIn.
    Okay. So now that you’ve answered that, I feel like I need to take us a little bit of a step backwards. Is LinkedIn still this place where it’s ideal to use this platform to find a job more of like an online resume platform? Or are we finally starting to see a change in LinkedIn to become more of a social platform? You know,
    why are people on LinkedIn? Yeah. If you would’ve asked me before 2014 I would have told you, yep, it’s a job searching platform, but since then, you know, you log in and there’s a newsfeed and then for entrepreneurs like you and me, we love the organic newsfeed because it’s so easy for our content to go viral. We’re able to reach people in the right mindset in ways that you just never could on Facebook or Instagram where competition’s higher.
    Right. So yeah, it’s a fantastic platform for communicating right now. Not everyone has adopted and figured that out, but I think that is good for those of us who are ahead of the curve. Yeah, for sure. And I know that’s something we’re diving into more as a company and that’s a whole nother show is chatting about that. So let’s kind of get back to B to B,
    diving into client or I should say business type number one. So high value ROI. And so that brings us back to the next question of how do you even get started with LinkedIn ads? Is this something that if somebody says, Hey listen, I have a program or I have a product that I want to sell to this company, this corporation, and I want this corporation to be a longterm client of mine.
    Is this the ideal type of business that should be diving into LinkedIn? Yeah. So when you start thinking about like even before you decide which platform you want to go after, I keep an acronym in my mind called ammo ammo. And it’s the three things you need for any sort of social promotion. So the first is a is audience, the M is your message and the O is your offer.
    So LinkedIn is so good at targeting the right audience if it’s in B2B specifically because we can target people by all kinds of great things, job titles, seniority, what groups, they’re members of skills, they have company size industry. All of that. So you have that in mind. If you know LinkedIn is a good fit for your audience, then you move on to the acronym letter at the end.
    Oh, it’s the offering. We know if you put an ad up that just says, click here to talk to our sales rep, or click here for a demo or click here to buy something. You’re not giving anyone any reason to actually interact with your ad. No one will click. Or if they do, it’ll cost a lot per click. So you gotta have something that’s actually media and interesting so that they’ll have a reason to interact with you.
    And then once you know what that, Oh, your offer is the message of what is actually being shown to the customer is really easy to figure out. You’re picking a couple lines of and an image, and once you have all three of those things, it’s really easy to go into the LinkedIn ads platform and build your first campaign and ads, but plan out your ammo beforehand.
    Got it. I love that acronym. All right. And so when we’re talking about actually what type of ads do well on LinkedIn, we know for example, on Facebook it’s video, everybody wants video. Is LinkedIn the same? I mean, can we get the same click through rate or whatever LinkedIn calls it for a static image as we could with running a video ad?
    Can we run video ads on LinkedIn? Yes. So LinkedIn does have video ads, but I don’t recommend them yet. They’re not quite the silver bullet on LinkedIn like they are on Facebook. And I think it’s mainly a pricing concern. On Facebook, you’ll pay one to 2 cents per person who watches at least three seconds of a video on LinkedIn, it’s 10 to 20 times that.
    So we oftentimes see 10 15 20 cents per view, which is just quite frankly more than I think people should be paying. So if you have great video creative and you’ve tested on other platforms, absolutely bring it over to LinkedIn and test it. But I would say for your very first dipping your toe in the water of LinkedIn, start with a static image.
    Make it as simple as possible. So that you can read the results. If video ad is kind of hard to troubleshoot, you don’t know if it was your ad copy that didn’t perform or the video or a combination of the two. But if it’s just a static image, you know, it was either your text or your image and if there’s a problem you can fix it very quickly and try it again.
    Okay. Thank you for that. That is so interesting. Yeah, we’re getting a, you know, even most recently you and I recording this podcast here real time, it’s not prerecorded. More meeting. This one’s going to drop just in about nine days. So real time. As we’re speaking right now, our video ads on Facebook are at 1 cent.
    I mean, they’ve never been cheaper, but you’re right, like the static image ads, you know, we’re seeing, you know, conversions, $2 $3 a conversion. And so we stopped doing those because I just think that’s ridiculous to pay. So good to know that that is a flip because I think for people that are getting started with ads, especially companies that are doing their own ads,
    when we throw into them all these other techie things, they have to figure out like you got to do a dynamic video and maybe it should have some music in it and we need to put some text over the video. It just becomes so daunting. I think that entrepreneurs are so busy, they’re like, I’m out. I’m just not even doing that.
    And those are the things that we’re telling them and they have to do on other ad platforms. So I love that LinkedIn isn’t that way yet. It’s much easier to get them started. So a question for you now about the static image. Does LinkedIn have rules about the images like Facebook does? For example, there can’t be so much text over an image.
    Do people seem to be responding more to just an actual picture or is it a picture with texting? Graphics? Yes and no. So the issue here is that I like probably the rest of you absolutely hate the 20% rule. On Facebook. Yeah, the restriction that, Oh, you put too much text in your image. So Facebook’s not going to show it.
    LinkedIn doesn’t have that. But what we find is time and time again in all of our testing is the more text we put in an image that we’re set performs. So I like the freedom that LinkedIn gives you. They’re not going to penalize you for it because we have found some instances where text on the image data improve performance. So definitely test. But I would say keep it in mind that the whole purpose of your image is just to get people to stop scrolling so that they will read your ad copy.
    So don’t try to convert someone from the image, make sure the image is bright and colorful and contrasting so that they’ll stop and actually read your thoughtful ad copy that will convert. Okay. Thank you for that. Alright, so now let’s kind of switch back a little bit to my original questions about targeting. So many of our clients, many of our customers,
    they have programs that they want to sell. They’re either coaches or service providers. Quite a few of them have corporate programs and so they’re trying to reach the internal champion of that. The one that says, Oh my gosh, look at this. That just came through from the Sweetlife company or whatever. I want to take this to my decision maker. And so one of the problems is finding that internal champion.
    So when we’re talking about how to target ads on LinkedIn, like who to run the ads to, you mentioned we can break up ads by title and educational level. Talk to us about really how hyper-focused we can get with direct targeting to specific people to find either the champion or the decision maker that initiated the interest in a company or a program. Oh,
    I love this question. So here’s what we can do. If you know the individual title or role that you’re trying to go after, then you can build a campaign targeting just people of that title and role in that company size, in that type of industry. And you can go all the way down to the minimum audience size of 300 so I like to use the example because it’s so easy to picture.
    If you want to target just the CEOs of the fortune 500 you can do that. You can target job title of CEO at this list of 500 companies and you can hit them all the way down to an audience size of just 300 so I like to kind of break an audience up into two different levels. There’s the person who’s actually feeling the pain. Then you have maybe the influence,
    maybe not the influencers, maybe the actual signers, the decision makers, and depending on what stage of that process you’re trying hit, you could target one or the other or both at the same time. So if I’m going after marketers, for instance, because I am a marketer, I think like this, if I’m selling a an advertising tool, I might show an ad to the individual contributor level,
    the person who’s actually pulling the buttons and turning the switches. I guess you can’t really turn a switch, but you get the idea. Yeah, I can target them with an ad about, Hey, wouldn’t this make your life easier if you could do this faster and more accurately? And then I might target more of like the manager and above or director and above maybe just the VP level with messages like save money by your employees,
    being more, uh, more efficient at building ads quicker. And you have that freedom because you can break them up into two different camps or five different camps if you want and show them all different creative messaging. Yeah, so smart. Okay, next question. Can we geotarget ads? So if I only want to run ads here in Colorado, can I do that on LinkedIn?
    Yes, you can. So up until about three months ago, LinkedIn’s GOs were really limited. They were only like Metro areas. So for instance, in Colorado you might have like Denver Metro and you’re like, Oh, well what about just like a specific zip code? You couldn’t do it. But since then LinkedIn has integrated their geo targeting with the being Microsoft data.
    Very cool. Yes. If you’ve ever used Bing ads, it’s a great platform. Rivals, Google ads. And about every way you can think of. And it’s half the cost. So they’ve merged those data sets. So now you as a marketer, you can target all the way down to an individual city level. We’re not zip code, we’re not radius yet like you can do on Facebook and Google,
    but it’s a lot more specific. Okay, I have a million questions for you. Ha. You’re my favorite. My favorite person right now. Okay. So when we’re actually for those people that are listening, we’re actually going to break this podcast episode into two because we know you guys are short on time and so we’re going to have to really short,
    hard-hitting full of information episodes for you. So when you’re listening to now 176 and next week’s episode one 77 and next week’s episode, I want to talk about ad spend budget strategy. Wrapping up here, we’ve talked about a lot of things. So we, you have mentioned the three types of businesses that are really great candidates to advertise on LinkedIn. The first one you said B2B,
    so lead generation for high lifetime value. So if what they’re selling is over 15,000 lifetime or greater, you also said higher education MBA. So let’s kind of jam on that for a little bit. What type of businesses would fall into that category? The higher education? Yeah. Are you actually talking about institutions advertising or people who want to reach individuals connected institutions?
    I just don’t know that I’m understanding that correctly. Oh, I gotcha. Yeah. At the institution itself. So you imagine like a local university to you who they have an MBA program that they’d like to fill up with students. LinkedIn would let you target and obviously customize for your own organization, but you can say, I want to target anyone who has a bachelor’s but doesn’t yet have a master’s or PhD who got their degree in English or journalism and has at least five years of experience in the workforce.
    Oh, wow. Yeah, I can see how powerful that, that would be. A hundred percent. Okay. And then, um, along those same lines, there are many companies that are educational platforms. So, you know, we talk about the knowledge commerce industry. You and I were both in that industry. You know, sharing knowledge, teaching individuals how to up their game,
    increase their skills. So could this also apply to platforms, online platforms and online companies that are teaching skills to individuals who also then need to target or want to target people who are already at a certain educational level who might not be, you know, an official institution. Oh, for sure. Yeah. And the targeting on LinkedIn is so great for so many people.
    What it usually comes down to though is the cost. Yeah. Because last time we talked, I think the average cost per click on LinkedIn was six to $9. It’s now eight to 11 because you know, increased competition over time. Interesting. Okay. So it’s going up. Okay. Yeah. And I want to talk about that more in the next show too.
    Okay. So, um, and then the third person obviously is recruiting, hiring. That’s an easy no brainer. So those are the three types of businesses that are really ideal to advertise on LinkedIn. We dove into your acronym, your audience message, offer your ammo acronym and making sure that as a business you have all of those nailed down before you start your ad campaign.
    You talked about the importance of having like simple ads, not these fancy video ads, simple ads with images that are thumb stopping images with. Great copy. Before we kind of wrap up here, because I literally, I have so many questions for your age and I just appreciate you so much, so much being on the show and just allowing me to ask my completely uneducated LinkedIn advertising questions to you and I know there are so many people like me that just want to know more and so I’m thrilled about this before somebody starts even thinking about advertising on LinkedIn.
    And just to kind of wrap up this first episode, can you just explain to us what they really need to have set up in place as far as a profile or a company page? You know what I mean? I mean, so I know we have a, we just actually started our Sweetlife company page. I’ve had my LinkedIn personal profile for, I don’t even know as long as I could have had it,
    you know, years over a decade for sure. What do you need to have in place before you can even dive into this or what do you recommend? Yes, excellent question. So there are four different ad formats that you can use on LinkedIn. The main ad format that shows up in the newsfeed, that’s the one that I recommend everyone start with.
    That’s the only one that requires a company page to be associated with it. The rest, you can use any of them, not in your newsfeed types of ads without a page. But what’s so interesting to me is you don’t have to make sure your pages rockstar for your ads to perform well. The only things that people see from your company page in your ad are the company name,
    the logo, and the number of followers. So as long as your number of followers is not like an embarrassingly low number like ours, I’m looking at mine right now, it has 732 followers and I might go, okay, I might try to get that up before I really start hitting for the fences or anything, but as long as you’re not embarrassed by that number,
    you can show ads and the vast majority of people won’t ever come to your page to check out anything else you’ve shared or really anything else about your company. They’ll do what your ad is asking them to do, which is come to my landing page and fill out my form. So don’t sweat too much over what is on your company page. Just fill it out with the basics and make sure it doesn’t look embarrassing to you and then then your ads will perform as you create the ads.
    Got it. Okay, so that means I shouldn’t be running ads probably yet from my company page because I think we have three followers. Yeah, your 700 is embarrassing them by three. Well, the nice thing is you can cheat a little bit because LinkedIn released about six months ago. The ability to invite your connections so every day you can go in and invite up to,
    I think it’s 25 of your connections to follow your company page every day. Go in, invite 25 people that you know are great for your target audience or just good friends. Invite them and start padding that number over time and that way you wouldn’t be embarrassed about. That’s so funny. My assistant Kelly, she’s my assistant Kelly there. Let’s just add that to your daily job tests every day.
    She’s literally rolling her eyes right now while she listens to this show. She’s like, great, thanks April, but what? What I’m hearing is you don’t have to have a business page. You can still run LinkedIn ads without having a company page set up. Yup, yup. You can still run message ads which go to their inbox and on the desktop you can run both ad formats that are just hanging out over in the right rail.
    One’s called text ads and one’s called dynamic ads, but you probably will want a page four, the main ad format just because it’s the best ad format for most people, but you could theoretically without, Okay. Yeah, for sure. I want to type for many more questions about that in the next show. And then just the profile in general, like a general everybody’s general LinkedIn profile.
    You said few people actually come to either check out the company or the actual profile of the person running the ad, so it doesn’t seem like we have to have this rockstar profile in place either. So somebody who’s relatively new to LinkedIn or who’s really never taken the time to grow their LinkedIn connection could from what you’re saying is is correct. Do real well with ads,
    just basically because that doesn’t seem to be a deciding factor on how the ads convert. Yes, and in addition to that, you can’t actually even link to the profile of the person creating the ads. So quite often we’ll have a client who they personally don’t have a profile and so to work together they set one up and it’s bare bones, I mean no picture,
    barely their name, but we can still run ads for them because their company page is okay or even run some of those other ad formats that don’t require the page. So yeah, don’t let that stuff stop you from being able to run ads. Awesome. Thank you so much AIJ for being here. This is sweet life business podcast, episode number 176 all of the show notes can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com
    forward slash one 76 and for you guys to connect with AIG AIG, tell people where they can find you if they already know they want to dive into this. They don’t want to deal with figuring this out on their own as much information as we’re giving them here. It isn’t like having you hold their hand. Where can everybody find you? Awesome. Well,
    because you are all listening to a podcast right now. I’m excited to announce. I actually just launched my own podcast about four months ago, so if you’re interested in going super deep into LinkedIn ads, just searching whatever podcast player you’re listening to right now, the LinkedIn ads show, and you’ll see a a bright chubby ginger point now yet or something. That’s how you’ll know it’s may and of course I’m really easy to find.
    If you go to<inaudible> dot com our business website, if you fill out the form on any of those pages, you don’t go to a sales rep and you don’t get put into our newsletter. It just goes directly to my inbox and I’m not a sales guy, so feel free to reach out and I’m happy to email back and forth. Dude, you’re awesome.
    Thank you so much, JJ. All right, you guys, thanks for listening. Screenshot this episode. If it helped you and uploaded to LinkedIn tag Aja, tag me in it. Let us know what you took away from this, what you benefited the most are white, you know what you learned. We really appreciate your feedback and sharing this show,
    and we will talk to you again next week. Thanks for being here

    Episode 170: 7 Steps To Optimize Your Facebook Business Page – with Sarah Tomes and April Beach

    Sarah Tomes SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Episode Bonuses:

    Join our FREE community!

    Who This Episode is Great For:

    Any business that wants to optimize their Facebook business page and has spent time winging it. Entrepreneurs who aren’t sure how to get more engagement on Facebook. 80% of businesses out there who are missing the basics that could be costing them thousands. 


    If you’ve created a Facebook Business Page, but you aren’t sure EXACTLY how to use it, you’re not alone. Over 80% of small businesses we meet with don’t have the basics of their page set up and could be losing thousands. In this week’s show Sarah Tomes, our in house Facebook Ads expert is delivering “7 Steps To Make Sure Your Facebook Page Is Good To Go”.


    1. How to create a catchy title banner that establishes you as a leader
    2. How and what you should be linking to in your posts (and why)
    3. What CTAs (calls to action) to use and which ones are a “no-no”
    4. The difference between Boosted Posts and Facebook Ads and how to choose the right one. 

    Resources Mentioned:

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast | Episode 57: How to Increase Organic Reach Through Facebook – with Sarah Tomes SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast | Episode 60: Overcome Video Fears & Master Facebook LIVE – with Sarah Tomes SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast | Episode 125: What You Absolutely Must Know About Facebook And Instagram Marketing Right Now – Part 1 – Sarah Tomes SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast | Episode 126: What You Absolutely Must Know About Facebook And Instagram Marketing Right Now – Part 2 – Sarah Tomes SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast | Episode 149: Using Facebook and Instagram Ads On A Budget, To Get Your Online Presence Ready For The New Year- with Sarah Tomes Todd Herman on Instagram SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast on Pinterest April Beach on Facebook

    April Beach on Instagram

    SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

    Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

    Need faster business growth?

    Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

    Full Show Transcript:

    you’re listening to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast Simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator a probe age Hey, you guys and walk back to the show. I’m really glad you’re here. We’re diving into a topic that we’ve talked about many times previously on this show, and this is about leveraging Facebook and Instagram ads to grow your business. But specifically, what we find is a lot of people actually don’t have their Facebook business page set up in a way that’s gonna optimize the money that you’re spending on ads.
    So I asked Sarah tomes, Who’s our in house? Facebook and Instagram Add strategist and the founder of Tomes Social Media to come back into the show into chat with us. Now, this is a perfect episode for those of you guys who you haven’t established Facebook page. But you either don’t know how to use it. You kind of just threw it up there, and you’re not exactly sure the features in there and how they can help you connect with your audience or grow your audience or you have a page,
    but you haven’t leveraged the features like Facebook pixels, and you might have been spending money boosting posts with no results whatsoever. So for those guys who haven’t established business Facebook Page, this is a great show for you to make sure that you’re using the right. And then it’s also a great show for you if you have never set up your Facebook business page before we talk about the difference between business pages and personal pages. And no, some people use personal pages. Four business activities when Sarah actually breaks down.
    So we’re talking about seven steps to set up your Facebook business page and to start connecting with your perfect audience and growing your audience. We’re diving into all these steps today on the show. If you haven’t listened to the show before. Welcome. I’m April Beach on my business development strategist and host here at the Suite Life podcast in all of the show notes that we are talking about. So the links in a recap of the show can be found by cruising over to sweet life podcast dot com forward slash 170 because this is episode number 170 now,
    a quick note about the recording of this show. Right now, all of our kids were home. We’re home. My husband’s home. All three of my kids are home. Sarah’s home, her boys air home. Everybody’s home, which means that the Internet is pretty overwhelmed with band wit. And so we actually had trouble connecting and getting a great WiFi signal to record this particular podcast episode. And so because of that, instead of throwing the baby out with the bath water, we actually recorded this episode for you still in our sky platform but through a Skype phone call instead of the usual video that we do so a mind sound a little bit different than our regular recordings.
    Thank you for bearing with us. Thanks for continuing to tune into the show, and I just wanted to give you guys a little heads up of it. Sounds a little different audio wise. It’s because we had to improvise, and that’s what we d’oh we’re entrepreneurs, right? But what we do, we figure out how to make it work, and we make it work. So we certainly did that on today’s show, and for those of you guys who have any questions about Facebook ads. How to set up your Facebook page in any of the things that Sarah’s talking about today On this show,
    I invite you to join us in our free small business and women entrepreneur community over on Facebook. By tapping sweet life community dot com, you can just enter that in. It will redirect you to our Facebook community. We love to connect with you there. Okay, let’s go ahead and dive into today’s show. Hey, you guys, we are back again with Sarah tomes. Sarah is the sweet life company, so she’s our companies. Go to Facebook and Instagram ads strategist. She’s the very best of what she does.
    And she frankly, she has to be to deal with us because I do a really good job of killing Facebook ads all the time. And for years, Sarah has been the one to make sure online ad strategy. It’s just X selling. She’s also the one that works with all of our clients, and so she’s always has her sleeves rolled up in our communities, and today we’re diving into how thio make your business Facebook page visible, so you’re attracting the right leads. How to use adds to connect with the right leads what the post went to post it and really overall,
    how to set up your Facebook business page to be completely optimized in acting the exact way that you want it. Thio As we’re going through here, we’re gonna talk about a lot of things, But we want you to know that if you have questions, cruise over and join us in our community. This is a totally free community for women, small business owners and entrepreneurs to join. Sarah is in there all the time. She’s always giving, giving, giving. So if you guys have a question about anything we’ve talked about today,
    join us over at sweet life community dot com and we’ll be there to support you. So, Sarah, welcome to the show. Besides, being are like superhero when it comes to Facebook and instagram ads, can you give yourself another introduction as faras? What? What else? You d’oh! Oh, hey, it’s good to be here again. I love doing these podcasts with you. It’s like girlfriend time so fun. I specialize in Facebook and instagram ads. You guys know that Facebook and Instagram with same company just a little bit different platform.
    I focus on them because they it work. They’re the most authentic way to connect your brand to the people that you want to connect with as a brand. The arrow eyes are still amazing, and I just really enjoy it. And I think the thing that I like about it the most is I, you know, had a lot of trouble with it at first because it is so complicated. I think social media is just like people don’t know what to d’oh. It’s overwhelming, and I have been able to figure it out.
    Make it easy. And I love helping people get through it and make it easy to understand. And I loving instead your community because it’s love answering questions and making sure that people don’t feel, you know, like they’re asking something that’s that’s silly. And there’s no silly questions inside of there. So that’s why you need to come join us so you can get all the help inside. Yeah, thank you so much. And you do you pour into us and what’s really interesting for those of you guys that are our listeners to the show?
    You always listen to a state, sir, has been on a ton of these episodes, and so we’ve been talking about Facebook for years. She’s always in here giving, as you guys know, but one of things we find is that these questions that might feel like stupid questions in the beginning these questions don’t just come from new entrepreneurs. These are questions that established brands established companies that do have a social media presence that are either not understanding how to leverage that. Like all of these,
    these questions come from all directions. So it’s not just you, and she is not joking you when she’s telling you she’s there to pour into you and help.
    So thank you so much. So today on the show, we’re talking about seven steps to set up your Facebook business page and make sure it’s optimized,
    meaning it’s gonna track the right people to buy from. You build a relationship from you and to establish your business,
    your brand, how you want to be established into your space. So let’s go ahead and dive into the seven different steps.
    We’re gonna roll on some of these here together, so the 1st 1 is obviously setting up your business page.
    Some of the people that we talk Thio use their personal page as a business, so shot a little bit about that.
    And then let’s talk about actually setting up a Facebook business page and and really, how to go about that?
    Yes, if you have a business, you need to have a business page. You don’t want to be running your business from your personal page.
    It’s maybe not technically against Facebook’s terms of service, but they don’t like it. I’ve heard of accounts or personal Facebook.
    Page is getting shut down for conducting business because people don’t want to see that. You know, I I know that my friends don’t want to hear about Facebook ads.
    They could care less, right, so you need to set up a business page. It’s very easy to do,
    but it also has to have a lot of elements to make sure that your audience is connecting with you.
    You have to remember that it’s essentially like a business card these days. You have to have one. You need to have a website.
    You need to have a Facebook page. People are starting to really need to be on Instagram. Now we’re finding through studies that people sometimes go to Facebook instead of Google if they are interested in your business,
    so you want to make sure that it really represents who you are. So the first thing that you need to establish is a cover photograph that’s the one of the top,
    the long photograph for most businesses. I think it’s great Thio be focusing on now, like what you’re launching,
    what product you’re pushing, what course you’re pushing, what often you’re pushing. That’s a really great way to do it.
    If you don’t want to do that, makes something that’s very clear. Concise has maybe a little bit of text,
    but not too much something that’s easy to read. But my absolute favorite timeline is not. A photo is actually a video that’s a fairly new feature to Facebook,
    where you can put a video instead of a photographed anything of you doing anything looking like a boss, like speaking at an event that would be great.
    Another way to take advantage of that timeline photo is, if you have any press accolades, that’s place to put it,
    cause someone in Milan a little be like Oh, this business has been featured in this magazine or this publication,
    and it gives credibility to your business. So the other thing that I really see people make a big mistake is your cover photo.
    So it’s a very small right, and a lot of people will put like a group shot of her team and you can’t see it or they’ll put a version of their logo.
    That’s really not easy to read if you were representing your company. If you’re the peace of your company,
    use a professional shot. Use that same shot across all of your social media channels so that you’re easily recognizable,
    whether someone’s on Twitter, LinkedIn, Instagram or Facebook. And I think April you had a good example of somebody who does that really well,
    is it Todd Herman. Yeah, Todd Herman does a great job of that. If you guys follow Todd Herman on Instagram or even unlinked in its his head shot,
    and then it’s a bright yellow background. So it’s super consistent, you know, across the board on all the social media platforms.
    But then it’s also really eye catching its basic. It isn’t, you know, elaborate. It’s his head shot with a yellow background,
    and it is by far like the best example that I have seen. If somebody doing that really well yet,
    yeah, that’s a really important thing to do. And just make sure that it’s very easy to see.
    You want to even look at it on a mobile phone, not just your desktop, cause it’s going to be even smaller there.
    And then it’s even smaller on Instagram. Very, very small, right? Right. And you know,
    one of the things that you’ve said to us before is that some people’s logos were really small. And so let’s talk about the use of an actual logo it in that place and what you recommend.
    Whatever version of your logo is the easiest to read in the most recognizable that has, like the most color is the one that you’re gonna want to use.
    You don’t want to use something that’s really, really busy because no one will be able to recognize you across the different channels.
    Yeah, thank you so much for saying that I love it. I love the video idea, certainly,
    and I think that would be very eye catching if I went to somebody’s Facebook page. I would certainly stop and watch what they’re doing in the video,
    for sure. So that’s step one step from our two. People want to know When should they post how frequently you know what time of day it really?
    What content should they be putting out there? What’s your take on that right now? Because this changes.
    I mean, let’s face it. We’ve recorded the show similar to this, and we’ll record more down the road and it could be totally different based on what’s happening right now,
    which is why it’s so important to stay on top of these things. Well, what’s going on right now is that Internet traffic is way up,
    right, because we’re at the time of this recording were all at home working s O. This is the ultimate time to get in front of your audience,
    So typically I would recommend about three times a week. I don’t really think it’s worth it to get worked up and feel like you have to post like,
    five times a day. You don’t. You just need to post quality content, and one thing that is very important is to make sure that if you’re posting and you’re letting somebody go off of the Facebook platform that they’re going to one of your assets,
    So they’re going to your website. They’re going to your blogged. They’re going to Anything that you own is better than sending them to an article.
    I see a lot of business owners they like, Oh wow, I found this great article on entrepreneur dot com Then entrepreneur dot com Get your traffic and they own your traffic.
    So if you could send them to your website, that is so much better. I’m not saying you don’t You can’t post things like that,
    but really try to make a habit of not doing that very much. Another type of post that is the most valuable is video posts,
    and especially if it could be video of you or what’s going on inside of your business. Video is just the most wonderful way to connect with people.
    We all grew up watching television, and we connect. We does national. We connect through video. That’s what we do.
    And Facebook loves video, and they we’ll give you preference if you use it. And I know April and I’ve had discussions about how difficult it can be too comfortable around video.
    But this is the time to do it. And you know what? You could even come inside of our group in post video and no one’s gonna judge you.
    You can come in like, bone up everything right? I love that you just said that. So before this recording,
    I just got off the phone with a perspective client for our business that wants to work with us and where she was sharing about how difficult it is to really get the routine of posting video.
    And so let me share with you guys to some of the stuff that I just said to her. So when you’re recording a video,
    whether it’s live or it’s a pretty apart of video, I want you to just imagine that you’re talking to a one person like your ideal client.
    If you’re sitting there and you’re looking at your camera, you’re looking at your laptop and you recorded a video,
    and it gets really overwhelming when you hit record. It’s because you’re imagining that you’re speaking to the potential masses,
    you know, and it gets really intimidating. You kind of forget what you’re saying so The reality is,
    is when you first go live, You guys, nobody’s gonna be there watching you. You might get one view here,
    one of you there because people aren’t used to you going live. That’s normal. It happens to everybody.
    The more you do that, the more people are gonna be like, Oh, hey, great. You know,
    Julie’s going live in and I can’t wait to see what she’s posting today or you know, any other video.
    So, you know, first of all, like just bring it back to the basics. Just imagine you’re talking to one person.
    We could do a whole nother. I won’t continue going on attention on that, but I love what Sarah said to So we have,
    like, practice going live sessions in our Facebook community, and that is literally for us to go in there and practice going live in the community before you go.
    11. Your business page. You’re totally welcome to do that in our free entrepreneur community. People do it all the time,
    and they’re like, Oh, my gosh, where do I hit this button and what I do and what I look like And can you guys hear me,
    Okay. It’s totally a place for you to practice, so we just want to share with you that you’re welcome to do that.
    Okay, So step number three is asked people to take action on your post. So what kind of action are we talking about?
    Like, what does that mean for people that might not be aware? Well, you just want to remember the Facebook is a social platform.
    And if you have social interactions with your audience, you’re going to be rewarded in the algorithm. So if I post something and I’m starting to get a lot of likes Ah,
    lot of people are commenting. They’re sharing the post than that says to Facebook. Okay, this is a good post.
    We’re going to start showing it more. Ah, lot of people make the mistake of saying, you know,
    like, comment and share, and that’s actually something Facebook does not like. So you just want to ask questions.
    You want to get them to have conversations with you and each other When they comment on your post, make sure that you reply thoughtfully.
    I see so many businesses just with very lame replies that are probably you know some sort of pot or employees.
    That’s not getting them to engage. But if they answer a question, asked him a question. Keep the ball going,
    make it like a volley and that we will really get things going now when you were doing a Facebook alive and you can say something like,
    you know, press the heart button. If you agree, that’s fine to do. And that’s I think a really good strategy to get your Facebook live going is to get them to comment,
    get them to hit that heart button, and that will trigger the algorithm to give you the more organic reach.
    Yeah, love that, too. So the difference between calling Tau action, like on a live stream versus calling the action on a on a static poster video.
    Okay, so, you know, you had an example, and I think it’s important to share examples to reassure some,
    but like an interior designer and the post that she was doing, I love that example. Can you share that hurt here?
    Just so people really know what it is that you’re talking about? Like the color of the foursome. Yeah.
    Say, if you were redecorating your office and you were trying to decide what color to paint your walls or whatever.
    Asked them Thio give their opinion cause that will connect you to them. It makes the algorithm decided that they like the post and the more people will see the post.
    So stuff like that is fun. Like I really like when businesses do post like that where you can give an opinion.
    And it’s a really great way for you to ask your audience questions on what’s going on with them. I think that you can ask them thio like Post where they’re working from today.
    Like opposed to picture. Show me. Show me your virtual office like you re a picture of your animal is your co worker you just get creative with?
    Yeah, totally. I’m gonna go do all those right now because everybody’s home right now. Okay. So step number four is get verified.
    So talk to us about what does it mean to be a verified account? And who needs this? Yeah.
    So when I talk to people about getting verified, they think about the blue badge or the blue checkmark on instagram.
    That’s for public figures and celebrities and global brands. That’s not what we’re talking about right now. Getting verified is a process that you go through because Facebook wants pages on Facebook to be authentic and trustworthy.
    We know that there are so many fake pages. Are there pages that have started and they just they’re dead.
    So they want businesses that are trustworthy and what you dio is you go to the security center on your Facebook page.
    That’s like where all of your privacy settings are. And there’s a section in there to get verified, and it depends on what type of business you have.
    You’re a brick and mortar business, and you have a telephone that’s registered. It’s a really simple, just verification process with your telephone.
    If you were like an online business, like most of us probably are, it usually requires that you,
    like, upload your business documents like your LLC documents, and then sometimes they’ll ask for, like a website domain proof of ownership.
    It takes about like four or five days for to get verified. But then, once you do, you have access to Facebook product’s developer futures,
    and Facebook does a lot of really cool focus groups where they will pay you. They’ll give you gift cards.
    You could be part of a study you could be part of. Ah, Beta testing sometimes will fly you out to Facebook headquarters.
    Like if they notice that your pages doing some amazing things and it’s verified, You can really do some amazing things with Facebook.
    So it’s just one of those things. Like while we’re around, we’ve got a huge to do list that we’re all going Drew right now.
    Just do it. It takes, like, 15 minutes, and it’s really worth your time. And they don’t say that it increases your reach,
    but I think it really does. If you have a verified business, okay, thank you so much for all those details.
    All right. And then step number five is diving into creating your about section on your Facebook business page.
    What are your best practices for that section? So that section is statistically the place people go when they land on your Facebook business page.
    So you need to put a lot of thought and ever into it. And right now it really does allow you to pictures.
    And there it allows you to write quite a bit of copy. It used to be very simple. So now is the time to really,
    like showcase what your company stands for and why whoever’s landed should be interested in what’s in it for that.
    It’s also a very unique opportunity for you to put a link to your Optima or to schedule a call or whatever it is in your business that people would want to know to get started.
    So really, show your vision in there and get creative and connect with your community. In that about Paige,
    that’s really, really important. Super. I love that love that so much and yes, posting the lead to the link to the lead magnet or get started or whatever it’s,
    it’s absolutely perfect place to put that. And I don’t think people are utilized in That is a matter of fact.
    I have been looking just kind of casually, and I haven’t really seen very many businesses doing that, and the way that it could be Okay,
    so that was number five. Now six and seven, we’re going to dive into here. We can’t go in depth about them,
    but there are some really important things that you want to share with our audience about these issues. We’re talking about Facebook ads,
    and we’re talking about Facebook pixels. Let’s start with the Facebook pixel and really what it is, why businesses need it.
    And we’ve talked about this numerous times on the show before. For years we’ve talked about the Facebook pixel,
    and yet so many companies are missing this fairly easy, important step. Yes, I mean, I would say 80% of companies don’t have it installed,
    which is mind blowing. All it is is a pixel code that you, uh, install very easily onto your website.
    Used to kind of be a pain in the butt to do. But Facebook now integrates with, like squarespace,
    WordPress wicks most of the major platforms to allow it to be just really a click of a few buttons.
    You just goto business dot facebook dot com and you click on events, and that will take you to your pixel,
    and it basically just takes you through the process and what it does. It’s that little piece of code that’s in charge of all the things that Facebook does that are totally creepy.
    It follows you around the Internet. It tracks where you’re going, what you’re doing, what your habits are,
    which is completely creepy. And it’s something that we all just like about Facebook, but as an advertiser and is a business.
    It is a dream because you have so much intelligence on what your user is doing. So if you have it installed in your sight and you go to run Facebook ads,
    you know exactly who has landed on what page, and you can re target them and do a lot of really creative re marketing.
    And it’s, you know, a 5 to 10 minute process to get it installed. You may already have it installed.
    If you had a decent Web developer, we hope that they put it on there for you. But inside of the community,
    there’s a tutorial to figure out whether or not it’s installed on. And if it’s not installed, I can help you walk up the process.
    Yeah, so definitely don’t hesitate toe to reach out and again, you can join us. It’s totally free community,
    you guys. This is where we connect with other like minded women business owners. We love it, and Sarah’s in their relentlessly giving,
    importing into this community So there is a video tutorial, and they’re showing you how to check whether or not your code is installed.
    This is basic business, honestly, marketing 101 And I don’t know, maybe marketing companies charge for this,
    but I love Sarah. She’s always giving first. And you know, we believe these are kind of basic things that you guys should have in orderto leverage your business account on Facebook and grow your business.
    So cruise over and join us in sweet life community dot com. It’ll redirect you to that Facebook group,
    and you’re you’re welcome to go in there, find that pixel post you can search in the community for that and the poster questions and tags era and them.
    And she’s always in their connecting with you guys. So let’s talk about Facebook ads now. The most important question that I hear you get when you’re in doing business trainings in our community and everywhere else is why can’t I just boost my post?
    Facebook makes it so easy to boost my post. And really, what is the difference between a boosted post and a Facebook ad?
    Well, the boosted poster a very easy way to get your ads in front of an audience, but I found that typically they don’t do very well.
    And the really big difference is you can’t see the data is to what’s going on, because if you’re starting an ad and it’s not working,
    you need to know that it’s not working in these boost interests. Just don’t give you the data that you need.
    They don’t allow for the building of audiences. So what you need to do is go to business at facebook dot com and get comfortable with ads manager and build your abs inside of there.
    And then that way you can split test audiences. You can split test images. You can split test copy.
    You can take a look at the data, and you can say, Okay, this ad is doing awesome.
    I’m going to keep it running, or you can say it’s not and you have to adjust. But boosting post is a really it’s very easy to do,
    and it’s not worth your marketing dollars to do that right now. Add costs are down about 60% and it’s a very,
    very, very good time to get in front of your audience because They’re listening now. So true. So true.
    Okay, so let’s recap a bit. What we chatted about here today. Seven steps Thio, Optimize your Facebook business page and get in front of your perfect audience.
    We talked about how to set up that page. You gave some really awesome suggestions as faras the video in the header and really,
    how to establish what it is that you want your audience to know within that that was so smart. I love that number two We talked about posting times three.
    We talked about asking people to take action and how to ask them, like what kind of action they should be taking,
    and you should be prompting them to do based on the type of post. We also talked about getting verified and what that means utilizing the about section to the best of your business.
    And your options actually grow your list through that process. And then we dove into pixels and adds, Is there anything else that people you know really need to know right now and what’s happening,
    or anything to stay away from? As a business owner? Just anything else you’d like to add to this Sarah This is a really good time to really know your audience and use your intuition.
    It’s a very delicate situation right now where there’s a fine line that you have to be constantly aware of.
    I know that like I scheduled some of my post and I went in, I was like, Scratch that that doesn’t exactly fit.
    And I think a lot of businesses air sending out emails that aren’t addressing the elephant in the room. And you have to be.
    You have to be aware of that. And I really believe one thing that not everyone is a copywriter.
    A messaging could be very difficult, right? But follow big brands. They have the best copy writers in the world working on how to address the elephant in the room and how to be sensitive in the right words to use right now.
    So, you know, watch your commercials during her who lose sessions, see what they’re saying. Open your e mails from trusted companies and listen to what words they’re using and just be very intuitive about how you should go about things.
    And I think it’s different for different companies and just be careful. But also like you know don’t necessarily be a free to sell right now.
    Don’t be afraid to grow. Your email is don’t be afraid to run traffic to your website. Don’t be afraid to run ads is actually a great time while we have people on the Internet to get your business in front of all of these people.
    And it’s definitely at a way lower cost than it was a week ago. So maybe have the ad dollars to spend.
    This is a great time to spend it growing your audience. I love it. Thank you so much,
    Sarah. Thanks for all your wisdom and seriously just giving so much to our clients and those people that aren’t our clients.
    Just the the entrepreneur community is general again. A few guys would like to join us, cruise over to sweet life community dot com and plug in there on our Facebook group for us or with us.
    Give yourself an introduction and then tap in to Sarah for any questions you have about this episode or any of our other episodes were both in there all the time answering business questions.
    Thanks so much for being on the show and you can find all the show notes for this episode of by cruising Over to sweet life.
    Podcast dot com forward slash 170 So it’s 1 70 It’s episode number 1 70 Yanda Again in the community By connecting with us.
    It’s sweet life community dot com. Thanks, sir. I appreciate it. Thanks, April.
    That’s all folks!

    Episode 164: Is Your Online Marketing Failing? Here are 5 Solutions You Can Count On – with April Beach

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Who This Episode is Great For:

    1. Those of you who are doing everything you’re told and your online marketing still isn’t working
    2. Anyone in any phase of my Lifestyle Business Roadmap

    Show Highlights:

    • How online marketing sales have changed over the past few years
    • The story of how Facebook completely stonewalled my recent marketing efforts
    • The five strategies you can implement to continue to grow your list and business and increase your sales when all else fails

    Take Action with Episode Bonuses:

    Join the SweetLife Facebook Community

    Resources Mentioned:

    My Business Website

    Want to become an Affiliate of our company? Email hello@sweetlifeco.com

    Speakers Summit Mastermind™

    Help a Report Out (HARO)

    Kristen Foust on Instagram

    Every Day I’m Preppin’

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast | Episode 133: The Power Of Superfans: How to Create A Community Of Superfans Who Love And Follow You Forever – with Pat Flynn

    April Beach on Instagram

    Full Show Transcript:


    you’re listening to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast Simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator a probe age. You guys coming to you from a very cold boulder, Colorado. I’m holding my cup of tea recording this episode for you and I’m hoping that my voice holds out. I have the whole Debra Winger thing going on here, but don’t quite sound as sexy as she does. And I have a very special message that I want to share. This is actually one that I fit into our podcast content editorial calendar because of the fact that it’s come up so much,
    I think it’s really important for us to talk about today. We are talking about what to do when everything that you’ve been told to dio to market your business online is totally failing. So this means the Facebook ads, the instagram, you know, strategies and the filters and that perfect feeds and a certain number of stories you post each day and how to go live on LinkedIn. All the things you’ve been told or what you quote unquote are supposed to do to grow your business and grow your list. What do you do when they aren’t working?
    This is something that we’re hearing more and more about. So the funnels that we had used and that had worked so well to grow lists from 2015 to 2018 they aren’t working so hot anymore until the online strategies of business development aren’t working for everybody the way that they used Thio. And I want to talk about that because I’m a business coach. I coach you guys and I have a lot of women out there that are doing everything quote unquote right, right. You know, on my team of experts, I have Facebook experts and Instagram experts.
    And finally, a couple of weeks ago, we hit a total brick wall within my own business. So I’m gonna tell you this story. And this is why it really triggered me to record this episode for you about two weeks ago when we were going through to trigger our ads to Sweet Life Launch, which is my business launch and development program that was open for a short period of time. All of our ads were stonewalled by Facebook, which means Facebook rejected all of our ads. Now these were the same ads.
    We ran over and over again, and we went through the language making sure that language was right. We went through making sure there weren’t any, like, shifty promises and the ads, you know, because Facebook’s always, you know, trying to be careful for what businesses advertise on their platform anyway. Total Stonewall meeting with Facebook’s Our Facebook ads strategist who is a Facebook at expert. She has been for years. She met, looked with Facebook anyway. Our ads were not approved in. Facebook has now been putting a crunch on ad strategies for business coaches,
    and we’re starting to feel the effects of some of the online marketing strategies that works really, really well for years and years. What happens is when a lot of people start doing them. They stopped working so well and we hit that brick wall. I know that this is also happening in and many of your businesses to Maybe you’re following an instagram strategy or a social media planning calendar. That somebody you said would be perfect and it’s not working for you. So whether you have your Facebook ads disapproved for literally no reason like we did.
    Your funnels aren’t attracting buyers anymore. You’re wasting hours a week on instagram and not gaining any following all. Maybe you host live webinars. Maybe you’re using a live weapon, our strategy to sell into your programs. Maybe that’s just not working. And I’m not saying these aren’t working for everybody is a matter of fact. A client of mine just hosted live Webinars and sold her online course for $40,000 for the first launch. I mean, some of these strategies are working great, but for many of you, they aren’t.
    So this is the podcast to be listening to If everything that everybody said to d’oh you have done and your list still isn’t growing, your business isn’t booming. You aren’t gaining your followers today.
    We’re gonna talk about how to market your business when all else fails. So this particular episode is for those of you guys who are in all phases of my lifestyle entrepreneur road map.
    If you aren’t sure where you are, just pause this episode really quick in just text to the number 31996 and you’re gonna wanna text to the word sweet life one word and that I’ll just shoot you a link.
    You can take a small short assessment, and it’ll tell you exactly where you are on the road map to build the lifestyle business of your dreams and give you steps and thinks you should be working on based on where you are.
    So this particular episode, this online marketing kind of fail. This is not just for new entrepreneurs. This is affecting established businesses,
    too. So this particular episode is for every single phase of my lifestyle. Entrepreneur of my lifestyle, business,
    road map. And today we’re gonna talk about five different strategies that you can d’oh to continue to grow your list and grow your business and increase your sales when all else fails.
    All the show notes for this episode can be found it. Sweet life podcast dot com forward slash 1 64 and stick around to the end of this episode.
    We are featuring a podcast listener and their business every single week in promoting you guys out on instagram and on Facebook and helping your business gain more traction and get more attention to so stick around at the end of the show,
    and you will get to know our featured listener and for you to be our featured listener. Simply go to sweet life podcast dot com and applied to be the next featured business and listener.
    Okay, let’s go ahead and dive in. Okay, Step number one. The first thing to do when all of your online marketing fails.
    The first thing to do is to create a network of online businesses just like yours. That you resonate with you are,
    may be in the same place, is they are in their business, and I want you to create personal relationships with them.
    Here is the purpose of doing this when you create a collective of businesses that don’t do the same thing.
    Just a collective of like minded women in a small group, not 20 not 30 were like talking five or seven,
    and you create this collective of businesses that you take the time to get to know each other. You take the time to get to know the service’s of one another.
    You actually go through almost like a mini brand training with each other, and you create this collective of promoting each other’s businesses connecting with each other online and offline.
    That is gold to your company. So here’s your homework for this. This is picking five people from online.
    I want you to pick five different businesses online. You can connect with them from Facebook groups that you’re in.
    As long as that, of course, abide by those group rules. You can connect with him on Instagram,
    and I want you to reach out to all of them individually at first and just say this. Say,
    Hey, listen, I’m working hard to get my business noticed. I see you’re working hard to get your business noticed us?
    Well, I’d love to get to know you create a relationship with you. Hey, let’s have coffee sometime and you get to know them.
    You get to know what they’re doing. This takes time. Folks like there is no press easy button here.
    And that’s the downfall of online marketing. Is it? For so many years, you’ve been told that this is an easy button with online marketing that you could just hit,
    and all these people are just going to show up at your front doorstep. It doesn’t always work that way,
    and it’s starting to work that way less unless, Okay, so taking time to have coffee with another business virtually online,
    even just for 15 minutes and getting to know each other is a powerful first step. My recommendation is to do this with five different businesses individually,
    and then set up a zoom virtual coffee date with these five ladies once a month. It’s like your own little mini mastermind,
    and what happens is you become part of each other’s lives and you know about each other’s businesses in those relationships grow and you’ll start commenting on their things on social media,
    and they’ll start commenting on yours. They’ll refer other people to your business, and vice versa. That is number one.
    Best way is to create a community. Collective was just you and a few other girls Where you connect with these relationships are the ones that build profitable,
    powerful, multi six figure cos they start like this. They start by a hanging out and having coffee together,
    being intentional. So that is step number one Stuff member. Choose to be common affiliate be becoming an affiliate means that your company sells another company’s program,
    service’s or products. This is a really great way to number one, have your business seen as a leader and a somebody that sells really resourceful products,
    even if they aren’t your own number two. To be able to build a relationship with other businesses by supporting them to sell their programs and offers and number three by increasing your sales when you become an affiliate,
    you automatically are brought into a collective of other affiliates that air promoting the same program the same offer. This is an amazing way to network to share what you do and,
    of course, to make more online friends when you make more online friends and you have more people on your side where people are going to share your business and recommend you that other people,
    these personal relationships supersede anything that you can d’oh even any video strategy that you could do and just put out there to a cold audience.
    Having somebody personally recommend you will always come first. Now the question is, you ask, how do I become an affiliate now?
    This isn’t a whole training on how to become an affiliate for somebody else, but let’s just cut to the chase.
    If you see a program that you like and you’d like to sell, reach out to the person personally in just a Hey,
    listen, I love what you’re doing. I believe in what you’re doing. Can I help you sell it?
    Can I be an affiliate? One of my favorite programs that I sell for somebody else’s for my friends.
    Selena Sue. She has a program called Impacting Millions. It teaches people how to get press and how to get media exposure in your business,
    and I love this program. I’ve been affiliate for her for years now, and the way I did that was reaching out to her and say,
    Hey, I love what you’re doing. This is not something I currently coach my clients on. I would love to sell yours.
    How can I help you? How can I be of service to you? And being part of Selena’s affiliate program has actually introduced me to some of my very best online business Girlfriends is a matter of fact two of them.
    I just hosted a virtual weekend summit with These are great relationships, and what it’s gonna do is it’s gonna open the doors from our networking for you,
    but it’s also going to increase your sales and get your company more exposure. So that is step number 27 of our three is did speak.
    I’ve been talking about speaking here on this podcast. This is really important for you getting up personally in front of an audience in actually speaking to them,
    teaching a training or sharing your message. It doesn’t matter if it’s 10 people or 100 people or 1000 people.
    When you do that, you connect one on one with that listener in a way that you can’t any other way through online marketing.
    And so I encourage you to speak to get out there. And your action item on this is just to make a list of five different events that you would like to speak at this year.
    Five different places. They’re your wish list of events. Where do you want to talk? Is there a woman Start up summit or Health and Fitness Summit and go and start doing your research.
    Figure out how you can apply for that and start getting your ducks in a row to do that. We talk all the time here on this podcast and that actual summit that I hosted with to my Only Girlfriends was called Speaker Summit That teaches you how to have resource is to book yourself to speak so you can always cruise back to sweet life co dot com.
    My Web site and find resource is to learn how to speak their a swell. But your action item on this is just to make a list of five different dream stages that you would like to speak on.
    They don’t have to be big. The small ones in the local communities in your small towns are the ones that build almost just is powerful relationships,
    as if you’re a big keynote speaker for an annual event. So Number four is to get press and media attention.
    Now. Press and media attention doesn’t automatically create a marketing funnel for you. However, when you get press and media attention,
    what it does is it attracts high quality businesses and high quality buyers to you. This is an alternative to our traditional online marketing standards that we’ve been talking about because it’s a way that immediately elevates you as an expert.
    Whether you’re contributing to an article whether you’re quoted in the magazine, whatever it may be getting press and media attention for your business will always supersede your authority above any sort of personal self posting you’re doing across social media.
    It’s having an endorsement from a media outlets saying, Hey, look, this chick knows when she’s talking about,
    and we’re gonna quote her in this article because we think she’s a reputable source. So having that sort of exposure is going to attract other businesses to you,
    and it’s going to then attract marketing to you. So it’s one of those things that you can do that’s free.
    You don’t have to pay for it other than sweat equity to submit your article to be featured in a publication.
    And one of the resource is we’ve shared here for the last couple of years on this podcast on how to get awesome Press and media attention is a resource called Help a Reporter out.
    It’s a free resource where you can submit yourself as an expert and we’ll go ahead and make sure we put a link to help a reporter out,
    also known as Harrow in the show notes for this episode for You and then the fifth strategy to grow your business,
    aside from online marketing, is to host offline events. This could be a meet up, but you d’oh!
    It could be a luncheon for local businesses in your area. There doesn’t have to be a cost to it.
    It’s just hosting an event to bring people closer to you within your community that are your perspective clients. Even if you have an online business,
    it’s important to know that the best, most lucrative relationships are built face to face. So those followers those super fans is Pat.
    Fling calls them those first followers of a new service or a new offer. You can get those source first followers locally,
    and then they become your biggest online cheerleaders. They become your biggest fans. I still remember when I was launching this podcast and we had a big,
    huge podcast launch team that was so grateful for all of the women, all the people that took part in it.
    But the majority of listeners on that podcast launch team. We’re from Colorado. They were friends and friends of friends,
    and it was really awesome. There were hundreds of people that flooded the airwaves sharing this podcast, but that started local and it catapulted us to the top female entrepreneur podcast for over 20 weeks straight.
    So I want you to know that those things work. Don’t just cut to the chase and go immediately to these online relationships.
    And if you find yourself where you’re wondering, why isn’t this working? What is wrong with me? I’ve done every single Facebook live video that so and so told me to do,
    and I’m showing up on Instagram. Story is the exact amount of time and hosting I G lives in posting interesting,
    thought provoking articles that start with stories on LinkedIn and nothing is working. The most important thing to do is keep it up.
    Don’t quit doing those things. Your online presence is incredibly important. I’m not saying that you should quit those things.
    What I am telling you is that there are other ways to grow your business through what we call grassroots marketing that are going to build deep relationships with people that I love you and become your greatest cheerleaders.
    And they aren’t always this shiny, perfect online funnel like you’re told that they are until this podcast is to let you know there’s nothing wrong with you.
    You’re not doing anything wrong. You’re trying hard, you’re building your business and you’re trying to get attention into spread out and to rise above the noise.
    And I love you for that. And that’s so awesome. That’s why you’re sitting here listening to this podcast episode.
    But these five ways. If you just pick a couple of them, even two of these to incorporate in your marketing strategy,
    I promise you they will make a world of difference. They’re not an easy but you do not get to push a button,
    and these things were being instantly done for you. These things take work, but because they take work,
    an intention and personal connection, that’s why they’re so powerful and they can grow your business in exponential ways.
    So let’s go back over these five solutions when all of your online marketing his head a brick wall number one is defined.
    Five people online from Facebook groups, or INSTAGRAM, schedule coffee dates with them, inform a little mastermind collective,
    get to know each other and support each other in each other’s business is Number two is to become an affiliate in to sell somebody else’s service.
    Is you can always email us if you’d like to be humming affiliate of our business programs. Simply shoot an email toe Hello at sweet life co dot com and say,
    I want to be an affiliate. We would love to have you, and I know there are many other businesses out there that would love to have you sharing their offers.
    And service is number three is speak. What I talked about on today’s show is really to speak. Live face to face events.
    Start booking yourself on five stages, whether their local or bigger, buying five stages this year. Get out their share your message and connect with people.
    Face to Face Number four is to get press and media attention, and I promised you will put the link to the heros so that you can submit yourself as an expert in the show notes for this episode.
    And Number five is to host offline events hosting offline events. Coffee dates face to face strategy sessions. Maybe you host a community event where you pour into your community and you volunteer your service.
    Is that you? D’oh for another group of women once every quarter. Believe me, that will give you strides of an advantage over your competitors by giving first,
    we really believe that the best way to build your business is always by giving first, and that is one key way to do it.
    All right, you guys help. You found this podcast helpful. If you did, I would love it.
    I would really appreciate it if you’d just up arrow and sure this podcast with your friends. You can actually share this podcast directly from Spotify and Pandora to instagram.
    And if you aren’t yet, please follow us at Sweet Life Podcast or at sweet Life Entrepreneur on Instagram.
    I would love to chat with you over there. Okay, Your show notes for this episode can be found by visiting Suite Life podcast dot com forward slash 1 64 in today’s feature podcast Listener is Kristen Fast.
    Kristen is the founder of Everyday I’m prep in dot com. She is a health coach that helps Mama’s ditch the fad diets and take control of their help,
    including hormone mindset. And she just has some really cool stuff. Follow her over on Instagram at Kristen G.
    Faust, and every day I’m prepping. She adjusted a really cool I g TV video, which I love about weight loss,
    ms. So let’s give her a high five and go over and follow her on her business. She’s doing great stuff over there.
    We’ll make sure there’s a link to Kristen’s business in the show notes for this episode as well. Okay,
    you guys help. You found this helpful. I just want to encourage you that if you feel like you’re doing all the things and nothing’s working,
    just keep going. Start using some of these off the side grassroots marketing strategies because these are the ways that we have built business for a long time before anybody invented shiny online funnels.
    And let me tell you something. They work, all right, you guys have an awesome week and I’ll talk to you again soon.
    Bye for now.

    Episode 162: Want To Launch A Podcast? 10 Lessons From Behind The Mic – with April Beach

    SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

    This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?


    Who This Episode is Great For:

    1. If you’re considering launching a podcast.
    2. If you want to be a guest on a podcast and you want to know the inside scoop to increase your chance of landing that guest spot.
    3.  If you’re in the growth and scaling part of your business and you appreciate hearing about times where other women have fallen on their faces and gotten back up again.

    Show Highlights:

    • What hosting a podcast hosting is really like.
    • Insights to help you decide if hosting a podcast is a responsibility you want to add to your business.
    • 10 honest lessons you can apply to your business to save time, money, and sanity.

    Take Action with Episode Bonuses:

    Join the SweetLife Facebook Community

    Resources Mentioned:

    The SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast | Episode #65: Doing Things That Don’t Scale – with John Lee Dumas

    The SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast | Episode #133: The Power Of Superfans: How to Create A Community Of Superfans Who Love And Follow You Forever – with Pat Flynn

    April Beach on Instagram

    The SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast on YouTube


    you’re listening to the sweet life Entrepreneur Podcast Simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator a probe Age, you guys and welcome Thio Podcast number 162 I’m April Beach and I’m so glad that you’re here were actually recording today from Burbank, California This is my very first podcast episode After three years of podcasting, Thio ever record outside of my home studio office. So it’s learning, going through the process and learning here. Sitting at the Burbank Airport Marriott,
    my son Jake is in town for three days filming a music video. And it’s just part of the learning process of what we do is Mom’s and as entrepreneurs and just kind of figuring things out as we go. This was more of a last minute trip, and and so it is. It is what it is. And I’m so excited you’ve joined me on today’s show so funny a little bit behind the scenes. We actually spend a lot of time in this hotel. We’re here usually for a couple of weeks a year,
    and this is the hotel you guys quiet. Yes, I’m in now. This is the hotel where they have all their producer rooms. So all of the contestants for shows like The Voice and like the new songwriter show they bring them here and they’re walking around with their guitars and you can hear them singing in the hallways. But it’s super hush hush because they’re not allowed to tell you what they’re auditioning for or what show they’re on in. So this is where they bring in, you know, all these singer songwriters to audition and to kind of go through a process of it.
    So it’s super cool. So walking around in the lobby, there’s guitars everywhere and groups of people singing. And it’s always the case here at this hotel. So it’s super fun to stay at and just see a little bit, you know, behind the scenes of Hollywood and people are in and out of here all the time. That is not us. You know, nobody’s hounding us to know what we’re doing, but is cool to see honestly, all these kids that are putting themselves out there and just doing their dreams.
    So here we are at the Hotel. Today’s show is for those of you guys who are considering launching a podcast, you want to be a guest on another podcast. And you really want to know that inside scoop to increase your chance of landing that dream guest spot today shows also for those of you guys who are in business scaling and growth processes. And you think you love just kind of hearing about how other women fall on their face to make you feel better about the times that you do too, Because guess what we all do.
    And I’m gonna be sharing some tough lessons here with you in this episode and some things that I’ve learned along the way both podcasting and through the business of growing a podcast today shows for those of you guys who are also in phases one through five of my lifestyle Entrepreneur road map if you don’t know where you are or if you’ve never taken the quiz to find out where you are in the road map, just simply text to the word sweet life. One word to the number 3196 and will shoot over linked to take a quick quiz so you can get the whole access to the lifestyle Entrepreneur road map in my lifestyle entrepreneur system.
    Happy to share that with you. Okay, before we dive into today’s show, we have a special announcement. I know we’ve been talking about it for a couple weeks. This Onley happens a few times a year, but Sweet Life Launch is open. Sweet Life launches my 90 day business launch program with weekly projects that include videos and worksheets to make your business decisions simpler and clear and to help you build your business week by week for 90 days every step of the way. Plus, you get personal coaching for me live business Training’s every single month with advanced business skills teaching you what’s happening.
    Always staying on top of the latest trends in technology and marketing and business development and helping you troubleshoot common stuck problems that most women who are launching their business face on top of that sweet life launch. We also have live question and answers in hot seats for every single member. There are a lot of these mass business launch programs out there, and it’s really hard to get attention and to get your specific questions answered so sweet life launches for those of you guys that really want to connect personally and have an opportunity to ask your specific questions instead of throwing them into a baseball group with hundreds or thousands of people and actually have your business have the opportunity every single month to have a hot seat with me so that we can strategize your business development.
    On top of this, I have an amazing team of guest advisors and experts and friends that I bring into this community in this month. Inside Sweet Life Launch, Jen Herman, who is an INSTAGRAM marketing expert, is teaching a private live master class too sweet life launch members on Lee. So if you were interested in launching your business, or have you been trying to launch your business and get it off the ground for a long time? Or if you’re interested in launching a business and you’re listening to this show because you’re interested in launching a podcast and you’re wondering how to develop that business in that business model and how it works,
    then cruise over to sweet life co dot com forward slash launch because now is your time to get in there is for, goes on Lee open for a short window a few times a year. Okay, so we’re taking care of a little bit of business, making sure you have the business coaching and support that you need when we aren’t listening to this show. Now let’s go ahead and dive more into this show. At the end of this episode, you’ll have more insight on what podcast hosting is like. You’ll be clear.
    And if this is a responsibility that you are wanting to add to your business to your weekly or your monthly regimen to your expenses, if that really makes sense for you right now, and you’ll have 10 on his lessons that you can apply to your business across the board to save time, money and sanity. So for all the show notes and everything, but I just mentioned, If you forget it and you’re on the go, you can cruise to sweet life podcast dot com forward slash 162 and everything. I just mentioned the lynx I mentioned,
    and the notes from this show will be in there for you. Now let’s go ahead and dive into these 10 lessons, Okay? First things first, all my numbers. Girls out there who loves numbers. Raise your hand. Let’s look at some of the podcasting statistics for 2020. These numbers come from music cunth dot com and I will go ahead and make sure, of course, there’s a link to this infographic and all these numbers for you in the show notes of this episode according to Music Goof,
    the top five most popular podcasting categories or genres, our society and culture, business, comedy, news and politics and health.
    Now let’s break up some of the numbers a little bit more. 70% of the U. S population are familiar with the term podcasting.
    We actually have a lot of people that still have absolutely no clue how to even listen to a podcast.
    And so we need to help educate other people on how to find the podcast happen their phone and how they actually consume podcasting information.
    If you have a friend that doesn’t listen to podcasts, please take a second and show her on her phone.
    How to do it. There are a lot of people didn’t know that there is such a thing as poss casting,
    but have zero clue how, actually to consume podcasts just a little f y i If you didn’t realize that 51% of the U.
    S population have listened to a podcast, 32% of the U. S population listen to podcasts every single month.
    22% listen to podcasts every week. In 6% are avid podcast fans. I really believe we’re going to see that 6% in 2020 be up almost 2 18% which is 18% of the world.
    Being an avid podcast fan, if you’re listening to the show thinking about launching a podcast, now’s the time,
    girl. You know, this is a crazy exponential growth we’re seeing in the podcasting industry. And let me break up some of the age numbers.
    28% of millennials. So 25 to 34 year olds listen to podcasts. 21% of Gen Xers like me That’s up to age 44.
    Listen to podcasts. 16% of 45 to 54 year olds. Listen, a podcast, I believe out of those numbers,
    we’re going to see a huge rise in the 40 something in the 50 something women consuming podcast, particularly over this year.
    We’re already starting to see that, and there’s so many more numbers here on this. Infographic will make sure that there is a link to this for you,
    but I just want to mention a few other things. Podcast genders. It’s almost split 50 50 men and women listen to podcasts,
    and 45% of podcast listeners have a new income an annual income of greater than $250,000 a year. So as a business coach,
    I work with women all the time who are struggling to actually reach an audience it can pay for. Their service is podcasting.
    The average listener has a higher education level and makes more money. And so if you have a business that sells a service to people that are have more income and more money,
    podcasting could be a really great option for you. But then, let’s also look at the other numbers.
    32% of podcast listeners have an annual income of 75,000. So it’s not, you know, obviously, just just the half a millionaire’s that are listening to podcasts.
    It’s everyday people that are listening to podcasts, so it’s a really a great clientele, and I just want you to kind of know some of the numbers behind scenes.
    So I just wanted to talk about some of the numbers behind the scenes for you first. So if you’re wondering whether or not there’s actually an audience here or you can grow your business,
    I will tell you that my business has grown after 22 years of business coaching exponentially since I’ve launched this show because you and I get to connect in a very Rahway that no Facebook marketing,
    you know, no static image that’s on Instagram even know video that’s pre recorded that might be on. LinkedIn can connect us away that we’re connecting right now.
    So there’s the numbers for all of you numbers, girls. Now let’s go ahead and dive into the 10 lessons I learned from three years of podcasting,
    and some of them I learned really fast. Some of them already knew, but they became much more important in order to continually produce a popular podcast show that continues to grow every single week.
    And some of them were totally a slap in the face, and I wasn’t expecting so Lesson. Number one was really to know my listeners.
    So when I first launched the show, almost all my listeners were in startup. But as the show is grown,
    I have listeners that stay and continue to subscribe to the show. And you know your businesses scaling your business is growing.
    So I’ve learned that it’s important to break up my episodes. And so you noticed that the beginning of every single one of my shows I’ll tell you what phase of my lifestyle entrepreneur road map that each show applies to.
    Well, the phase in the road map applies to where you are in your business, so, like face to is launch phase three and phase for or scale.
    I had to figure out a way to categorize what I was teaching on that show so that it hit home for listeners that were in different phases of business.
    And it’s really clear in the beginning of each show what actual show is for you, because I don’t want you hanging out here in spending 30 minutes with me when you could be directing that 30 minutes to doing something really productive in your business or creating something that you’ve been waiting to build.
    If this show doesn’t apply to you, don’t listen. Turn it off. Come to the next one.
    And so it’s one of the things that I had to learn very early on was how to categorize the things I was talking about so that my listeners immediately knew whether or not each show was a good one for them to listen to.
    That was a lesson. It probably took me about 20 maybe only 10 episodes, because I had my last entrepreneur a road map for years and years before I launched this show.
    But it was very quick when I realized that I want to make sure that each listener knows whether or not that show is right for them.
    So if you’re thinking about launching a podcast or even in your business in general, try to figure out a way to kind of classify or categorize those people that listen to your show and help them out ahead of time,
    you know, and just say, Hey, listen, this is for you or don’t be afraid to say you know what?
    Don’t listen, go do something else. This isn’t for you. So lesson number one is was to learn who my listeners were and to make sure I was disqualifying certain people from listening to each episode just as much as I was pre qualifying others.
    It did need to hear it. Lesson number two. I had to learn really quick to be picky about the guests I chose on this show.
    This could apply to you if you weren’t a podcaster. Just being picky about the people that you know might contribute to your business or my,
    you know, might want to be in a failure partner of yours. I’ve had some not so great guests on the show.
    Well, I should say that I’ve recorded. So I’ve recorded shows with guests that seemed super awesome in the application process.
    And then he never published shows. And honestly, it’s gonna sound terrible. Any men out there listening?
    Sorry, guys. You know I love you. I love guys, but I will tell you it’s primarily the men who were guessed that would come to be a guest on the show.
    In all they want to do is sell their shit. So women, we come on podcasts and we wanna contribute and have conversations.
    Well, primarily, I can’t say all the men. I’ve had some amazing men who are guests on this show.
    The ones I didn’t record and I didn’t publish were guys that came on in. All they wanted to do was pimp their stuff out.
    So I have learned to be really, really picky about who speaks for our audience and not to waste my time recording shows that I’m never gonna air.
    Now I do a lot of pre screening, so I don’t waste my time. It doesn’t mean I only have women who are guests.
    So this is a women’s business podcast. And when you’re launching your podcast or in your business, you know who you serve.
    Women want to hear from women, though. So I have had some amazing male guests that I just feel so honored to be on the show.
    John Lee do miss who I know has been on the show in path. Flynn has been on the show so many different guys who’ve been on this show,
    and I’m very picky, though at this point in time, after three years of podcasting about who I bring in.
    So that was lesson number two. Lesson number three was really not to be worried about hurting other people’s feelings.
    This actually wasn’t a hard lesson for me. I’m not inherently sensitive person, So being brutally honest about business was totally fine.
    However, I know that I’ve lost some listeners because sometimes I come a crime, a Christian that says the effort.
    And sometimes I come across and people just don’t really know how to take my personality or my parenting style,
    which I share a lot about that on the show, and that’s okay. Not being worried about hurting other people’s feelings was a lesson I really had to learn,
    though, because when they initially launched, I wanted everybody to be happy. But when I realized I wasn’t going to make everybody happy,
    it actually wasn’t too hard for me to accept that, because that’s just part of life. So lesson number three is don’t worry about hurting other people’s feelings.
    Lesson number four is that systems or king. Now this is not a new lesson. We all know this in business.
    I can’t remember what I’m doing. Like when I’m walking into the kitchen. My brain is constantly multitasking,
    and whether it’s that I’m not taking care of my brain because I’m 43 years old or whether or not I just have too much on my mind.
    If I didn’t have systems in place for this podcast, I would be completely lost. And so if you’re thinking about producing content,
    whether it’s through a podcast or their weekly video or through you know any other capacity, it is absolutely important that you have systems that you follow to create your content.
    Thio Make sure and double check that everything has been created, that it is produced graphically or in what other way,
    as faras like sound mixing if you’re in podcasting and that it comes out in a predictable way every single time with checklists everywhere so that no step is missed.
    Systems are absolutely king and even more specifically for those of you guys who are wanting to podcast, that’s lesson number four.
    Can you guys hear The maid’s with housekeeping is coming down the hall, so let’s see if we can get through this podcast episode together.
    Welcome to my mom. Laptop lifestyle dance Mom, Lacrosse Mom working from wherever podcasting life. Okay, Lesson number five.
    It’s never gonna be perfect. This one’s hard, and I’ll be honest for you. It’s super hard for me.
    I want everything to be the very best it can, but sometimes have had to record shows. And I’m really not ready or I’m sick or I’ve lost my research or I hate the topic or I’m sitting in a dang hotel room and I’m trying to finish recording this episode for you because he’s,
    er 10 really great lessons and I want you to have them in Housekeeping is coming down the hall, and I know if I don’t finish recording this thing by the time the kids were done with rehearsal,
    that I’m gonna have to pick it back up again two days from now. It’s never gonna be perfect,
    You guys, This is par for the course off, being a lifestyle entrepreneur, especially if you have family.
    So I had to learn that lesson fast, but it still sucks. I hate that lesson. That’s the worst one of all.
    You never get over it, but more that’s more of like something you have to accept. Lesson number five.
    Some people flat out won’t like you. I have never been the most popular girl in the room. In fact,
    when I was a teen. I was that really bad girl that smoked pot when I was 13 and was doing things I shouldn’t have been doing that other girl’s parents didn’t let them hang out with Still to this day,
    people will go up Thio my ex step dad and say, Oh, you’re broken. April’s dad. Yeah,
    we weren’t allowed to hang out with them. That’s the kind of the reputation that I always had. And I wasn’t that most popular person and some people won’t like me.
    I’m okay with that when it comes to podcasting. You guys, when you go to put yourself out there,
    there are people that are not gonna like what you have to say. They’re not gonna like the way you do things.
    They’re not gonna like your philosophy. Who gives a shit? You are not doing what you’re doing for those people.
    If you’re choosing to put yourself out there in any capacity as a woman and it’s a business leader, you have to be okay with the fact that not everybody’s gonna like you.
    On top of that, the women are the worst. They’re the most critical when I say they like you and I aren’t one of them.
    It’s the truth, and that culture is starting to change. And we’re seeing a lot more women supporting other women.
    But I just want to be really honest with you, especially if you’re watching a podcast or reading a book or speaking on stage is there are some people that aren’t gonna like you,
    and you need to be okay with that. You need to love you first in order to get through that.
    So lesson number six is some people won’t like you. Lesson number seven is your hardest work pig. Go unnoticed.
    This one actually sucks really bad. This is one of those ones, like number five, where not everything is going to be perfect.
    Less in number seven, your hardest work may go on notice is when you’ve been working for hours on producing great show.
    And if you’re not launching a podcast, this applies to you. If you wrote an amazing article or created a video Siri’s you were really excited about and you put it out there and you work your butt off and you think it’s fantastic in some people won’t even notice that you did it now,
    we could take a whole entire episode to talk about the marketing strategy on how to get your hard work noticed.
    But I want you to know that sometimes you put things out there and people don’t pick it up the way that you expect.
    And you have to be willing to pick yourself up, get past that look at the lessons learned from it,
    or maybe just hold it for a little bit. It re release it at another time. So there have been some shows that I have recorded that I’ve put out there and I’m like,
    Oh, my gosh, this is it My audience needs is so bad. And the numbers, the downloads don’t reflect how popular I thought that particular show is gonna be.
    And that can be frustrating. So just be okay with the fact that sometimes it’s not gonna be noticed.
    But you’re all right and keep going along your course. You know, the people that need your content,
    it will get to them. Lesson number eight is to trust your team. I am not a natural delegator.
    I don’t do well with having a staff and honestly, just keeping it real. Here I really don’t like having to stop and take the time and communicate with people,
    even though they work for me and what they’re doing is to help me. It just doesn’t fit into who I am as a person in.
    So I’ve had to learn to trust my team. This is a very entrepreneur mentality that I have, and it’s a weakness of mine.
    But when it comes to a podcast recording, you have to be able to trust your podcast production team.
    You need to be on top of things when they’re due. You need to supply the deliverer bols, whether that is,
    you know, design and graphics or research or obviously the audio behind your show, and you have to be ableto have a team in place so that you can produce a great show.
    I know very few entrepreneurs that are profitable, successful six plus figure business women that produce their own podcast.
    That usually is not the way that it goes. It’s very time consuming and you want to be ableto have the budget to be able to hire out to other people for their area of expertise,
    for you to launch your own podcast show. I know that there are so many of you guys out there that want to launch a podcast and you’re willing to do the hard work in the beginning on your own to get it off the ground.
    That’s awesome. I love that. I love how scrappy that is. And I love that you are gonna need a podcast production team or a podcast team to distribute your content soon.
    So this lesson number eight trust your team is to find a team you love as soon as you can in delegate the heck of your thing.
    Hit the heck out of your things to you them so that they can help your show reach more people and higher levels.
    Lesson number nine is to plan ahead through this show. It’s really taught me the power of strategic planning when I’m sharing certain content.
    So, for example, in this show, you notice in the beginning I was able to share that sweet,
    lifelong TRIBE business Launch program is opened If I didn’t plan ahead in my business to know when my coaching programs were opening,
    when my retreats were opening, when my master mind was available to apply for that I wouldn’t be able to fit it into the business model and the structure of this show.
    So the lesson here is to make money from podcasting. You need to plan ahead so that you know what you’re selling when you’re selling it,
    how people have an opportunity to work with you, how to incorporate that into your show, whether it’s self sponsorship of the show or being able to share what you’re selling sporadically throughout the year.
    And that comes with the power of planning ahead, both your episodes and how to make money in your business.
    How the show’s flow into what it is that you’re offering for your audience. And then the very last lesson is number 10.
    Don’t be afraid to sell now. I don’t want this to be a contradiction toe what I said in lesson number two,
    Remember when I was talking about a few people who have come on here and all they want to do is sell their stuff to you guys?
    That’s not what I’m talking about. When this show first launched back in 2017 I went overboard to never mention any of my programs.
    I never told our listeners how they could join my programs, how they could work with me privately. I never did that.
    I actually did like the total opposite because the purpose of this show isn’t to sell my business programs. The purpose of this show,
    our mission. It is to equip a 1,000,000 women to design their life through entrepreneurship by giving them the springboard and the free tools to do it.
    So I did not sell you guys for a really, really long time. I wanted the show to be a love offering,
    not a sales pitch. And I hated listening to those podcast where the advertisements would come on, and it would just be trying to sell me stuff.
    I wanted to make sure this show is different. So for the entire first year rarely gave people an opportunity to work with me personally.
    And then in 2018 a listener wrote to me, asking if there was any way that she could hire me to help grow her business.
    I had honestly done such a terrible job of of reverse not selling to my listeners that I was not clear that I’m a business launch coach.
    I have been coaching women to design lunch and scale their business for 22 years, and I didn’t make that clear on the show.
    And so she wrote just Bagan of those anyway, that she could work with me because the podcast website is a separate website than my business development,
    my business coaching website for those of you guys that don’t know that, So when you go to the podcast website,
    you don’t see like these big banners to say, Hire a bruise, your business coach That’s not what it’s for.
    And so she didn’t know. And I realized at that point in time that I was literally doing my listeners a disservice by not making it clear that I can help them get beyond where they are in their business and take their business to the next level.
    Today, I mentioned advanced business trainings were things like sweet life launch so that people know who are listening and absorbing this,
    who are really ready to get to the next level or really want somebody to personally work with them that they can relate to that.
    Absolutely. I would love to work with you to help you grow your business But that was a lesson that took me over a year to learn.
    Don’t be afraid to make available what you have. Don’t go over word like I did and not sell to people or not articulate how you can transform their life for their business because you want to prove another point or you want to.
    You know, be a mission to the world and make sure that people know exactly how you can get them Results both through your podcast if you’re launching a podcast or through the content that you share,
    if you aren’t launching a podcast for the content that you put out in social media Ah, lot of people just put out content or social media with no call the action saying,
    Hey, do you need more help? I’m here for you. Don’t be afraid to sell your service.
    Is those air than 10 lessons I learned from three years of podcasting? Let me just give you a really quick recap.
    Lesson number one was to know my listeners and to sort my shows and my content accordingly so that my listeners could find exactly what they were looking for or know that they shouldn’t listen to a show lesson.
    Number two was to be picky about my guests and stop getting these dudes on here that want to pitch themselves and on Lee.
    So all of their stuff to you guys. And so our application process is pretty extensive on how we pre screen guests to be on this show.
    If any of you ever applied before, I just want you to know that that’s why her application process is the way that it is.
    I would love to have you on the show, and I’d love to have you apply Number three. Don’t worry about her.
    The other people’s feelings some people just don’t necessarily resonate with your message. And being brutally honest in the content that you share on your show is okay.
    And that’s who you are. And you need to do you. Lesson number four. The systems Air King that self explanatory.
    Get systems down, don’t divert from them and follow them to the tea less Number five is. It’s never gonna be perfect,
    and you might need to record from places that you didn’t expect to, and your audio might not be perfect.
    Your show might not be perfect but getting it out there is better than never getting another cause you’re waiting for a perfection.
    Number six is Some people just won’t like you. And that is totally okay. Number seven is your hardest work may go unnoticed.
    Number eight is to trust your team. Number nine was to plan ahead and number 10 was Don’t be afraid to sell.
    Okay, So on this show I spoke directly to those of you guys. They’re considering launching a podcast.
    But again, these lessons can reply across the board to your business, to content you’re creating on social media and I hope you take them to heart.
    I would love for you to not have to go through some of the hard lessons that I learned and not waste some of your time.
    Like I have wasted my And in closing, I just want you to know not to be afraid. Tow,
    Launch your show, but toe on Lee, launch a podcast. If you are totally ready to be committed to it.
    You don’t want to be that podcast that launched and only recorded, like 20 episodes. Unless, of course,
    that’s the design of the content